path: root/src/coreclr/jit/importer.cpp

// Licensed to the .NET Foundation under one or more agreements.
// The .NET Foundation licenses this file to you under the MIT license.

/*XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XX                                                                           XX
XX                           Importer                                        XX
XX                                                                           XX
XX   Imports the given method and converts it to semantic trees              XX
XX                                                                           XX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
*/

#include "jitpch.h"
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma hdrstop
#endif

#include "corexcep.h"

#define Verify(cond, msg)                                                                                              \
    do                                                                                                                 \
    {                                                                                                                  \
        if (!(cond))                                                                                                   \
        {                                                                                                              \
            verRaiseVerifyExceptionIfNeeded(INDEBUG(msg) DEBUGARG(__FILE__) DEBUGARG(__LINE__));                       \
        }                                                                                                              \
    } while (0)

/*****************************************************************************/

void Compiler::impInit()
{
    impStmtList = impLastStmt = nullptr;
#ifdef DEBUG
    impInlinedCodeSize = 0;
#endif // DEBUG
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Pushes the given tree on the stack.
 */

void Compiler::impPushOnStack(GenTree* tree, typeInfo ti)
{
    /* Check for overflow. If inlining, we may be using a bigger stack */

    if ((verCurrentState.esStackDepth >= info.compMaxStack) &&
        (verCurrentState.esStackDepth >= impStkSize || ((compCurBB->bbFlags & BBF_IMPORTED) == 0)))
    {
        BADCODE("stack overflow");
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    // If we are pushing a struct, make certain we know the precise type!
    if (tree->TypeGet() == TYP_STRUCT)
    {
        assert(ti.IsType(TI_STRUCT));
        CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE clsHnd = ti.GetClassHandle();
        assert(clsHnd != NO_CLASS_HANDLE);
    }
#endif // DEBUG

    verCurrentState.esStack[verCurrentState.esStackDepth].seTypeInfo = ti;
    verCurrentState.esStack[verCurrentState.esStackDepth++].val      = tree;

    if ((tree->gtType == TYP_LONG) && (compLongUsed == false))
    {
        compLongUsed = true;
    }
    else if (((tree->gtType == TYP_FLOAT) || (tree->gtType == TYP_DOUBLE)) && (compFloatingPointUsed == false))
    {
        compFloatingPointUsed = true;
    }
}

void Compiler::impPushNullObjRefOnStack()
{
    impPushOnStack(gtNewIconNode(0, TYP_REF), typeInfo(TI_NULL));
}

// This method gets called when we run into unverifiable code
// (and we are verifying the method)

void Compiler::verRaiseVerifyExceptionIfNeeded(INDEBUG(const char* msg) DEBUGARG(const char* file)
                                                   DEBUGARG(unsigned line))
{
#ifdef DEBUG
    const char* tail = strrchr(file, '\\');
    if (tail)
    {
        file = tail + 1;
    }

    if (JitConfig.JitBreakOnUnsafeCode())
    {
        assert(!"Unsafe code detected");
    }
#endif

    JITLOG((LL_INFO10000, "Detected unsafe code: %s:%d : %s, while compiling %s opcode %s, IL offset %x\n", file, line,
            msg, info.compFullName, impCurOpcName, impCurOpcOffs));

    if (compIsForImportOnly())
    {
        JITLOG((LL_ERROR, "Verification failure:  %s:%d : %s, while compiling %s opcode %s, IL offset %x\n", file, line,
                msg, info.compFullName, impCurOpcName, impCurOpcOffs));
        verRaiseVerifyException(INDEBUG(msg) DEBUGARG(file) DEBUGARG(line));
    }
}

void DECLSPEC_NORETURN Compiler::verRaiseVerifyException(INDEBUG(const char* msg) DEBUGARG(const char* file)
                                                             DEBUGARG(unsigned line))
{
    JITLOG((LL_ERROR, "Verification failure:  %s:%d : %s, while compiling %s opcode %s, IL offset %x\n", file, line,
            msg, info.compFullName, impCurOpcName, impCurOpcOffs));

#ifdef DEBUG
    //    BreakIfDebuggerPresent();
    if (getBreakOnBadCode())
    {
        assert(!"Typechecking error");
    }
#endif

    RaiseException(SEH_VERIFICATION_EXCEPTION, EXCEPTION_NONCONTINUABLE, 0, nullptr);
    UNREACHABLE();
}

// helper function that will tell us if the IL instruction at the addr passed
// by param consumes an address at the top of the stack. We use it to save
// us lvAddrTaken
bool Compiler::impILConsumesAddr(const BYTE* codeAddr)
{
    assert(!compIsForInlining());

    OPCODE opcode;

    opcode = (OPCODE)getU1LittleEndian(codeAddr);

    switch (opcode)
    {
        // case CEE_LDFLDA: We're taking this one out as if you have a sequence
        // like
        //
        //          ldloca.0
        //          ldflda whatever
        //
        // of a primitivelike struct, you end up after morphing with addr of a local
        // that's not marked as addrtaken, which is wrong. Also ldflda is usually used
        // for structs that contain other structs, which isnt a case we handle very
        // well now for other reasons.

        case CEE_LDFLD:
        {
            // We won't collapse small fields. This is probably not the right place to have this
            // check, but we're only using the function for this purpose, and is easy to factor
            // out if we need to do so.

            CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN resolvedToken;
            impResolveToken(codeAddr + sizeof(__int8), &resolvedToken, CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Field);

            var_types lclTyp = JITtype2varType(info.compCompHnd->getFieldType(resolvedToken.hField));

            // Preserve 'small' int types
            if (!varTypeIsSmall(lclTyp))
            {
                lclTyp = genActualType(lclTyp);
            }

            if (varTypeIsSmall(lclTyp))
            {
                return false;
            }

            return true;
        }
        default:
            break;
    }

    return false;
}

void Compiler::impResolveToken(const BYTE* addr, CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken, CorInfoTokenKind kind)
{
    pResolvedToken->tokenContext = impTokenLookupContextHandle;
    pResolvedToken->tokenScope   = info.compScopeHnd;
    pResolvedToken->token        = getU4LittleEndian(addr);
    pResolvedToken->tokenType    = kind;

    info.compCompHnd->resolveToken(pResolvedToken);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impPopStack: Pop one tree from the stack.
//
// Returns:
//   The stack entry for the popped tree.
//
StackEntry Compiler::impPopStack()
{
    if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth == 0)
    {
        BADCODE("stack underflow");
    }

    return verCurrentState.esStack[--verCurrentState.esStackDepth];
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impPopStack: Pop a variable number of trees from the stack.
//
// Arguments:
//   n - The number of trees to pop.
//
void Compiler::impPopStack(unsigned n)
{
    if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth < n)
    {
        BADCODE("stack underflow");
    }

    verCurrentState.esStackDepth -= n;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Peep at n'th (0-based) tree on the top of the stack.
 */

StackEntry& Compiler::impStackTop(unsigned n)
{
    if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth <= n)
    {
        BADCODE("stack underflow");
    }

    return verCurrentState.esStack[verCurrentState.esStackDepth - n - 1];
}

unsigned Compiler::impStackHeight()
{
    return verCurrentState.esStackDepth;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *  Some of the trees are spilled specially. While unspilling them, or
 *  making a copy, these need to be handled specially. The function
 *  enumerates the operators possible after spilling.
 */

#ifdef DEBUG // only used in asserts
static bool impValidSpilledStackEntry(GenTree* tree)
{
    if (tree->gtOper == GT_LCL_VAR)
    {
        return true;
    }

    if (tree->OperIsConst())
    {
        return true;
    }

    return false;
}
#endif

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  The following logic is used to save/restore stack contents.
 *  If 'copy' is true, then we make a copy of the trees on the stack. These
 *  have to all be cloneable/spilled values.
 */

void Compiler::impSaveStackState(SavedStack* savePtr, bool copy)
{
    savePtr->ssDepth = verCurrentState.esStackDepth;

    if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth)
    {
        savePtr->ssTrees = new (this, CMK_ImpStack) StackEntry[verCurrentState.esStackDepth];
        size_t saveSize  = verCurrentState.esStackDepth * sizeof(*savePtr->ssTrees);

        if (copy)
        {
            StackEntry* table = savePtr->ssTrees;

            /* Make a fresh copy of all the stack entries */

            for (unsigned level = 0; level < verCurrentState.esStackDepth; level++, table++)
            {
                table->seTypeInfo = verCurrentState.esStack[level].seTypeInfo;
                GenTree* tree     = verCurrentState.esStack[level].val;

                assert(impValidSpilledStackEntry(tree));

                switch (tree->gtOper)
                {
                    case GT_CNS_INT:
                    case GT_CNS_LNG:
                    case GT_CNS_DBL:
                    case GT_CNS_STR:
                    case GT_CNS_VEC:
                    case GT_LCL_VAR:
                        table->val = gtCloneExpr(tree);
                        break;

                    default:
                        assert(!"Bad oper - Not covered by impValidSpilledStackEntry()");
                        break;
                }
            }
        }
        else
        {
            memcpy(savePtr->ssTrees, verCurrentState.esStack, saveSize);
        }
    }
}

void Compiler::impRestoreStackState(SavedStack* savePtr)
{
    verCurrentState.esStackDepth = savePtr->ssDepth;

    if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth)
    {
        memcpy(verCurrentState.esStack, savePtr->ssTrees,
               verCurrentState.esStackDepth * sizeof(*verCurrentState.esStack));
    }
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impBeginTreeList: Get the tree list started for a new basic block.
//
void Compiler::impBeginTreeList()
{
    assert(impStmtList == nullptr && impLastStmt == nullptr);
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Store the given start and end stmt in the given basic block. This is
 *  mostly called by impEndTreeList(BasicBlock *block). It is called
 *  directly only for handling CEE_LEAVEs out of finally-protected try's.
 */

void Compiler::impEndTreeList(BasicBlock* block, Statement* firstStmt, Statement* lastStmt)
{
    /* Make the list circular, so that we can easily walk it backwards */

    firstStmt->SetPrevStmt(lastStmt);

    /* Store the tree list in the basic block */

    block->bbStmtList = firstStmt;

    /* The block should not already be marked as imported */
    assert((block->bbFlags & BBF_IMPORTED) == 0);

    block->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;
}

void Compiler::impEndTreeList(BasicBlock* block)
{
    if (impStmtList == nullptr)
    {
        // The block should not already be marked as imported.
        assert((block->bbFlags & BBF_IMPORTED) == 0);

        // Empty block. Just mark it as imported.
        block->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;
    }
    else
    {
        impEndTreeList(block, impStmtList, impLastStmt);
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (impLastILoffsStmt != nullptr)
    {
        impLastILoffsStmt->SetLastILOffset(compIsForInlining() ? BAD_IL_OFFSET : impCurOpcOffs);
        impLastILoffsStmt = nullptr;
    }
#endif
    impStmtList = impLastStmt = nullptr;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Check that storing the given tree doesnt mess up the semantic order. Note
 *  that this has only limited value as we can only check [0..chkLevel).
 */

void Compiler::impAppendStmtCheck(Statement* stmt, unsigned chkLevel)
{
#ifndef DEBUG
    return;
#else

    if (chkLevel == CHECK_SPILL_ALL)
    {
        chkLevel = verCurrentState.esStackDepth;
    }

    if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth == 0 || chkLevel == 0 || chkLevel == CHECK_SPILL_NONE)
    {
        return;
    }

    GenTree* tree = stmt->GetRootNode();

    // Calls can only be appended if there are no GTF_GLOB_EFFECT on the stack

    if (tree->gtFlags & GTF_CALL)
    {
        for (unsigned level = 0; level < chkLevel; level++)
        {
            assert((verCurrentState.esStack[level].val->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_EFFECT) == 0);
        }
    }

    if (tree->OperIs(GT_ASG))
    {
        // For an assignment to a local variable, all references of that
        // variable have to be spilled. If it is aliased, all calls and
        // indirect accesses have to be spilled

        if (tree->AsOp()->gtOp1->OperIsLocal())
        {
            unsigned lclNum = tree->AsOp()->gtOp1->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum();
            for (unsigned level = 0; level < chkLevel; level++)
            {
                GenTree* stkTree = verCurrentState.esStack[level].val;
                assert(!gtHasRef(stkTree, lclNum) || impIsInvariant(stkTree));
                assert(!lvaTable[lclNum].IsAddressExposed() || ((stkTree->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT) == 0));
            }
        }
        // If the access may be to global memory, all side effects have to be spilled.
        else if (tree->AsOp()->gtOp1->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_REF)
        {
            for (unsigned level = 0; level < chkLevel; level++)
            {
                assert((verCurrentState.esStack[level].val->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_REF) == 0);
            }
        }
    }
#endif
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impAppendStmt: Append the given statement to the current block's tree list.
//
//
// Arguments:
//    stmt                   - The statement to add.
//    chkLevel               - [0..chkLevel) is the portion of the stack which we will check
//                             for interference with stmt and spilled if needed.
//    checkConsumedDebugInfo - Whether to check for consumption of impCurStmtDI. impCurStmtDI
//                             marks the debug info of the current boundary and is set when we
//                             start importing IL at that boundary. If this parameter is true,
//                             then the function checks if 'stmt' has been associated with the
//                             current boundary, and if so, clears it so that we do not attach
//                             it to more upcoming statements.
//
void Compiler::impAppendStmt(Statement* stmt, unsigned chkLevel, bool checkConsumedDebugInfo)
{
    if (chkLevel == CHECK_SPILL_ALL)
    {
        chkLevel = verCurrentState.esStackDepth;
    }

    if ((chkLevel != 0) && (chkLevel != CHECK_SPILL_NONE))
    {
        assert(chkLevel <= verCurrentState.esStackDepth);

        // If the statement being appended has any side-effects, check the stack to see if anything
        // needs to be spilled to preserve correct ordering.
        //
        GenTree*     expr  = stmt->GetRootNode();
        GenTreeFlags flags = expr->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_EFFECT;

        // Assignments to unaliased locals require special handling. Here, we look for trees that
        // can modify them and spill the references. In doing so, we make two assumptions:
        //
        // 1. All locals which can be modified indirectly are marked as address-exposed or with
        //    "lvHasLdAddrOp" -- we will rely on "impSpillSideEffects(spillGlobEffects: true)"
        //    below to spill them.
        // 2. Trees that assign to unaliased locals are always top-level (this avoids having to
        //    walk down the tree here), and are a subset of what is recognized here.
        //
        // If any of the above are violated (say for some temps), the relevant code must spill
        // things manually.
        //
        LclVarDsc* dstVarDsc = nullptr;
        if (expr->OperIs(GT_ASG) && expr->AsOp()->gtOp1->OperIsLocal())
        {
            dstVarDsc = lvaGetDesc(expr->AsOp()->gtOp1->AsLclVarCommon());
        }
        else if (expr->OperIs(GT_CALL, GT_RET_EXPR)) // The special case of calls with return buffers.
        {
            GenTree* call = expr->OperIs(GT_RET_EXPR) ? expr->AsRetExpr()->gtInlineCandidate : expr;

            if (call->TypeIs(TYP_VOID) && call->AsCall()->TreatAsShouldHaveRetBufArg(this))
            {
                GenTree* retBuf;
                if (call->AsCall()->ShouldHaveRetBufArg())
                {
                    assert(call->AsCall()->gtArgs.HasRetBuffer());
                    retBuf = call->AsCall()->gtArgs.GetRetBufferArg()->GetNode();
                }
                else
                {
                    assert(!call->AsCall()->gtArgs.HasThisPointer());
                    retBuf = call->AsCall()->gtArgs.GetArgByIndex(0)->GetNode();
                }

                assert(retBuf->TypeIs(TYP_I_IMPL, TYP_BYREF));

                GenTreeLclVarCommon* lclNode = retBuf->IsLocalAddrExpr();
                if (lclNode != nullptr)
                {
                    dstVarDsc = lvaGetDesc(lclNode);
                }
            }
        }

        if ((dstVarDsc != nullptr) && !dstVarDsc->IsAddressExposed() && !dstVarDsc->lvHasLdAddrOp)
        {
            impSpillLclRefs(lvaGetLclNum(dstVarDsc), chkLevel);

            if (expr->OperIs(GT_ASG))
            {
                // For assignments, limit the checking to what the RHS could modify/interfere with.
                GenTree* rhs = expr->AsOp()->gtOp2;
                flags        = rhs->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_EFFECT;

                // We don't mark indirections off of "aliased" locals with GLOB_REF, but they must still be
                // considered as such in the interference checking.
                if (((flags & GTF_GLOB_REF) == 0) && !impIsAddressInLocal(rhs) && gtHasLocalsWithAddrOp(rhs))
                {
                    flags |= GTF_GLOB_REF;
                }
            }
        }

        if (flags != 0)
        {
            impSpillSideEffects((flags & (GTF_ASG | GTF_CALL)) != 0, chkLevel DEBUGARG("impAppendStmt"));
        }
        else
        {
            impSpillSpecialSideEff();
        }
    }

    impAppendStmtCheck(stmt, chkLevel);

    impAppendStmt(stmt);

#ifdef FEATURE_SIMD
    impMarkContiguousSIMDFieldAssignments(stmt);
#endif

    // Once we set the current offset as debug info in an appended tree, we are
    // ready to report the following offsets. Note that we need to compare
    // offsets here instead of debug info, since we do not set the "is call"
    // bit in impCurStmtDI.

    if (checkConsumedDebugInfo &&
        (impLastStmt->GetDebugInfo().GetLocation().GetOffset() == impCurStmtDI.GetLocation().GetOffset()))
    {
        impCurStmtOffsSet(BAD_IL_OFFSET);
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (impLastILoffsStmt == nullptr)
    {
        impLastILoffsStmt = stmt;
    }

    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\n\n");
        gtDispStmt(stmt);
    }
#endif
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impAppendStmt: Add the statement to the current stmts list.
//
// Arguments:
//    stmt - the statement to add.
//
void Compiler::impAppendStmt(Statement* stmt)
{
    if (impStmtList == nullptr)
    {
        // The stmt is the first in the list.
        impStmtList = stmt;
    }
    else
    {
        // Append the expression statement to the existing list.
        impLastStmt->SetNextStmt(stmt);
        stmt->SetPrevStmt(impLastStmt);
    }
    impLastStmt = stmt;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impExtractLastStmt: Extract the last statement from the current stmts list.
//
// Return Value:
//    The extracted statement.
//
// Notes:
//    It assumes that the stmt will be reinserted later.
//
Statement* Compiler::impExtractLastStmt()
{
    assert(impLastStmt != nullptr);

    Statement* stmt = impLastStmt;
    impLastStmt     = impLastStmt->GetPrevStmt();
    if (impLastStmt == nullptr)
    {
        impStmtList = nullptr;
    }
    return stmt;
}

//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impInsertStmtBefore: Insert the given "stmt" before "stmtBefore".
//
// Arguments:
//    stmt       - a statement to insert;
//    stmtBefore - an insertion point to insert "stmt" before.
//
void Compiler::impInsertStmtBefore(Statement* stmt, Statement* stmtBefore)
{
    assert(stmt != nullptr);
    assert(stmtBefore != nullptr);

    if (stmtBefore == impStmtList)
    {
        impStmtList = stmt;
    }
    else
    {
        Statement* stmtPrev = stmtBefore->GetPrevStmt();
        stmt->SetPrevStmt(stmtPrev);
        stmtPrev->SetNextStmt(stmt);
    }
    stmt->SetNextStmt(stmtBefore);
    stmtBefore->SetPrevStmt(stmt);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impAppendTree: Append the given expression tree to the current block's tree list.
//
//
// Arguments:
//    tree                   - The tree that will be the root of the newly created statement.
//    chkLevel               - [0..chkLevel) is the portion of the stack which we will check
//                             for interference with stmt and spill if needed.
//    di                     - Debug information to associate with the statement.
//    checkConsumedDebugInfo - Whether to check for consumption of impCurStmtDI. impCurStmtDI
//                             marks the debug info of the current boundary and is set when we
//                             start importing IL at that boundary. If this parameter is true,
//                             then the function checks if 'stmt' has been associated with the
//                             current boundary, and if so, clears it so that we do not attach
//                             it to more upcoming statements.
//
// Return value:
//   The newly created statement.
//
Statement* Compiler::impAppendTree(GenTree* tree, unsigned chkLevel, const DebugInfo& di, bool checkConsumedDebugInfo)
{
    assert(tree);

    /* Allocate an 'expression statement' node */

    Statement* stmt = gtNewStmt(tree, di);

    /* Append the statement to the current block's stmt list */

    impAppendStmt(stmt, chkLevel, checkConsumedDebugInfo);

    return stmt;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Insert the given expression tree before "stmtBefore"
 */

void Compiler::impInsertTreeBefore(GenTree* tree, const DebugInfo& di, Statement* stmtBefore)
{
    /* Allocate an 'expression statement' node */

    Statement* stmt = gtNewStmt(tree, di);

    /* Append the statement to the current block's stmt list */

    impInsertStmtBefore(stmt, stmtBefore);
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Append an assignment of the given value to a temp to the current tree list.
 *  curLevel is the stack level for which the spill to the temp is being done.
 */

void Compiler::impAssignTempGen(unsigned         tmp,
                                GenTree*         val,
                                unsigned         curLevel,
                                Statement**      pAfterStmt, /* = NULL */
                                const DebugInfo& di,         /* = DebugInfo() */
                                BasicBlock*      block       /* = NULL */
                                )
{
    GenTree* asg = gtNewTempAssign(tmp, val);

    if (!asg->IsNothingNode())
    {
        if (pAfterStmt)
        {
            Statement* asgStmt = gtNewStmt(asg, di);
            fgInsertStmtAfter(block, *pAfterStmt, asgStmt);
            *pAfterStmt = asgStmt;
        }
        else
        {
            impAppendTree(asg, curLevel, impCurStmtDI);
        }
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************
 * same as above, but handle the valueclass case too
 */

void Compiler::impAssignTempGen(unsigned             tmpNum,
                                GenTree*             val,
                                CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE structType,
                                unsigned             curLevel,
                                Statement**          pAfterStmt, /* = NULL */
                                const DebugInfo&     di,         /* = DebugInfo() */
                                BasicBlock*          block       /* = NULL */
                                )
{
    GenTree* asg;

    assert(val->TypeGet() != TYP_STRUCT || structType != NO_CLASS_HANDLE);
    if (varTypeIsStruct(val) && (structType != NO_CLASS_HANDLE))
    {
        assert(tmpNum < lvaCount);
        assert(structType != NO_CLASS_HANDLE);

        // if the method is non-verifiable the assert is not true
        // so at least ignore it in the case when verification is turned on
        // since any block that tries to use the temp would have failed verification.
        var_types varType = lvaTable[tmpNum].lvType;
        assert(varType == TYP_UNDEF || varTypeIsStruct(varType));
        lvaSetStruct(tmpNum, structType, false);

        varType = lvaTable[tmpNum].lvType;
        // Now, set the type of the struct value. Note that lvaSetStruct may modify the type
        // of the lclVar to a specialized type (e.g. TYP_SIMD), based on the handle (structType)
        // that has been passed in for the value being assigned to the temp, in which case we
        // need to set 'val' to that same type.
        // Note also that if we always normalized the types of any node that might be a struct
        // type, this would not be necessary - but that requires additional JIT/EE interface
        // calls that may not actually be required - e.g. if we only access a field of a struct.

        GenTree* dst = gtNewLclvNode(tmpNum, varType);
        asg          = impAssignStruct(dst, val, structType, curLevel, pAfterStmt, di, block);
    }
    else
    {
        asg = gtNewTempAssign(tmpNum, val);
    }

    if (!asg->IsNothingNode())
    {
        if (pAfterStmt)
        {
            Statement* asgStmt = gtNewStmt(asg, di);
            fgInsertStmtAfter(block, *pAfterStmt, asgStmt);
            *pAfterStmt = asgStmt;
        }
        else
        {
            impAppendTree(asg, curLevel, impCurStmtDI);
        }
    }
}

static bool TypeIs(var_types type1, var_types type2)
{
    return type1 == type2;
}

// Check if type1 matches any type from the list.
template <typename... T>
static bool TypeIs(var_types type1, var_types type2, T... rest)
{
    return TypeIs(type1, type2) || TypeIs(type1, rest...);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impCheckImplicitArgumentCoercion: check that the node's type is compatible with
//   the signature's type using ECMA implicit argument coercion table.
//
// Arguments:
//    sigType  - the type in the call signature;
//    nodeType - the node type.
//
// Return Value:
//    true if they are compatible, false otherwise.
//
// Notes:
//   - it is currently allowing byref->long passing, should be fixed in VM;
//   - it can't check long -> native int case on 64-bit platforms,
//      so the behavior is different depending on the target bitness.
//
bool Compiler::impCheckImplicitArgumentCoercion(var_types sigType, var_types nodeType)
{
    if (sigType == nodeType)
    {
        return true;
    }

    if (TypeIs(sigType, TYP_BOOL, TYP_UBYTE, TYP_BYTE, TYP_USHORT, TYP_SHORT, TYP_UINT, TYP_INT))
    {
        if (TypeIs(nodeType, TYP_BOOL, TYP_UBYTE, TYP_BYTE, TYP_USHORT, TYP_SHORT, TYP_UINT, TYP_INT, TYP_I_IMPL))
        {
            return true;
        }
    }
    else if (TypeIs(sigType, TYP_ULONG, TYP_LONG))
    {
        if (TypeIs(nodeType, TYP_LONG))
        {
            return true;
        }
    }
    else if (TypeIs(sigType, TYP_FLOAT, TYP_DOUBLE))
    {
        if (TypeIs(nodeType, TYP_FLOAT, TYP_DOUBLE))
        {
            return true;
        }
    }
    else if (TypeIs(sigType, TYP_BYREF))
    {
        if (TypeIs(nodeType, TYP_I_IMPL))
        {
            return true;
        }

        // This condition tolerates such IL:
        // ;  V00 this              ref  this class-hnd
        // ldarg.0
        // call(byref)
        if (TypeIs(nodeType, TYP_REF))
        {
            return true;
        }
    }
    else if (varTypeIsStruct(sigType))
    {
        if (varTypeIsStruct(nodeType))
        {
            return true;
        }
    }

    // This condition should not be under `else` because `TYP_I_IMPL`
    // intersects with `TYP_LONG` or `TYP_INT`.
    if (TypeIs(sigType, TYP_I_IMPL, TYP_U_IMPL))
    {
        // Note that it allows `ldc.i8 1; call(nint)` on 64-bit platforms,
        // but we can't distinguish `nint` from `long` there.
        if (TypeIs(nodeType, TYP_I_IMPL, TYP_U_IMPL, TYP_INT, TYP_UINT))
        {
            return true;
        }

        // It tolerates IL that ECMA does not allow but that is commonly used.
        // Example:
        //   V02 loc1           struct <RTL_OSVERSIONINFOEX, 32>
        //   ldloca.s     0x2
        //   call(native int)
        if (TypeIs(nodeType, TYP_BYREF))
        {
            return true;
        }
    }

    return false;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impAssignStruct: Create a struct assignment
//
// Arguments:
//    dest         - the destination of the assignment
//    src          - the value to be assigned
//    structHnd    - handle representing the struct type
//    curLevel     - stack level for which a spill may be being done
//    pAfterStmt   - statement to insert any additional statements after
//    ilOffset     - il offset for new statements
//    block        - block to insert any additional statements in
//
// Return Value:
//    The tree that should be appended to the statement list that represents the assignment.
//
// Notes:
//    Temp assignments may be appended to impStmtList if spilling is necessary.

GenTree* Compiler::impAssignStruct(GenTree*             dest,
                                   GenTree*             src,
                                   CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE structHnd,
                                   unsigned             curLevel,
                                   Statement**          pAfterStmt, /* = nullptr */
                                   const DebugInfo&     di,         /* = DebugInfo() */
                                   BasicBlock*          block       /* = nullptr */
                                   )
{
    assert(varTypeIsStruct(dest));

    DebugInfo usedDI = di;
    if (!usedDI.IsValid())
    {
        usedDI = impCurStmtDI;
    }

    while (dest->gtOper == GT_COMMA)
    {
        // Second thing is the struct.
        assert(varTypeIsStruct(dest->AsOp()->gtOp2));

        // Append all the op1 of GT_COMMA trees before we evaluate op2 of the GT_COMMA tree.
        if (pAfterStmt)
        {
            Statement* newStmt = gtNewStmt(dest->AsOp()->gtOp1, usedDI);
            fgInsertStmtAfter(block, *pAfterStmt, newStmt);
            *pAfterStmt = newStmt;
        }
        else
        {
            impAppendTree(dest->AsOp()->gtOp1, curLevel, usedDI); // do the side effect
        }

        // set dest to the second thing
        dest = dest->AsOp()->gtOp2;
    }

    assert(dest->gtOper == GT_LCL_VAR || dest->gtOper == GT_RETURN || dest->gtOper == GT_FIELD ||
           dest->gtOper == GT_IND || dest->gtOper == GT_OBJ);

    // Return a NOP if this is a self-assignment.
    if (dest->OperGet() == GT_LCL_VAR && src->OperGet() == GT_LCL_VAR &&
        src->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum() == dest->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum())
    {
        return gtNewNothingNode();
    }

    // TODO-1stClassStructs: Avoid creating an address if it is not needed,
    // or re-creating a Blk node if it is.
    GenTree* destAddr;

    if (dest->gtOper == GT_IND || dest->OperIsBlk())
    {
        destAddr = dest->AsOp()->gtOp1;
    }
    else
    {
        destAddr = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_BYREF, dest);
    }

    return (impAssignStructPtr(destAddr, src, structHnd, curLevel, pAfterStmt, usedDI, block));
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impAssignStructPtr: Assign (copy) the structure from 'src' to 'destAddr'.
//
// Arguments:
//    destAddr     - address of the destination of the assignment
//    src          - source of the assignment
//    structHnd    - handle representing the struct type
//    curLevel     - stack level for which a spill may be being done
//    pAfterStmt   - statement to insert any additional statements after
//    di           - debug info for new statements
//    block        - block to insert any additional statements in
//
// Return Value:
//    The tree that should be appended to the statement list that represents the assignment.
//
// Notes:
//    Temp assignments may be appended to impStmtList if spilling is necessary.

GenTree* Compiler::impAssignStructPtr(GenTree*             destAddr,
                                      GenTree*             src,
                                      CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE structHnd,
                                      unsigned             curLevel,
                                      Statement**          pAfterStmt, /* = NULL */
                                      const DebugInfo&     di,         /* = DebugInfo() */
                                      BasicBlock*          block       /* = NULL */
                                      )
{
    GenTree* dest = nullptr;

    DebugInfo usedDI = di;
    if (!usedDI.IsValid())
    {
        usedDI = impCurStmtDI;
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
#ifdef FEATURE_HW_INTRINSICS
    if (src->OperIs(GT_HWINTRINSIC))
    {
        const GenTreeHWIntrinsic* intrinsic = src->AsHWIntrinsic();

        if (HWIntrinsicInfo::IsMultiReg(intrinsic->GetHWIntrinsicId()))
        {
            assert(src->TypeGet() == TYP_STRUCT);
        }
        else
        {
            assert(varTypeIsSIMD(src));
        }
    }
    else
#endif // FEATURE_HW_INTRINSICS
    {
        assert(src->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR, GT_LCL_FLD, GT_FIELD, GT_IND, GT_OBJ, GT_BLK, GT_CALL, GT_MKREFANY, GT_RET_EXPR,
                           GT_COMMA, GT_CNS_VEC) ||
               ((src->TypeGet() != TYP_STRUCT) && (src->OperIsSIMD() || src->OperIs(GT_BITCAST))));
    }
#endif // DEBUG

    var_types asgType = src->TypeGet();

    if (src->IsCall())
    {
        GenTreeCall* srcCall = src->AsCall();
        if (srcCall->TreatAsShouldHaveRetBufArg(this))
        {
            // Case of call returning a struct via hidden retbuf arg
            CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

            // Some calls have an "out buffer" that is not actually a ret buff
            // in the ABI sense. We take the path here for those but it should
            // not be marked as the ret buff arg since it always follow the
            // normal ABI for parameters.
            WellKnownArg wellKnownArgType =
                srcCall->ShouldHaveRetBufArg() ? WellKnownArg::RetBuffer : WellKnownArg::None;

            NewCallArg newArg = NewCallArg::Primitive(destAddr).WellKnown(wellKnownArgType);

#if !defined(TARGET_ARM)
            // Unmanaged instance methods on Windows or Unix X86 need the retbuf arg after the first (this) parameter
            if ((TargetOS::IsWindows || compUnixX86Abi()) && srcCall->IsUnmanaged())
            {
                if (callConvIsInstanceMethodCallConv(srcCall->GetUnmanagedCallConv()))
                {
#ifdef TARGET_X86
                    // The argument list has already been reversed. Insert the
                    // return buffer as the second-to-last node  so it will be
                    // pushed on to the stack after the user args but before
                    // the native this arg as required by the native ABI.
                    if (srcCall->gtArgs.Args().begin() == srcCall->gtArgs.Args().end())
                    {
                        // Empty arg list
                        srcCall->gtArgs.PushFront(this, newArg);
                    }
                    else if (srcCall->GetUnmanagedCallConv() == CorInfoCallConvExtension::Thiscall)
                    {
                        // For thiscall, the "this" parameter is not included in the argument list reversal,
                        // so we need to put the return buffer as the last parameter.
                        srcCall->gtArgs.PushBack(this, newArg);
                    }
                    else if (srcCall->gtArgs.Args().begin()->GetNext() == nullptr)
                    {
                        // Only 1 arg, so insert at beginning
                        srcCall->gtArgs.PushFront(this, newArg);
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        // Find second last arg
                        CallArg* secondLastArg = nullptr;
                        for (CallArg& arg : srcCall->gtArgs.Args())
                        {
                            assert(arg.GetNext() != nullptr);
                            if (arg.GetNext()->GetNext() == nullptr)
                            {
                                secondLastArg = &arg;
                                break;
                            }
                        }

                        assert(secondLastArg && "Expected to find second last arg");
                        srcCall->gtArgs.InsertAfter(this, secondLastArg, newArg);
                    }

#else
                    if (srcCall->gtArgs.Args().begin() == srcCall->gtArgs.Args().end())
                    {
                        srcCall->gtArgs.PushFront(this, newArg);
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        srcCall->gtArgs.InsertAfter(this, srcCall->gtArgs.Args().begin().GetArg(), newArg);
                    }
#endif
                }
                else
                {
#ifdef TARGET_X86
                    // The argument list has already been reversed.
                    // Insert the return buffer as the last node so it will be pushed on to the stack last
                    // as required by the native ABI.
                    srcCall->gtArgs.PushBack(this, newArg);
#else
                    // insert the return value buffer into the argument list as first byref parameter
                    srcCall->gtArgs.PushFront(this, newArg);
#endif
                }
            }
            else
#endif // !defined(TARGET_ARM)
            {
                // insert the return value buffer into the argument list as first byref parameter after 'this'
                srcCall->gtArgs.InsertAfterThisOrFirst(this, newArg);
            }

            // now returns void, not a struct
            src->gtType = TYP_VOID;

            // return the morphed call node
            return src;
        }
        else
        {
            // Case of call returning a struct in one or more registers.

            var_types returnType = (var_types)srcCall->gtReturnType;

            // First we try to change this to "LclVar/LclFld = call"
            //
            if ((destAddr->gtOper == GT_ADDR) && (destAddr->AsOp()->gtOp1->gtOper == GT_LCL_VAR))
            {
                // If it is a multi-reg struct return, don't change the oper to GT_LCL_FLD.
                // That is, the IR will be of the form lclVar = call for multi-reg return
                //
                GenTreeLclVar* lcl    = destAddr->AsOp()->gtOp1->AsLclVar();
                unsigned       lclNum = lcl->GetLclNum();
                LclVarDsc*     varDsc = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);
                if (src->AsCall()->HasMultiRegRetVal())
                {
                    // Mark the struct LclVar as used in a MultiReg return context
                    //  which currently makes it non promotable.
                    // TODO-1stClassStructs: Eliminate this pessimization when we can more generally
                    // handle multireg returns.
                    lcl->gtFlags |= GTF_DONT_CSE;
                    varDsc->lvIsMultiRegRet = true;
                }

                dest = lcl;

#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
                // TODO-Cleanup: This should have been taken care of in the above HasMultiRegRetVal() case,
                // but that method has not been updadted to include ARM.
                impMarkLclDstNotPromotable(lclNum, src, structHnd);
                lcl->gtFlags |= GTF_DONT_CSE;
#elif defined(UNIX_AMD64_ABI)
                // Not allowed for FEATURE_CORCLR which is the only SKU available for System V OSs.
                assert(!src->AsCall()->IsVarargs() && "varargs not allowed for System V OSs.");

                // Make the struct non promotable. The eightbytes could contain multiple fields.
                // TODO-1stClassStructs: Eliminate this pessimization when we can more generally
                // handle multireg returns.
                // TODO-Cleanup: Why is this needed here? This seems that it will set this even for
                // non-multireg returns.
                lcl->gtFlags |= GTF_DONT_CSE;
                varDsc->lvIsMultiRegRet = true;
#endif
            }
            else // we don't have a GT_ADDR of a GT_LCL_VAR
            {
                asgType = returnType;
            }
        }
    }
    else if (src->gtOper == GT_RET_EXPR)
    {
        noway_assert(src->AsRetExpr()->gtInlineCandidate->OperIs(GT_CALL));
        GenTreeCall* call = src->AsRetExpr()->gtInlineCandidate->AsCall();

        if (call->ShouldHaveRetBufArg())
        {
            // insert the return value buffer into the argument list as first byref parameter after 'this'
            call->gtArgs.InsertAfterThisOrFirst(this,
                                                NewCallArg::Primitive(destAddr).WellKnown(WellKnownArg::RetBuffer));

            // now returns void, not a struct
            src->gtType  = TYP_VOID;
            call->gtType = TYP_VOID;

            // We already have appended the write to 'dest' GT_CALL's args
            // So now we just return an empty node (pruning the GT_RET_EXPR)
            return src;
        }
        else
        {
            // Case of inline method returning a struct in one or more registers.
            // We won't need a return buffer
            asgType = src->gtType;
        }
    }
    else if (src->OperIsBlk())
    {
        asgType = impNormStructType(structHnd);
        assert(ClassLayout::AreCompatible(src->AsBlk()->GetLayout(), typGetObjLayout(structHnd)));
    }
    else if (src->gtOper == GT_MKREFANY)
    {
        // Since we are assigning the result of a GT_MKREFANY,
        // "destAddr" must point to a refany.

        GenTree* destAddrClone;
        destAddr =
            impCloneExpr(destAddr, &destAddrClone, structHnd, curLevel, pAfterStmt DEBUGARG("MKREFANY assignment"));

        assert(OFFSETOF__CORINFO_TypedReference__dataPtr == 0);
        assert(destAddr->gtType == TYP_I_IMPL || destAddr->gtType == TYP_BYREF);

        GenTree*       ptrSlot         = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, destAddr);
        GenTreeIntCon* typeFieldOffset = gtNewIconNode(OFFSETOF__CORINFO_TypedReference__type, TYP_I_IMPL);

        GenTree* typeSlot =
            gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, destAddr->gtType, destAddrClone, typeFieldOffset));

        // append the assign of the pointer value
        GenTree* asg = gtNewAssignNode(ptrSlot, src->AsOp()->gtOp1);
        if (pAfterStmt)
        {
            Statement* newStmt = gtNewStmt(asg, usedDI);
            fgInsertStmtAfter(block, *pAfterStmt, newStmt);
            *pAfterStmt = newStmt;
        }
        else
        {
            impAppendTree(asg, curLevel, usedDI);
        }

        // return the assign of the type value, to be appended
        return gtNewAssignNode(typeSlot, src->AsOp()->gtOp2);
    }
    else if (src->gtOper == GT_COMMA)
    {
        // The second thing is the struct or its address.
        assert(varTypeIsStruct(src->AsOp()->gtOp2) || src->AsOp()->gtOp2->gtType == TYP_BYREF);
        if (pAfterStmt)
        {
            // Insert op1 after '*pAfterStmt'
            Statement* newStmt = gtNewStmt(src->AsOp()->gtOp1, usedDI);
            fgInsertStmtAfter(block, *pAfterStmt, newStmt);
            *pAfterStmt = newStmt;
        }
        else if (impLastStmt != nullptr)
        {
            // Do the side-effect as a separate statement.
            impAppendTree(src->AsOp()->gtOp1, curLevel, usedDI);
        }
        else
        {
            // In this case we have neither been given a statement to insert after, nor are we
            // in the importer where we can append the side effect.
            // Instead, we're going to sink the assignment below the COMMA.
            src->AsOp()->gtOp2 =
                impAssignStructPtr(destAddr, src->AsOp()->gtOp2, structHnd, curLevel, pAfterStmt, usedDI, block);
            src->AddAllEffectsFlags(src->AsOp()->gtOp2);

            return src;
        }

        // Evaluate the second thing using recursion.
        return impAssignStructPtr(destAddr, src->AsOp()->gtOp2, structHnd, curLevel, pAfterStmt, usedDI, block);
    }
    else if (src->IsLocal())
    {
        asgType = src->TypeGet();
    }
    else if (asgType == TYP_STRUCT)
    {
        // It should already have the appropriate type.
        assert(asgType == impNormStructType(structHnd));
    }
    if ((dest == nullptr) && (destAddr->OperGet() == GT_ADDR))
    {
        GenTree* destNode = destAddr->gtGetOp1();
        // If the actual destination is a local, or a block node,
        // don't insert an OBJ(ADDR) if it already has the right type.
        if (destNode->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) || destNode->OperIsBlk())
        {
            var_types destType = destNode->TypeGet();
            // If one or both types are TYP_STRUCT (one may not yet be normalized), they are compatible
            // iff their handles are the same.
            // Otherwise, they are compatible if their types are the same.
            bool typesAreCompatible =
                ((destType == TYP_STRUCT) || (asgType == TYP_STRUCT))
                    ? ((gtGetStructHandleIfPresent(destNode) == structHnd) && varTypeIsStruct(asgType))
                    : (destType == asgType);
            if (typesAreCompatible)
            {
                dest = destNode;
                if (destType != TYP_STRUCT)
                {
                    // Use a normalized type if available. We know from above that they're equivalent.
                    asgType = destType;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    if (dest == nullptr)
    {
        if (asgType == TYP_STRUCT)
        {
            dest = gtNewObjNode(structHnd, destAddr);
            gtSetObjGcInfo(dest->AsObj());
        }
        else
        {
            dest = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, asgType, destAddr);
        }
    }

    if (dest->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) && src->IsMultiRegNode())
    {
        lvaGetDesc(dest->AsLclVar())->lvIsMultiRegRet = true;
    }

    // return an assignment node, to be appended
    GenTree* asgNode = gtNewAssignNode(dest, src);
    gtBlockOpInit(asgNode, dest, src, false);

    return asgNode;
}

/*****************************************************************************
   Given a struct value, and the class handle for that structure, return
   the expression for the address for that structure value.

   willDeref - does the caller guarantee to dereference the pointer.
*/

GenTree* Compiler::impGetStructAddr(GenTree*             structVal,
                                    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE structHnd,
                                    unsigned             curLevel,
                                    bool                 willDeref)
{
    assert(varTypeIsStruct(structVal) || eeIsValueClass(structHnd));

    var_types type = structVal->TypeGet();

    genTreeOps oper = structVal->gtOper;

    if (oper == GT_OBJ && willDeref)
    {
        assert(structVal->AsObj()->GetLayout()->GetClassHandle() == structHnd);
        return (structVal->AsObj()->Addr());
    }
    else if (oper == GT_CALL || oper == GT_RET_EXPR || oper == GT_OBJ || oper == GT_MKREFANY ||
             structVal->OperIsSimdOrHWintrinsic() || structVal->IsCnsVec())
    {
        unsigned tmpNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("struct address for call/obj"));

        impAssignTempGen(tmpNum, structVal, structHnd, curLevel);

        // The 'return value' is now the temp itself

        type          = genActualType(lvaTable[tmpNum].TypeGet());
        GenTree* temp = gtNewLclvNode(tmpNum, type);
        temp          = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_BYREF, temp);
        return temp;
    }
    else if (oper == GT_COMMA)
    {
        assert(structVal->AsOp()->gtOp2->gtType == type); // Second thing is the struct

        Statement* oldLastStmt   = impLastStmt;
        structVal->AsOp()->gtOp2 = impGetStructAddr(structVal->AsOp()->gtOp2, structHnd, curLevel, willDeref);
        structVal->gtType        = TYP_BYREF;

        if (oldLastStmt != impLastStmt)
        {
            // Some temp assignment statement was placed on the statement list
            // for Op2, but that would be out of order with op1, so we need to
            // spill op1 onto the statement list after whatever was last
            // before we recursed on Op2 (i.e. before whatever Op2 appended).
            Statement* beforeStmt;
            if (oldLastStmt == nullptr)
            {
                // The op1 stmt should be the first in the list.
                beforeStmt = impStmtList;
            }
            else
            {
                // Insert after the oldLastStmt before the first inserted for op2.
                beforeStmt = oldLastStmt->GetNextStmt();
            }

            impInsertTreeBefore(structVal->AsOp()->gtOp1, impCurStmtDI, beforeStmt);
            structVal->AsOp()->gtOp1 = gtNewNothingNode();
        }

        return (structVal);
    }

    return (gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_BYREF, structVal));
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impNormStructType: Normalize the type of a (known to be) struct class handle.
//
// Arguments:
//    structHnd        - The class handle for the struct type of interest.
//    pSimdBaseJitType - (optional, default nullptr) - if non-null, and the struct is a SIMD
//                       type, set to the SIMD base JIT type
//
// Return Value:
//    The JIT type for the struct (e.g. TYP_STRUCT, or TYP_SIMD*).
//    It may also modify the compFloatingPointUsed flag if the type is a SIMD type.
//
// Notes:
//    Normalizing the type involves examining the struct type to determine if it should
//    be modified to one that is handled specially by the JIT, possibly being a candidate
//    for full enregistration, e.g. TYP_SIMD16. If the size of the struct is already known
//    call structSizeMightRepresentSIMDType to determine if this api needs to be called.
//
var_types Compiler::impNormStructType(CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE structHnd, CorInfoType* pSimdBaseJitType)
{
    assert(structHnd != NO_CLASS_HANDLE);

    var_types structType = TYP_STRUCT;

#ifdef FEATURE_SIMD
    const DWORD structFlags = info.compCompHnd->getClassAttribs(structHnd);

    // Don't bother if the struct contains GC references of byrefs, it can't be a SIMD type.
    if ((structFlags & (CORINFO_FLG_CONTAINS_GC_PTR | CORINFO_FLG_BYREF_LIKE)) == 0)
    {
        unsigned originalSize = info.compCompHnd->getClassSize(structHnd);

        if (structSizeMightRepresentSIMDType(originalSize))
        {
            unsigned int sizeBytes;
            CorInfoType  simdBaseJitType = getBaseJitTypeAndSizeOfSIMDType(structHnd, &sizeBytes);
            if (simdBaseJitType != CORINFO_TYPE_UNDEF)
            {
                assert(sizeBytes == originalSize);
                structType = getSIMDTypeForSize(sizeBytes);
                if (pSimdBaseJitType != nullptr)
                {
                    *pSimdBaseJitType = simdBaseJitType;
                }
                // Also indicate that we use floating point registers.
                compFloatingPointUsed = true;
            }
        }
    }
#endif // FEATURE_SIMD

    return structType;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
//  Compiler::impNormStructVal: Normalize a struct value
//
//  Arguments:
//     structVal          - the node we are going to normalize
//     structHnd          - the class handle for the node
//     curLevel           - the current stack level
//
// Notes:
//     Given struct value 'structVal', make sure it is 'canonical', that is
//     it is either:
//     - a known struct type (non-TYP_STRUCT, e.g. TYP_SIMD8)
//     - an OBJ or a MKREFANY node, or
//     - a node (e.g. GT_FIELD) that will be morphed.
//    If the node is a CALL or RET_EXPR, a copy will be made to a new temp.
//
GenTree* Compiler::impNormStructVal(GenTree* structVal, CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE structHnd, unsigned curLevel)
{
    assert(varTypeIsStruct(structVal));
    assert(structHnd != NO_CLASS_HANDLE);
    var_types structType = structVal->TypeGet();
    bool      makeTemp   = false;
    if (structType == TYP_STRUCT)
    {
        structType = impNormStructType(structHnd);
    }
    bool                 alreadyNormalized = false;
    GenTreeLclVarCommon* structLcl         = nullptr;

    genTreeOps oper = structVal->OperGet();
    switch (oper)
    {
        // GT_MKREFANY is supported directly by args morphing.
        case GT_MKREFANY:
            alreadyNormalized = true;
            break;

        case GT_CALL:
        case GT_RET_EXPR:
            makeTemp = true;
            break;

        case GT_FIELD:
            // Wrap it in a GT_OBJ, if needed.
            structVal->gtType = structType;
            if (structType == TYP_STRUCT)
            {
                structVal = gtNewObjNode(structHnd, gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_BYREF, structVal));
            }
            break;

        case GT_LCL_VAR:
        case GT_LCL_FLD:
            structLcl = structVal->AsLclVarCommon();
            // Wrap it in a GT_OBJ.
            structVal = gtNewObjNode(structHnd, gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_BYREF, structVal));
            FALLTHROUGH;

        case GT_OBJ:
        case GT_BLK:
            // These should already have the appropriate type.
            assert(structVal->gtType == structType);
            alreadyNormalized = true;
            break;

        case GT_IND:
            assert(structVal->gtType == structType);
            structVal         = gtNewObjNode(structHnd, structVal->gtGetOp1());
            alreadyNormalized = true;
            break;

        case GT_CNS_VEC:
            assert(varTypeIsSIMD(structVal) && (structVal->gtType == structType));
            break;

#ifdef FEATURE_SIMD
        case GT_SIMD:
            assert(varTypeIsSIMD(structVal) && (structVal->gtType == structType));
            break;
#endif // FEATURE_SIMD
#ifdef FEATURE_HW_INTRINSICS
        case GT_HWINTRINSIC:
            assert(structVal->gtType == structType);
            assert(varTypeIsSIMD(structVal) ||
                   HWIntrinsicInfo::IsMultiReg(structVal->AsHWIntrinsic()->GetHWIntrinsicId()));
            break;
#endif

        case GT_COMMA:
        {
            // The second thing could either be a block node or a GT_FIELD or a GT_SIMD or a GT_COMMA node.
            GenTree* blockNode = structVal->AsOp()->gtOp2;
            assert(blockNode->gtType == structType);

            // Is this GT_COMMA(op1, GT_COMMA())?
            GenTree* parent = structVal;
            if (blockNode->OperGet() == GT_COMMA)
            {
                // Find the last node in the comma chain.
                do
                {
                    assert(blockNode->gtType == structType);
                    parent    = blockNode;
                    blockNode = blockNode->AsOp()->gtOp2;
                } while (blockNode->OperGet() == GT_COMMA);
            }

            if (blockNode->OperGet() == GT_FIELD)
            {
                // If we have a GT_FIELD then wrap it in a GT_OBJ.
                blockNode = gtNewObjNode(structHnd, gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_BYREF, blockNode));
            }

#ifdef FEATURE_SIMD
            if (blockNode->OperIsSimdOrHWintrinsic() || blockNode->IsCnsVec())
            {
                parent->AsOp()->gtOp2 = impNormStructVal(blockNode, structHnd, curLevel);
                alreadyNormalized     = true;
            }
            else
#endif
            {
                noway_assert(blockNode->OperIsBlk());

                // Sink the GT_COMMA below the blockNode addr.
                // That is GT_COMMA(op1, op2=blockNode) is transformed into
                // blockNode(GT_COMMA(TYP_BYREF, op1, op2's op1)).
                //
                // In case of a chained GT_COMMA case, we sink the last
                // GT_COMMA below the blockNode addr.
                GenTree* blockNodeAddr = blockNode->AsOp()->gtOp1;
                assert(blockNodeAddr->gtType == TYP_BYREF);
                GenTree* commaNode       = parent;
                commaNode->gtType        = TYP_BYREF;
                commaNode->AsOp()->gtOp2 = blockNodeAddr;
                blockNode->AsOp()->gtOp1 = commaNode;
                if (parent == structVal)
                {
                    structVal = blockNode;
                }
                alreadyNormalized = true;
            }
        }
        break;

        default:
            noway_assert(!"Unexpected node in impNormStructVal()");
            break;
    }
    structVal->gtType = structType;

    if (!alreadyNormalized)
    {
        if (makeTemp)
        {
            unsigned tmpNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("struct address for call/obj"));

            impAssignTempGen(tmpNum, structVal, structHnd, curLevel);

            // The structVal is now the temp itself

            structLcl = gtNewLclvNode(tmpNum, structType)->AsLclVarCommon();
            structVal = structLcl;
        }
        if ((structType == TYP_STRUCT) && !structVal->OperIsBlk())
        {
            // Wrap it in a GT_OBJ
            structVal = gtNewObjNode(structHnd, gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_BYREF, structVal));
        }
    }

    if (structLcl != nullptr)
    {
        // A OBJ on a ADDR(LCL_VAR) can never raise an exception
        // so we don't set GTF_EXCEPT here.
        if (!lvaIsImplicitByRefLocal(structLcl->GetLclNum()))
        {
            structVal->gtFlags &= ~GTF_GLOB_REF;
        }
    }
    else if (structVal->OperIsBlk())
    {
        // In general a OBJ is an indirection and could raise an exception.
        structVal->gtFlags |= GTF_EXCEPT;
    }
    return structVal;
}

/******************************************************************************/
// Given a type token, generate code that will evaluate to the correct
// handle representation of that token (type handle, field handle, or method handle)
//
// For most cases, the handle is determined at compile-time, and the code
// generated is simply an embedded handle.
//
// Run-time lookup is required if the enclosing method is shared between instantiations
// and the token refers to formal type parameters whose instantiation is not known
// at compile-time.
//
GenTree* Compiler::impTokenToHandle(CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken,
                                    bool*                   pRuntimeLookup /* = NULL */,
                                    bool                    mustRestoreHandle /* = false */,
                                    bool                    importParent /* = false */)
{
    assert(!fgGlobalMorph);

    CORINFO_GENERICHANDLE_RESULT embedInfo;
    info.compCompHnd->embedGenericHandle(pResolvedToken, importParent, &embedInfo);

    if (pRuntimeLookup)
    {
        *pRuntimeLookup = embedInfo.lookup.lookupKind.needsRuntimeLookup;
    }

    if (mustRestoreHandle && !embedInfo.lookup.lookupKind.needsRuntimeLookup)
    {
        switch (embedInfo.handleType)
        {
            case CORINFO_HANDLETYPE_CLASS:
                info.compCompHnd->classMustBeLoadedBeforeCodeIsRun((CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE)embedInfo.compileTimeHandle);
                break;

            case CORINFO_HANDLETYPE_METHOD:
                info.compCompHnd->methodMustBeLoadedBeforeCodeIsRun((CORINFO_METHOD_HANDLE)embedInfo.compileTimeHandle);
                break;

            case CORINFO_HANDLETYPE_FIELD:
                info.compCompHnd->classMustBeLoadedBeforeCodeIsRun(
                    info.compCompHnd->getFieldClass((CORINFO_FIELD_HANDLE)embedInfo.compileTimeHandle));
                break;

            default:
                break;
        }
    }

    // Generate the full lookup tree. May be null if we're abandoning an inline attempt.
    GenTreeFlags handleType = importParent ? GTF_ICON_CLASS_HDL : gtTokenToIconFlags(pResolvedToken->token);
    GenTree*     result = impLookupToTree(pResolvedToken, &embedInfo.lookup, handleType, embedInfo.compileTimeHandle);

    // If we have a result and it requires runtime lookup, wrap it in a runtime lookup node.
    if ((result != nullptr) && embedInfo.lookup.lookupKind.needsRuntimeLookup)
    {
        result = gtNewRuntimeLookup(embedInfo.compileTimeHandle, embedInfo.handleType, result);
    }

    return result;
}

GenTree* Compiler::impLookupToTree(CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken,
                                   CORINFO_LOOKUP*         pLookup,
                                   GenTreeFlags            handleFlags,
                                   void*                   compileTimeHandle)
{
    if (!pLookup->lookupKind.needsRuntimeLookup)
    {
        // No runtime lookup is required.
        // Access is direct or memory-indirect (of a fixed address) reference

        CORINFO_GENERIC_HANDLE handle       = nullptr;
        void*                  pIndirection = nullptr;
        assert(pLookup->constLookup.accessType != IAT_PPVALUE && pLookup->constLookup.accessType != IAT_RELPVALUE);

        if (pLookup->constLookup.accessType == IAT_VALUE)
        {
            handle = pLookup->constLookup.handle;
        }
        else if (pLookup->constLookup.accessType == IAT_PVALUE)
        {
            pIndirection = pLookup->constLookup.addr;
        }
        GenTree* addr = gtNewIconEmbHndNode(handle, pIndirection, handleFlags, compileTimeHandle);

#ifdef DEBUG
        size_t handleToTrack;
        if (handleFlags == GTF_ICON_TOKEN_HDL)
        {
            handleToTrack = 0;
        }
        else
        {
            handleToTrack = (size_t)compileTimeHandle;
        }

        if (handle != nullptr)
        {
            addr->AsIntCon()->gtTargetHandle = handleToTrack;
        }
        else
        {
            addr->gtGetOp1()->AsIntCon()->gtTargetHandle = handleToTrack;
        }
#endif
        return addr;
    }

    if (pLookup->lookupKind.runtimeLookupKind == CORINFO_LOOKUP_NOT_SUPPORTED)
    {
        // Runtime does not support inlining of all shapes of runtime lookups
        // Inlining has to be aborted in such a case
        assert(compIsForInlining());
        compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_GENERIC_DICTIONARY_LOOKUP);
        return nullptr;
    }

    // Need to use dictionary-based access which depends on the typeContext
    // which is only available at runtime, not at compile-time.
    return impRuntimeLookupToTree(pResolvedToken, pLookup, compileTimeHandle);
}

#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
GenTree* Compiler::impReadyToRunLookupToTree(CORINFO_CONST_LOOKUP* pLookup,
                                             GenTreeFlags          handleFlags,
                                             void*                 compileTimeHandle)
{
    CORINFO_GENERIC_HANDLE handle       = nullptr;
    void*                  pIndirection = nullptr;
    assert(pLookup->accessType != IAT_PPVALUE && pLookup->accessType != IAT_RELPVALUE);

    if (pLookup->accessType == IAT_VALUE)
    {
        handle = pLookup->handle;
    }
    else if (pLookup->accessType == IAT_PVALUE)
    {
        pIndirection = pLookup->addr;
    }
    GenTree* addr = gtNewIconEmbHndNode(handle, pIndirection, handleFlags, compileTimeHandle);
#ifdef DEBUG
    assert((handleFlags == GTF_ICON_CLASS_HDL) || (handleFlags == GTF_ICON_METHOD_HDL));
    if (handle != nullptr)
    {
        addr->AsIntCon()->gtTargetHandle = (size_t)compileTimeHandle;
    }
    else
    {
        addr->gtGetOp1()->AsIntCon()->gtTargetHandle = (size_t)compileTimeHandle;
    }
#endif //  DEBUG
    return addr;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impIsCastHelperEligibleForClassProbe: Checks whether a tree is a cast helper eligible to
//    to be profiled and then optimized with PGO data
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - the tree object to check
//
// Returns:
//    true if the tree is a cast helper eligible to be profiled
//
bool Compiler::impIsCastHelperEligibleForClassProbe(GenTree* tree)
{
    if (!opts.jitFlags->IsSet(JitFlags::JIT_FLAG_BBINSTR) || (JitConfig.JitProfileCasts() != 1))
    {
        return false;
    }

    if (tree->IsCall() && tree->AsCall()->gtCallType == CT_HELPER)
    {
        const CorInfoHelpFunc helper = eeGetHelperNum(tree->AsCall()->gtCallMethHnd);
        if ((helper == CORINFO_HELP_ISINSTANCEOFINTERFACE) || (helper == CORINFO_HELP_ISINSTANCEOFCLASS) ||
            (helper == CORINFO_HELP_CHKCASTCLASS) || (helper == CORINFO_HELP_CHKCASTINTERFACE))
        {
            return true;
        }
    }
    return false;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impIsCastHelperMayHaveProfileData: Checks whether a tree is a cast helper that might
//    have profile data
//
// Arguments:
//    tree - the tree object to check
//
// Returns:
//    true if the tree is a cast helper with potential profile data
//
bool Compiler::impIsCastHelperMayHaveProfileData(CorInfoHelpFunc helper)
{
    if (JitConfig.JitConsumeProfileForCasts() == 0)
    {
        return false;
    }

    if (!opts.jitFlags->IsSet(JitFlags::JIT_FLAG_BBOPT))
    {
        return false;
    }

    if ((helper == CORINFO_HELP_ISINSTANCEOFINTERFACE) || (helper == CORINFO_HELP_ISINSTANCEOFCLASS) ||
        (helper == CORINFO_HELP_CHKCASTCLASS) || (helper == CORINFO_HELP_CHKCASTINTERFACE))
    {
        return true;
    }
    return false;
}

GenTreeCall* Compiler::impReadyToRunHelperToTree(CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken,
                                                 CorInfoHelpFunc         helper,
                                                 var_types               type,
                                                 CORINFO_LOOKUP_KIND*    pGenericLookupKind,
                                                 GenTree*                arg1)
{
    CORINFO_CONST_LOOKUP lookup;
    if (!info.compCompHnd->getReadyToRunHelper(pResolvedToken, pGenericLookupKind, helper, &lookup))
    {
        return nullptr;
    }

    GenTreeCall* op1 = gtNewHelperCallNode(helper, type, arg1);

    op1->setEntryPoint(lookup);

    return op1;
}
#endif

GenTree* Compiler::impMethodPointer(CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken, CORINFO_CALL_INFO* pCallInfo)
{
    GenTree* op1 = nullptr;

    switch (pCallInfo->kind)
    {
        case CORINFO_CALL:
            op1 = new (this, GT_FTN_ADDR) GenTreeFptrVal(TYP_I_IMPL, pCallInfo->hMethod);

#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
            if (opts.IsReadyToRun())
            {
                op1->AsFptrVal()->gtEntryPoint = pCallInfo->codePointerLookup.constLookup;
            }
#endif
            break;

        case CORINFO_CALL_CODE_POINTER:
            op1 = impLookupToTree(pResolvedToken, &pCallInfo->codePointerLookup, GTF_ICON_FTN_ADDR, pCallInfo->hMethod);
            break;

        default:
            noway_assert(!"unknown call kind");
            break;
    }

    return op1;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// getRuntimeContextTree: find pointer to context for runtime lookup.
//
// Arguments:
//    kind - lookup kind.
//
// Return Value:
//    Return GenTree pointer to generic shared context.
//
// Notes:
//    Reports about generic context using.

GenTree* Compiler::getRuntimeContextTree(CORINFO_RUNTIME_LOOKUP_KIND kind)
{
    GenTree* ctxTree = nullptr;

    // Collectible types requires that for shared generic code, if we use the generic context parameter
    // that we report it. (This is a conservative approach, we could detect some cases particularly when the
    // context parameter is this that we don't need the eager reporting logic.)
    lvaGenericsContextInUse = true;

    Compiler* pRoot = impInlineRoot();

    if (kind == CORINFO_LOOKUP_THISOBJ)
    {
        // this Object
        ctxTree = gtNewLclvNode(pRoot->info.compThisArg, TYP_REF);
        ctxTree->gtFlags |= GTF_VAR_CONTEXT;

        // context is the method table pointer of the this object
        ctxTree = gtNewMethodTableLookup(ctxTree);
    }
    else
    {
        assert(kind == CORINFO_LOOKUP_METHODPARAM || kind == CORINFO_LOOKUP_CLASSPARAM);

        // Exact method descriptor as passed in
        ctxTree = gtNewLclvNode(pRoot->info.compTypeCtxtArg, TYP_I_IMPL);
        ctxTree->gtFlags |= GTF_VAR_CONTEXT;
    }
    return ctxTree;
}

/*****************************************************************************/
/* Import a dictionary lookup to access a handle in code shared between
   generic instantiations.
   The lookup depends on the typeContext which is only available at
   runtime, and not at compile-time.
   pLookup->token1 and pLookup->token2 specify the handle that is needed.
   The cases are:

   1. pLookup->indirections == CORINFO_USEHELPER : Call a helper passing it the
      instantiation-specific handle, and the tokens to lookup the handle.
   2. pLookup->indirections != CORINFO_USEHELPER :
      2a. pLookup->testForNull == false : Dereference the instantiation-specific handle
          to get the handle.
      2b. pLookup->testForNull == true : Dereference the instantiation-specific handle.
          If it is non-NULL, it is the handle required. Else, call a helper
          to lookup the handle.
 */

GenTree* Compiler::impRuntimeLookupToTree(CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken,
                                          CORINFO_LOOKUP*         pLookup,
                                          void*                   compileTimeHandle)
{
    GenTree* ctxTree = getRuntimeContextTree(pLookup->lookupKind.runtimeLookupKind);

    CORINFO_RUNTIME_LOOKUP* pRuntimeLookup = &pLookup->runtimeLookup;
    // It's available only via the run-time helper function
    if (pRuntimeLookup->indirections == CORINFO_USEHELPER)
    {
#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
        if (opts.IsReadyToRun())
        {
            return impReadyToRunHelperToTree(pResolvedToken, CORINFO_HELP_READYTORUN_GENERIC_HANDLE, TYP_I_IMPL,
                                             &pLookup->lookupKind, ctxTree);
        }
#endif
        return gtNewRuntimeLookupHelperCallNode(pRuntimeLookup, ctxTree, compileTimeHandle);
    }

    // Slot pointer
    GenTree* slotPtrTree = ctxTree;

    if (pRuntimeLookup->testForNull)
    {
        slotPtrTree = impCloneExpr(ctxTree, &ctxTree, NO_CLASS_HANDLE, CHECK_SPILL_ALL,
                                   nullptr DEBUGARG("impRuntimeLookup slot"));
    }

    GenTree* indOffTree    = nullptr;
    GenTree* lastIndOfTree = nullptr;

    // Applied repeated indirections
    for (WORD i = 0; i < pRuntimeLookup->indirections; i++)
    {
        if ((i == 1 && pRuntimeLookup->indirectFirstOffset) || (i == 2 && pRuntimeLookup->indirectSecondOffset))
        {
            indOffTree = impCloneExpr(slotPtrTree, &slotPtrTree, NO_CLASS_HANDLE, CHECK_SPILL_ALL,
                                      nullptr DEBUGARG("impRuntimeLookup indirectOffset"));
        }

        // The last indirection could be subject to a size check (dynamic dictionary expansion)
        bool isLastIndirectionWithSizeCheck =
            ((i == pRuntimeLookup->indirections - 1) && (pRuntimeLookup->sizeOffset != CORINFO_NO_SIZE_CHECK));

        if (i != 0)
        {
            slotPtrTree = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, slotPtrTree);
            slotPtrTree->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_NONFAULTING;
            if (!isLastIndirectionWithSizeCheck)
            {
                slotPtrTree->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_INVARIANT;
            }
        }

        if ((i == 1 && pRuntimeLookup->indirectFirstOffset) || (i == 2 && pRuntimeLookup->indirectSecondOffset))
        {
            slotPtrTree = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, indOffTree, slotPtrTree);
        }

        if (pRuntimeLookup->offsets[i] != 0)
        {
            if (isLastIndirectionWithSizeCheck)
            {
                lastIndOfTree = impCloneExpr(slotPtrTree, &slotPtrTree, NO_CLASS_HANDLE, CHECK_SPILL_ALL,
                                             nullptr DEBUGARG("impRuntimeLookup indirectOffset"));
            }

            slotPtrTree =
                gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, slotPtrTree, gtNewIconNode(pRuntimeLookup->offsets[i], TYP_I_IMPL));
        }
    }

    // No null test required
    if (!pRuntimeLookup->testForNull)
    {
        if (pRuntimeLookup->indirections == 0)
        {
            return slotPtrTree;
        }

        slotPtrTree = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, slotPtrTree);
        slotPtrTree->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_NONFAULTING;

        if (!pRuntimeLookup->testForFixup)
        {
            return slotPtrTree;
        }

        impSpillSideEffects(true, CHECK_SPILL_ALL DEBUGARG("bubbling QMark0"));

        unsigned slotLclNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("impRuntimeLookup test"));
        impAssignTempGen(slotLclNum, slotPtrTree, NO_CLASS_HANDLE, CHECK_SPILL_ALL, nullptr, impCurStmtDI);

        GenTree* slot = gtNewLclvNode(slotLclNum, TYP_I_IMPL);
        // downcast the pointer to a TYP_INT on 64-bit targets
        slot = impImplicitIorI4Cast(slot, TYP_INT);
        // Use a GT_AND to check for the lowest bit and indirect if it is set
        GenTree* test  = gtNewOperNode(GT_AND, TYP_INT, slot, gtNewIconNode(1));
        GenTree* relop = gtNewOperNode(GT_EQ, TYP_INT, test, gtNewIconNode(0));

        // slot = GT_IND(slot - 1)
        slot           = gtNewLclvNode(slotLclNum, TYP_I_IMPL);
        GenTree* add   = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, slot, gtNewIconNode(-1, TYP_I_IMPL));
        GenTree* indir = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, add);
        indir->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_NONFAULTING;
        indir->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_INVARIANT;

        slot                = gtNewLclvNode(slotLclNum, TYP_I_IMPL);
        GenTree*      asg   = gtNewAssignNode(slot, indir);
        GenTreeColon* colon = new (this, GT_COLON) GenTreeColon(TYP_VOID, gtNewNothingNode(), asg);
        GenTreeQmark* qmark = gtNewQmarkNode(TYP_VOID, relop, colon);
        impAppendTree(qmark, CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);

        return gtNewLclvNode(slotLclNum, TYP_I_IMPL);
    }

    assert(pRuntimeLookup->indirections != 0);

    impSpillSideEffects(true, CHECK_SPILL_ALL DEBUGARG("bubbling QMark1"));

    // Extract the handle
    GenTree* handleForNullCheck = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, slotPtrTree);
    handleForNullCheck->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_NONFAULTING;

    // Call the helper
    // - Setup argNode with the pointer to the signature returned by the lookup
    GenTree* argNode = gtNewIconEmbHndNode(pRuntimeLookup->signature, nullptr, GTF_ICON_GLOBAL_PTR, compileTimeHandle);

    GenTreeCall* helperCall = gtNewHelperCallNode(pRuntimeLookup->helper, TYP_I_IMPL, ctxTree, argNode);

    // Check for null and possibly call helper
    GenTree* nullCheck       = gtNewOperNode(GT_NE, TYP_INT, handleForNullCheck, gtNewIconNode(0, TYP_I_IMPL));
    GenTree* handleForResult = gtCloneExpr(handleForNullCheck);

    GenTree* result = nullptr;

    if (pRuntimeLookup->sizeOffset != CORINFO_NO_SIZE_CHECK)
    {
        // Dynamic dictionary expansion support

        assert((lastIndOfTree != nullptr) && (pRuntimeLookup->indirections > 0));

        // sizeValue = dictionary[pRuntimeLookup->sizeOffset]
        GenTreeIntCon* sizeOffset      = gtNewIconNode(pRuntimeLookup->sizeOffset, TYP_I_IMPL);
        GenTree*       sizeValueOffset = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, lastIndOfTree, sizeOffset);
        GenTree*       sizeValue       = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_I_IMPL, sizeValueOffset);
        sizeValue->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_NONFAULTING;

        // sizeCheck fails if sizeValue < pRuntimeLookup->offsets[i]
        GenTree* offsetValue = gtNewIconNode(pRuntimeLookup->offsets[pRuntimeLookup->indirections - 1], TYP_I_IMPL);
        GenTree* sizeCheck   = gtNewOperNode(GT_LE, TYP_INT, sizeValue, offsetValue);

        // revert null check condition.
        nullCheck->ChangeOperUnchecked(GT_EQ);

        // ((sizeCheck fails || nullCheck fails))) ? (helperCall : handle).
        // Add checks and the handle as call arguments, indirect call transformer will handle this.
        NewCallArg nullCheckArg       = NewCallArg::Primitive(nullCheck);
        NewCallArg sizeCheckArg       = NewCallArg::Primitive(sizeCheck);
        NewCallArg handleForResultArg = NewCallArg::Primitive(handleForResult);
        helperCall->gtArgs.PushFront(this, nullCheckArg, sizeCheckArg, handleForResultArg);
        result = helperCall;
        addExpRuntimeLookupCandidate(helperCall);
    }
    else
    {
        GenTreeColon* colonNullCheck = new (this, GT_COLON) GenTreeColon(TYP_I_IMPL, handleForResult, helperCall);
        result                       = gtNewQmarkNode(TYP_I_IMPL, nullCheck, colonNullCheck);
    }

    unsigned tmp = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("spilling Runtime Lookup tree"));

    impAssignTempGen(tmp, result, CHECK_SPILL_NONE);
    return gtNewLclvNode(tmp, TYP_I_IMPL);
}

struct RecursiveGuard
{
public:
    RecursiveGuard()
    {
        m_pAddress = nullptr;
    }

    ~RecursiveGuard()
    {
        if (m_pAddress)
        {
            *m_pAddress = false;
        }
    }

    void Init(bool* pAddress, bool bInitialize)
    {
        assert(pAddress && *pAddress == false && "Recursive guard violation");
        m_pAddress = pAddress;

        if (bInitialize)
        {
            *m_pAddress = true;
        }
    }

protected:
    bool* m_pAddress;
};

bool Compiler::impSpillStackEntry(unsigned level,
                                  unsigned tnum
#ifdef DEBUG
                                  ,
                                  bool        bAssertOnRecursion,
                                  const char* reason
#endif
                                  )
{

#ifdef DEBUG
    RecursiveGuard guard;
    guard.Init(&impNestedStackSpill, bAssertOnRecursion);
#endif

    GenTree* tree = verCurrentState.esStack[level].val;

    /* Allocate a temp if we haven't been asked to use a particular one */

    if (tnum != BAD_VAR_NUM && (tnum >= lvaCount))
    {
        return false;
    }

    bool isNewTemp = false;

    if (tnum == BAD_VAR_NUM)
    {
        tnum      = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG(reason));
        isNewTemp = true;
    }

    /* Assign the spilled entry to the temp */
    impAssignTempGen(tnum, tree, verCurrentState.esStack[level].seTypeInfo.GetClassHandle(), level);

    // If temp is newly introduced and a ref type, grab what type info we can.
    if (isNewTemp && (lvaTable[tnum].lvType == TYP_REF))
    {
        assert(lvaTable[tnum].lvSingleDef == 0);
        lvaTable[tnum].lvSingleDef = 1;
        JITDUMP("Marked V%02u as a single def temp\n", tnum);
        CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE stkHnd = verCurrentState.esStack[level].seTypeInfo.GetClassHandle();
        lvaSetClass(tnum, tree, stkHnd);

        // If we're assigning a GT_RET_EXPR, note the temp over on the call,
        // so the inliner can use it in case it needs a return spill temp.
        if (tree->OperGet() == GT_RET_EXPR)
        {
            JITDUMP("\n*** see V%02u = GT_RET_EXPR, noting temp\n", tnum);
            GenTree*             call = tree->AsRetExpr()->gtInlineCandidate;
            InlineCandidateInfo* ici  = call->AsCall()->gtInlineCandidateInfo;
            ici->preexistingSpillTemp = tnum;
        }
    }

    // The tree type may be modified by impAssignTempGen, so use the type of the lclVar.
    var_types type                     = genActualType(lvaTable[tnum].TypeGet());
    GenTree*  temp                     = gtNewLclvNode(tnum, type);
    verCurrentState.esStack[level].val = temp;

    return true;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Ensure that the stack has only spilled values
 */

void Compiler::impSpillStackEnsure(bool spillLeaves)
{
    assert(!spillLeaves || opts.compDbgCode);

    for (unsigned level = 0; level < verCurrentState.esStackDepth; level++)
    {
        GenTree* tree = verCurrentState.esStack[level].val;

        if (!spillLeaves && tree->OperIsLeaf())
        {
            continue;
        }

        // Temps introduced by the importer itself don't need to be spilled

        bool isTempLcl =
            (tree->OperGet() == GT_LCL_VAR) && (tree->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum() >= info.compLocalsCount);

        if (isTempLcl)
        {
            continue;
        }

        impSpillStackEntry(level, BAD_VAR_NUM DEBUGARG(false) DEBUGARG("impSpillStackEnsure"));
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  If the stack contains any trees with side effects in them, assign those
 *  trees to temps and append the assignments to the statement list.
 *  On return the stack is guaranteed to be empty.
 */

void Compiler::impEvalSideEffects()
{
    impSpillSideEffects(false, CHECK_SPILL_ALL DEBUGARG("impEvalSideEffects"));
    verCurrentState.esStackDepth = 0;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  If the stack entry is a tree with side effects in it, assign that
 *  tree to a temp and replace it on the stack with refs to its temp.
 *  i is the stack entry which will be checked and spilled.
 */

void Compiler::impSpillSideEffect(bool spillGlobEffects, unsigned i DEBUGARG(const char* reason))
{
    assert(i <= verCurrentState.esStackDepth);

    GenTreeFlags spillFlags = spillGlobEffects ? GTF_GLOB_EFFECT : GTF_SIDE_EFFECT;
    GenTree*     tree       = verCurrentState.esStack[i].val;

    if ((tree->gtFlags & spillFlags) != 0 ||
        (spillGlobEffects &&           // Only consider the following when  spillGlobEffects == true
         !impIsAddressInLocal(tree) && // No need to spill the GT_ADDR node on a local.
         gtHasLocalsWithAddrOp(tree))) // Spill if we still see GT_LCL_VAR that contains lvHasLdAddrOp or
                                       // lvAddrTaken flag.
    {
        impSpillStackEntry(i, BAD_VAR_NUM DEBUGARG(false) DEBUGARG(reason));
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  If the stack contains any trees with side effects in them, assign those
 *  trees to temps and replace them on the stack with refs to their temps.
 *  [0..chkLevel) is the portion of the stack which will be checked and spilled.
 */

void Compiler::impSpillSideEffects(bool spillGlobEffects, unsigned chkLevel DEBUGARG(const char* reason))
{
    assert(chkLevel != CHECK_SPILL_NONE);

    /* Before we make any appends to the tree list we must spill the
     * "special" side effects (GTF_ORDER_SIDEEFF on a GT_CATCH_ARG) */

    impSpillSpecialSideEff();

    if (chkLevel == CHECK_SPILL_ALL)
    {
        chkLevel = verCurrentState.esStackDepth;
    }

    assert(chkLevel <= verCurrentState.esStackDepth);

    for (unsigned i = 0; i < chkLevel; i++)
    {
        impSpillSideEffect(spillGlobEffects, i DEBUGARG(reason));
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  If the stack contains any trees with special side effects in them, assign
 *  those trees to temps and replace them on the stack with refs to their temps.
 */

void Compiler::impSpillSpecialSideEff()
{
    // Only exception objects need to be carefully handled

    if (!compCurBB->bbCatchTyp)
    {
        return;
    }

    for (unsigned level = 0; level < verCurrentState.esStackDepth; level++)
    {
        GenTree* tree = verCurrentState.esStack[level].val;
        // Make sure if we have an exception object in the sub tree we spill ourselves.
        if (gtHasCatchArg(tree))
        {
            impSpillStackEntry(level, BAD_VAR_NUM DEBUGARG(false) DEBUGARG("impSpillSpecialSideEff"));
        }
    }
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impSpillLclRefs: Spill all trees referencing the given local.
//
// Arguments:
//    lclNum   - The local's number
//    chkLevel - Height (exclusive) of the portion of the stack to check
//
void Compiler::impSpillLclRefs(unsigned lclNum, unsigned chkLevel)
{
    // Before we make any appends to the tree list we must spill the
    // "special" side effects (GTF_ORDER_SIDEEFF) - GT_CATCH_ARG.
    impSpillSpecialSideEff();

    if (chkLevel == CHECK_SPILL_ALL)
    {
        chkLevel = verCurrentState.esStackDepth;
    }

    assert(chkLevel <= verCurrentState.esStackDepth);

    for (unsigned level = 0; level < chkLevel; level++)
    {
        GenTree* tree = verCurrentState.esStack[level].val;

        /* If the tree may throw an exception, and the block has a handler,
           then we need to spill assignments to the local if the local is
           live on entry to the handler.
           Just spill 'em all without considering the liveness */

        bool xcptnCaught = ehBlockHasExnFlowDsc(compCurBB) && (tree->gtFlags & (GTF_CALL | GTF_EXCEPT));

        /* Skip the tree if it doesn't have an affected reference,
           unless xcptnCaught */

        if (xcptnCaught || gtHasRef(tree, lclNum))
        {
            impSpillStackEntry(level, BAD_VAR_NUM DEBUGARG(false) DEBUGARG("impSpillLclRefs"));
        }
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Push catch arg onto the stack.
 *  If there are jumps to the beginning of the handler, insert basic block
 *  and spill catch arg to a temp. Update the handler block if necessary.
 *
 *  Returns the basic block of the actual handler.
 */

BasicBlock* Compiler::impPushCatchArgOnStack(BasicBlock* hndBlk, CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE clsHnd, bool isSingleBlockFilter)
{
    // Do not inject the basic block twice on reimport. This should be
    // hit only under JIT stress. See if the block is the one we injected.
    // Note that EH canonicalization can inject internal blocks here. We might
    // be able to re-use such a block (but we don't, right now).
    if ((hndBlk->bbFlags & (BBF_IMPORTED | BBF_INTERNAL | BBF_DONT_REMOVE)) ==
        (BBF_IMPORTED | BBF_INTERNAL | BBF_DONT_REMOVE))
    {
        Statement* stmt = hndBlk->firstStmt();

        if (stmt != nullptr)
        {
            GenTree* tree = stmt->GetRootNode();
            assert(tree != nullptr);

            if ((tree->gtOper == GT_ASG) && (tree->AsOp()->gtOp1->gtOper == GT_LCL_VAR) &&
                (tree->AsOp()->gtOp2->gtOper == GT_CATCH_ARG))
            {
                tree = gtNewLclvNode(tree->AsOp()->gtOp1->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum(), TYP_REF);

                impPushOnStack(tree, typeInfo(TI_REF, clsHnd));

                return hndBlk->bbNext;
            }
        }

        // If we get here, it must have been some other kind of internal block. It's possible that
        // someone prepended something to our injected block, but that's unlikely.
    }

    /* Push the exception address value on the stack */
    GenTree* arg = new (this, GT_CATCH_ARG) GenTree(GT_CATCH_ARG, TYP_REF);

    /* Mark the node as having a side-effect - i.e. cannot be
     * moved around since it is tied to a fixed location (EAX) */
    arg->gtFlags |= GTF_ORDER_SIDEEFF;

#if defined(JIT32_GCENCODER)
    const bool forceInsertNewBlock = isSingleBlockFilter || compStressCompile(STRESS_CATCH_ARG, 5);
#else
    const bool forceInsertNewBlock      = compStressCompile(STRESS_CATCH_ARG, 5);
#endif // defined(JIT32_GCENCODER)

    /* Spill GT_CATCH_ARG to a temp if there are jumps to the beginning of the handler */
    if (hndBlk->bbRefs > 1 || forceInsertNewBlock)
    {
        if (hndBlk->bbRefs == 1)
        {
            hndBlk->bbRefs++;
        }

        /* Create extra basic block for the spill */
        BasicBlock* newBlk = fgNewBBbefore(BBJ_NONE, hndBlk, /* extendRegion */ true);
        newBlk->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED | BBF_DONT_REMOVE;
        newBlk->inheritWeight(hndBlk);
        newBlk->bbCodeOffs = hndBlk->bbCodeOffs;

        /* Account for the new link we are about to create */
        hndBlk->bbRefs++;

        // Spill into a temp.
        unsigned tempNum         = lvaGrabTemp(false DEBUGARG("SpillCatchArg"));
        lvaTable[tempNum].lvType = TYP_REF;
        GenTree* argAsg          = gtNewTempAssign(tempNum, arg);
        arg                      = gtNewLclvNode(tempNum, TYP_REF);

        hndBlk->bbStkTempsIn = tempNum;

        Statement* argStmt;

        if (info.compStmtOffsetsImplicit & ICorDebugInfo::CALL_SITE_BOUNDARIES)
        {
            // Report the debug info. impImportBlockCode won't treat the actual handler as exception block and thus
            // won't do it for us.
            // TODO-DEBUGINFO: Previous code always set stack as non-empty
            // here. Can we not just use impCurStmtOffsSet? Are we out of sync
            // here with the stack?
            impCurStmtDI = DebugInfo(compInlineContext, ILLocation(newBlk->bbCodeOffs, false, false));
            argStmt      = gtNewStmt(argAsg, impCurStmtDI);
        }
        else
        {
            argStmt = gtNewStmt(argAsg);
        }

        fgInsertStmtAtEnd(newBlk, argStmt);
    }

    impPushOnStack(arg, typeInfo(TI_REF, clsHnd));

    return hndBlk;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Given a tree, clone it. *pClone is set to the cloned tree.
 *  Returns the original tree if the cloning was easy,
 *   else returns the temp to which the tree had to be spilled to.
 *  If the tree has side-effects, it will be spilled to a temp.
 */

GenTree* Compiler::impCloneExpr(GenTree*             tree,
                                GenTree**            pClone,
                                CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE structHnd,
                                unsigned             curLevel,
                                Statement** pAfterStmt DEBUGARG(const char* reason))
{
    if (!(tree->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_EFFECT))
    {
        GenTree* clone = gtClone(tree, true);

        if (clone)
        {
            *pClone = clone;
            return tree;
        }
    }

    /* Store the operand in a temp and return the temp */

    unsigned temp = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG(reason));

    // impAssignTempGen() may change tree->gtType to TYP_VOID for calls which
    // return a struct type. It also may modify the struct type to a more
    // specialized type (e.g. a SIMD type).  So we will get the type from
    // the lclVar AFTER calling impAssignTempGen().

    impAssignTempGen(temp, tree, structHnd, curLevel, pAfterStmt, impCurStmtDI);
    var_types type = genActualType(lvaTable[temp].TypeGet());

    *pClone = gtNewLclvNode(temp, type);
    return gtNewLclvNode(temp, type);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impCreateDIWithCurrentStackInfo: Create a DebugInfo instance with the
// specified IL offset and 'is call' bit, using the current stack to determine
// whether to set the 'stack empty' bit.
//
// Arguments:
//    offs   - the IL offset for the DebugInfo
//    isCall - whether the created DebugInfo should have the IsCall bit set
//
// Return Value:
//    The DebugInfo instance.
//
DebugInfo Compiler::impCreateDIWithCurrentStackInfo(IL_OFFSET offs, bool isCall)
{
    assert(offs != BAD_IL_OFFSET);

    bool isStackEmpty = verCurrentState.esStackDepth <= 0;
    return DebugInfo(compInlineContext, ILLocation(offs, isStackEmpty, isCall));
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impCurStmtOffsSet: Set the "current debug info" to attach to statements that
// we are generating next.
//
// Arguments:
//    offs - the IL offset
//
// Remarks:
//    This function will be called in the main IL processing loop when it is
//    determined that we have reached a location in the IL stream for which we
//    want to report debug information. This is the main way we determine which
//    statements to report debug info for to the EE: for other statements, they
//    will have no debug information attached.
//
void Compiler::impCurStmtOffsSet(IL_OFFSET offs)
{
    if (offs == BAD_IL_OFFSET)
    {
        impCurStmtDI = DebugInfo(compInlineContext, ILLocation());
    }
    else
    {
        impCurStmtDI = impCreateDIWithCurrentStackInfo(offs, false);
    }
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impCanSpillNow: check is it possible to spill all values from eeStack to local variables.
//
// Arguments:
//    prevOpcode - last importer opcode
//
// Return Value:
//    true if it is legal, false if it could be a sequence that we do not want to divide.
bool Compiler::impCanSpillNow(OPCODE prevOpcode)
{
    // Don't spill after ldtoken, newarr and newobj, because it could be a part of the InitializeArray sequence.
    // Avoid breaking up to guarantee that impInitializeArrayIntrinsic can succeed.
    return (prevOpcode != CEE_LDTOKEN) && (prevOpcode != CEE_NEWARR) && (prevOpcode != CEE_NEWOBJ);
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Remember the instr offset for the statements
 *
 *  When we do impAppendTree(tree), we can't set stmt->SetLastILOffset(impCurOpcOffs),
 *  if the append was done because of a partial stack spill,
 *  as some of the trees corresponding to code up to impCurOpcOffs might
 *  still be sitting on the stack.
 *  So we delay calling of SetLastILOffset() until impNoteLastILoffs().
 *  This should be called when an opcode finally/explicitly causes
 *  impAppendTree(tree) to be called (as opposed to being called because of
 *  a spill caused by the opcode)
 */

#ifdef DEBUG

void Compiler::impNoteLastILoffs()
{
    if (impLastILoffsStmt == nullptr)
    {
        // We should have added a statement for the current basic block
        // Is this assert correct ?

        assert(impLastStmt);

        impLastStmt->SetLastILOffset(compIsForInlining() ? BAD_IL_OFFSET : impCurOpcOffs);
    }
    else
    {
        impLastILoffsStmt->SetLastILOffset(compIsForInlining() ? BAD_IL_OFFSET : impCurOpcOffs);
        impLastILoffsStmt = nullptr;
    }
}

#endif // DEBUG

/*****************************************************************************
 * We don't create any GenTree (excluding spills) for a branch.
 * For debugging info, we need a placeholder so that we can note
 * the IL offset in gtStmt.gtStmtOffs. So append an empty statement.
 */

void Compiler::impNoteBranchOffs()
{
    if (opts.compDbgCode)
    {
        impAppendTree(gtNewNothingNode(), CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************
 * Locate the next stmt boundary for which we need to record info.
 * We will have to spill the stack at such boundaries if it is not
 * already empty.
 * Returns the next stmt boundary (after the start of the block)
 */

unsigned Compiler::impInitBlockLineInfo()
{
    /* Assume the block does not correspond with any IL offset. This prevents
       us from reporting extra offsets. Extra mappings can cause confusing
       stepping, especially if the extra mapping is a jump-target, and the
       debugger does not ignore extra mappings, but instead rewinds to the
       nearest known offset */

    impCurStmtOffsSet(BAD_IL_OFFSET);

    IL_OFFSET blockOffs = compCurBB->bbCodeOffs;

    if ((verCurrentState.esStackDepth == 0) && (info.compStmtOffsetsImplicit & ICorDebugInfo::STACK_EMPTY_BOUNDARIES))
    {
        impCurStmtOffsSet(blockOffs);
    }

    /* Always report IL offset 0 or some tests get confused.
       Probably a good idea anyways */

    if (blockOffs == 0)
    {
        impCurStmtOffsSet(blockOffs);
    }

    if (!info.compStmtOffsetsCount)
    {
        return ~0;
    }

    /* Find the lowest explicit stmt boundary within the block */

    /* Start looking at an entry that is based on our instr offset */

    unsigned index = (info.compStmtOffsetsCount * blockOffs) / info.compILCodeSize;

    if (index >= info.compStmtOffsetsCount)
    {
        index = info.compStmtOffsetsCount - 1;
    }

    /* If we've guessed too far, back up */

    while (index > 0 && info.compStmtOffsets[index - 1] >= blockOffs)
    {
        index--;
    }

    /* If we guessed short, advance ahead */

    while (info.compStmtOffsets[index] < blockOffs)
    {
        index++;

        if (index == info.compStmtOffsetsCount)
        {
            return info.compStmtOffsetsCount;
        }
    }

    assert(index < info.compStmtOffsetsCount);

    if (info.compStmtOffsets[index] == blockOffs)
    {
        /* There is an explicit boundary for the start of this basic block.
           So we will start with bbCodeOffs. Else we will wait until we
           get to the next explicit boundary */

        impCurStmtOffsSet(blockOffs);

        index++;
    }

    return index;
}

/*****************************************************************************/

bool Compiler::impOpcodeIsCallOpcode(OPCODE opcode)
{
    switch (opcode)
    {
        case CEE_CALL:
        case CEE_CALLI:
        case CEE_CALLVIRT:
            return true;

        default:
            return false;
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************/

static bool impOpcodeIsCallSiteBoundary(OPCODE opcode)
{
    switch (opcode)
    {
        case CEE_CALL:
        case CEE_CALLI:
        case CEE_CALLVIRT:
        case CEE_JMP:
        case CEE_NEWOBJ:
        case CEE_NEWARR:
            return true;

        default:
            return false;
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************/

// One might think it is worth caching these values, but results indicate
// that it isn't.
// In addition, caching them causes SuperPMI to be unable to completely
// encapsulate an individual method context.
CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE Compiler::impGetRefAnyClass()
{
    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE refAnyClass = info.compCompHnd->getBuiltinClass(CLASSID_TYPED_BYREF);
    assert(refAnyClass != (CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE) nullptr);
    return refAnyClass;
}

CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE Compiler::impGetTypeHandleClass()
{
    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE typeHandleClass = info.compCompHnd->getBuiltinClass(CLASSID_TYPE_HANDLE);
    assert(typeHandleClass != (CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE) nullptr);
    return typeHandleClass;
}

CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE Compiler::impGetRuntimeArgumentHandle()
{
    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE argIteratorClass = info.compCompHnd->getBuiltinClass(CLASSID_ARGUMENT_HANDLE);
    assert(argIteratorClass != (CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE) nullptr);
    return argIteratorClass;
}

CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE Compiler::impGetStringClass()
{
    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE stringClass = info.compCompHnd->getBuiltinClass(CLASSID_STRING);
    assert(stringClass != (CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE) nullptr);
    return stringClass;
}

CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE Compiler::impGetObjectClass()
{
    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE objectClass = info.compCompHnd->getBuiltinClass(CLASSID_SYSTEM_OBJECT);
    assert(objectClass != (CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE) nullptr);
    return objectClass;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *  "&var" can be used either as TYP_BYREF or TYP_I_IMPL, but we
 *  set its type to TYP_BYREF when we create it. We know if it can be
 *  changed to TYP_I_IMPL only at the point where we use it
 */

/* static */
void Compiler::impBashVarAddrsToI(GenTree* tree1, GenTree* tree2)
{
    if (tree1->IsLocalAddrExpr() != nullptr)
    {
        tree1->gtType = TYP_I_IMPL;
    }

    if (tree2 && (tree2->IsLocalAddrExpr() != nullptr))
    {
        tree2->gtType = TYP_I_IMPL;
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *  TYP_INT and TYP_I_IMPL can be used almost interchangeably, but we want
 *  to make that an explicit cast in our trees, so any implicit casts that
 *  exist in the IL (at least on 64-bit where TYP_I_IMPL != TYP_INT) are
 *  turned into explicit casts here.
 *  We also allow an implicit conversion of a ldnull into a TYP_I_IMPL(0)
 */

GenTree* Compiler::impImplicitIorI4Cast(GenTree* tree, var_types dstTyp)
{
    var_types currType   = genActualType(tree->gtType);
    var_types wantedType = genActualType(dstTyp);

    if (wantedType != currType)
    {
        // Automatic upcast for a GT_CNS_INT into TYP_I_IMPL
        if ((tree->OperGet() == GT_CNS_INT) && varTypeIsI(dstTyp))
        {
            if (!varTypeIsI(tree->gtType) || ((tree->gtType == TYP_REF) && (tree->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal == 0)))
            {
                tree->gtType = TYP_I_IMPL;
            }
        }
#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
        else if (varTypeIsI(wantedType) && (currType == TYP_INT))
        {
            // Note that this allows TYP_INT to be cast to a TYP_I_IMPL when wantedType is a TYP_BYREF or TYP_REF
            tree = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, tree, false, TYP_I_IMPL);
        }
        else if ((wantedType == TYP_INT) && varTypeIsI(currType))
        {
            // Note that this allows TYP_BYREF or TYP_REF to be cast to a TYP_INT
            tree = gtNewCastNode(TYP_INT, tree, false, TYP_INT);
        }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT
    }

    return tree;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *  TYP_FLOAT and TYP_DOUBLE can be used almost interchangeably in some cases,
 *  but we want to make that an explicit cast in our trees, so any implicit casts
 *  that exist in the IL are turned into explicit casts here.
 */

GenTree* Compiler::impImplicitR4orR8Cast(GenTree* tree, var_types dstTyp)
{
    if (varTypeIsFloating(tree) && varTypeIsFloating(dstTyp) && (dstTyp != tree->gtType))
    {
        tree = gtNewCastNode(dstTyp, tree, false, dstTyp);
    }

    return tree;
}

GenTree* Compiler::impTypeIsAssignable(GenTree* typeTo, GenTree* typeFrom)
{
    // Optimize patterns like:
    //
    //   typeof(TTo).IsAssignableFrom(typeof(TTFrom))
    //   valueTypeVar.GetType().IsAssignableFrom(typeof(TTFrom))
    //   typeof(TTFrom).IsAssignableTo(typeof(TTo))
    //   typeof(TTFrom).IsAssignableTo(valueTypeVar.GetType())
    //
    // to true/false

    if (typeTo->IsCall() && typeFrom->IsCall())
    {
        // make sure both arguments are `typeof()`
        CORINFO_METHOD_HANDLE hTypeof = eeFindHelper(CORINFO_HELP_TYPEHANDLE_TO_RUNTIMETYPE);
        if ((typeTo->AsCall()->gtCallMethHnd == hTypeof) && (typeFrom->AsCall()->gtCallMethHnd == hTypeof))
        {
            assert((typeTo->AsCall()->gtArgs.CountArgs() == 1) && (typeFrom->AsCall()->gtArgs.CountArgs() == 1));
            CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE hClassTo =
                gtGetHelperArgClassHandle(typeTo->AsCall()->gtArgs.GetArgByIndex(0)->GetEarlyNode());
            CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE hClassFrom =
                gtGetHelperArgClassHandle(typeFrom->AsCall()->gtArgs.GetArgByIndex(0)->GetEarlyNode());

            if (hClassTo == NO_CLASS_HANDLE || hClassFrom == NO_CLASS_HANDLE)
            {
                return nullptr;
            }

            TypeCompareState castResult = info.compCompHnd->compareTypesForCast(hClassFrom, hClassTo);
            if (castResult == TypeCompareState::May)
            {
                // requires runtime check
                // e.g. __Canon, COMObjects, Nullable
                return nullptr;
            }

            GenTreeIntCon* retNode = gtNewIconNode((castResult == TypeCompareState::Must) ? 1 : 0);
            impPopStack(); // drop both CORINFO_HELP_TYPEHANDLE_TO_RUNTIMETYPE calls
            impPopStack();

            return retNode;
        }
    }

    return nullptr;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 * 'logMsg' is true if a log message needs to be logged. false if the caller has
 *   already logged it (presumably in a more detailed fashion than done here)
 */

void Compiler::verConvertBBToThrowVerificationException(BasicBlock* block DEBUGARG(bool logMsg))
{
    block->bbJumpKind = BBJ_THROW;
    block->bbFlags |= BBF_FAILED_VERIFICATION;
    block->bbFlags &= ~BBF_IMPORTED;

    impCurStmtOffsSet(block->bbCodeOffs);

    // Clear the statement list as it exists so far; we're only going to have a verification exception.
    impStmtList = impLastStmt = nullptr;

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (logMsg)
    {
        JITLOG((LL_ERROR, "Verification failure: while compiling %s near IL offset %x..%xh \n", info.compFullName,
                block->bbCodeOffs, block->bbCodeOffsEnd));
        if (verbose)
        {
            printf("\n\nVerification failure: %s near IL %xh \n", info.compFullName, block->bbCodeOffs);
        }
    }

    if (JitConfig.DebugBreakOnVerificationFailure())
    {
        DebugBreak();
    }
#endif

    impBeginTreeList();

    // if the stack is non-empty evaluate all the side-effects
    if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth > 0)
    {
        impEvalSideEffects();
    }
    assert(verCurrentState.esStackDepth == 0);

    GenTree* op1 = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_VERIFICATION, TYP_VOID, gtNewIconNode(block->bbCodeOffs));
    // verCurrentState.esStackDepth = 0;
    impAppendTree(op1, CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);

    // The inliner is not able to handle methods that require throw block, so
    // make sure this methods never gets inlined.
    info.compCompHnd->setMethodAttribs(info.compMethodHnd, CORINFO_FLG_BAD_INLINEE);
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 */
void Compiler::verHandleVerificationFailure(BasicBlock* block DEBUGARG(bool logMsg))
{
    verResetCurrentState(block, &verCurrentState);
    verConvertBBToThrowVerificationException(block DEBUGARG(logMsg));

#ifdef DEBUG
    impNoteLastILoffs(); // Remember at which BC offset the tree was finished
#endif                   // DEBUG
}

typeInfo Compiler::verMakeTypeInfoForLocal(unsigned lclNum)
{
    LclVarDsc* varDsc = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);

    if ((varDsc->TypeGet() == TYP_BLK) || (varDsc->TypeGet() == TYP_LCLBLK))
    {
        return typeInfo();
    }
    if (varDsc->TypeGet() == TYP_BYREF)
    {
        // Pretend all byrefs are pointing to bytes.
        return typeInfo(TI_BYTE).MakeByRef();
    }
    if (varTypeIsStruct(varDsc))
    {
        return typeInfo(TI_STRUCT, varDsc->GetStructHnd());
    }

    return typeInfo(varDsc->TypeGet());
}

typeInfo Compiler::verMakeTypeInfo(CorInfoType ciType, CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE clsHnd)
{
    assert(ciType < CORINFO_TYPE_COUNT);

    typeInfo tiResult;
    switch (ciType)
    {
        case CORINFO_TYPE_STRING:
        case CORINFO_TYPE_CLASS:
            tiResult = verMakeTypeInfo(clsHnd);
            if (!tiResult.IsType(TI_REF))
            { // type must be consistent with element type
                return typeInfo();
            }
            break;

        case CORINFO_TYPE_VALUECLASS:
        case CORINFO_TYPE_REFANY:
            tiResult = verMakeTypeInfo(clsHnd);
            // type must be constant with element type;
            if (!tiResult.IsValueClass())
            {
                return typeInfo();
            }
            break;
        case CORINFO_TYPE_VAR:
            return verMakeTypeInfo(clsHnd);

        case CORINFO_TYPE_PTR: // for now, pointers are treated as an error
        case CORINFO_TYPE_VOID:
            return typeInfo();
            break;

        case CORINFO_TYPE_BYREF:
        {
            CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE childClassHandle;
            CorInfoType          childType = info.compCompHnd->getChildType(clsHnd, &childClassHandle);
            return ByRef(verMakeTypeInfo(childType, childClassHandle));
        }
        break;

        default:
            if (clsHnd)
            { // If we have more precise information, use it
                return typeInfo(TI_STRUCT, clsHnd);
            }
            else
            {
                return typeInfo(JITtype2tiType(ciType));
            }
    }
    return tiResult;
}

/******************************************************************************/

typeInfo Compiler::verMakeTypeInfo(CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE clsHnd)
{
    if (clsHnd == NO_CLASS_HANDLE)
    {
        return typeInfo();
    }

    // Byrefs should only occur in method and local signatures, which are accessed
    // using ICorClassInfo and ICorClassInfo.getChildType.
    // So findClass() and getClassAttribs() should not be called for byrefs

    if (JITtype2varType(info.compCompHnd->asCorInfoType(clsHnd)) == TYP_BYREF)
    {
        assert(!"Did findClass() return a Byref?");
        return typeInfo();
    }

    unsigned attribs = info.compCompHnd->getClassAttribs(clsHnd);

    if (attribs & CORINFO_FLG_VALUECLASS)
    {
        CorInfoType t = info.compCompHnd->getTypeForPrimitiveValueClass(clsHnd);

        // Meta-data validation should ensure that CORINF_TYPE_BYREF should
        // not occur here, so we may want to change this to an assert instead.
        if (t == CORINFO_TYPE_VOID || t == CORINFO_TYPE_BYREF || t == CORINFO_TYPE_PTR)
        {
            return typeInfo();
        }

        if (t != CORINFO_TYPE_UNDEF)
        {
            return (typeInfo(JITtype2tiType(t)));
        }
        else
        {
            return (typeInfo(TI_STRUCT, clsHnd));
        }
    }
    else
    {
        return (typeInfo(TI_REF, clsHnd));
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************
 */
typeInfo Compiler::verParseArgSigToTypeInfo(CORINFO_SIG_INFO* sig, CORINFO_ARG_LIST_HANDLE args)
{
    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE classHandle;
    CorInfoType          ciType = strip(info.compCompHnd->getArgType(sig, args, &classHandle));

    var_types type = JITtype2varType(ciType);
    if (varTypeIsGC(type))
    {
        // For efficiency, getArgType only returns something in classHandle for
        // value types.  For other types that have addition type info, you
        // have to call back explicitly
        classHandle = info.compCompHnd->getArgClass(sig, args);
        if (!classHandle)
        {
            NO_WAY("Could not figure out Class specified in argument or local signature");
        }
    }

    return verMakeTypeInfo(ciType, classHandle);
}

bool Compiler::verIsByRefLike(const typeInfo& ti)
{
    if (ti.IsByRef())
    {
        return true;
    }
    if (!ti.IsType(TI_STRUCT))
    {
        return false;
    }
    return info.compCompHnd->getClassAttribs(ti.GetClassHandleForValueClass()) & CORINFO_FLG_BYREF_LIKE;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Check if a TailCall is legal.
 */

bool Compiler::verCheckTailCallConstraint(OPCODE                  opcode,
                                          CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken,
                                          CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pConstrainedResolvedToken)
{
    DWORD            mflags;
    CORINFO_SIG_INFO sig;
    unsigned int     popCount = 0; // we can't pop the stack since impImportCall needs it, so
                                   // this counter is used to keep track of how many items have been
                                   // virtually popped

    CORINFO_METHOD_HANDLE methodHnd       = nullptr;
    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE  methodClassHnd  = nullptr;
    unsigned              methodClassFlgs = 0;

    assert(impOpcodeIsCallOpcode(opcode));

    if (compIsForInlining())
    {
        return false;
    }

    // For calli, check that this is not a virtual method.
    if (opcode == CEE_CALLI)
    {
        /* Get the call sig */
        eeGetSig(pResolvedToken->token, pResolvedToken->tokenScope, pResolvedToken->tokenContext, &sig);

        // We don't know the target method, so we have to infer the flags, or
        // assume the worst-case.
        mflags = (sig.callConv & CORINFO_CALLCONV_HASTHIS) ? 0 : CORINFO_FLG_STATIC;
    }
    else
    {
        methodHnd = pResolvedToken->hMethod;

        mflags = info.compCompHnd->getMethodAttribs(methodHnd);

        // In generic code we pair the method handle with its owning class to get the exact method signature.
        methodClassHnd = pResolvedToken->hClass;
        assert(methodClassHnd != NO_CLASS_HANDLE);

        eeGetMethodSig(methodHnd, &sig, methodClassHnd);

        // opcode specific check
        methodClassFlgs = info.compCompHnd->getClassAttribs(methodClassHnd);
    }

    // We must have got the methodClassHnd if opcode is not CEE_CALLI
    assert((methodHnd != nullptr && methodClassHnd != NO_CLASS_HANDLE) || opcode == CEE_CALLI);

    if ((sig.callConv & CORINFO_CALLCONV_MASK) == CORINFO_CALLCONV_VARARG)
    {
        eeGetCallSiteSig(pResolvedToken->token, pResolvedToken->tokenScope, pResolvedToken->tokenContext, &sig);
    }

    // Check compatibility of the arguments.
    unsigned int            argCount = sig.numArgs;
    CORINFO_ARG_LIST_HANDLE args;
    args = sig.args;
    while (argCount--)
    {
        typeInfo tiDeclared = verParseArgSigToTypeInfo(&sig, args).NormaliseForStack();

        // Check that the argument is not a byref for tailcalls.
        if (verIsByRefLike(tiDeclared))
        {
            return false;
        }

        // For unsafe code, we might have parameters containing pointer to the stack location.
        // Disallow the tailcall for this kind.
        CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE classHandle;
        CorInfoType          ciType = strip(info.compCompHnd->getArgType(&sig, args, &classHandle));
        if (ciType == CORINFO_TYPE_PTR)
        {
            return false;
        }

        args = info.compCompHnd->getArgNext(args);
    }

    // Update popCount.
    popCount += sig.numArgs;

    // Check for 'this' which is on non-static methods, not called via NEWOBJ
    if (!(mflags & CORINFO_FLG_STATIC))
    {
        // Always update the popCount. This is crucial for the stack calculation to be correct.
        typeInfo tiThis = impStackTop(popCount).seTypeInfo;
        popCount++;

        if (opcode == CEE_CALLI)
        {
            // For CALLI, we don't know the methodClassHnd. Therefore, let's check the "this" object
            // on the stack.
            if (tiThis.IsValueClass())
            {
                tiThis.MakeByRef();
            }

            if (verIsByRefLike(tiThis))
            {
                return false;
            }
        }
        else
        {
            // Check type compatibility of the this argument
            typeInfo tiDeclaredThis = verMakeTypeInfo(methodClassHnd);
            if (tiDeclaredThis.IsValueClass())
            {
                tiDeclaredThis.MakeByRef();
            }

            if (verIsByRefLike(tiDeclaredThis))
            {
                return false;
            }
        }
    }

    // Tail calls on constrained calls should be illegal too:
    // when instantiated at a value type, a constrained call may pass the address of a stack allocated value
    if (pConstrainedResolvedToken != nullptr)
    {
        return false;
    }

    // Get the exact view of the signature for an array method
    if (sig.retType != CORINFO_TYPE_VOID)
    {
        if (methodClassFlgs & CORINFO_FLG_ARRAY)
        {
            assert(opcode != CEE_CALLI);
            eeGetCallSiteSig(pResolvedToken->token, pResolvedToken->tokenScope, pResolvedToken->tokenContext, &sig);
        }
    }

    var_types calleeRetType = genActualType(JITtype2varType(sig.retType));
    var_types callerRetType = genActualType(JITtype2varType(info.compMethodInfo->args.retType));

    // Normalize TYP_FLOAT to TYP_DOUBLE (it is ok to return one as the other and vice versa).
    calleeRetType = (calleeRetType == TYP_FLOAT) ? TYP_DOUBLE : calleeRetType;
    callerRetType = (callerRetType == TYP_FLOAT) ? TYP_DOUBLE : callerRetType;

    // Make sure the types match.
    if (calleeRetType != callerRetType)
    {
        return false;
    }
    else if ((callerRetType == TYP_STRUCT) && (sig.retTypeClass != info.compMethodInfo->args.retTypeClass))
    {
        return false;
    }

    // For tailcall, stack must be empty.
    if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth != popCount)
    {
        return false;
    }

    return true; // Yes, tailcall is legal
}

GenTree* Compiler::impImportLdvirtftn(GenTree*                thisPtr,
                                      CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken,
                                      CORINFO_CALL_INFO*      pCallInfo)
{
    if ((pCallInfo->methodFlags & CORINFO_FLG_EnC) && !(pCallInfo->classFlags & CORINFO_FLG_INTERFACE))
    {
        NO_WAY("Virtual call to a function added via EnC is not supported");
    }

    // NativeAOT generic virtual method
    if ((pCallInfo->sig.sigInst.methInstCount != 0) && IsTargetAbi(CORINFO_NATIVEAOT_ABI))
    {
        GenTree* runtimeMethodHandle =
            impLookupToTree(pResolvedToken, &pCallInfo->codePointerLookup, GTF_ICON_METHOD_HDL, pCallInfo->hMethod);
        return gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_GVMLOOKUP_FOR_SLOT, TYP_I_IMPL, thisPtr, runtimeMethodHandle);
    }

#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
    if (opts.IsReadyToRun())
    {
        if (!pCallInfo->exactContextNeedsRuntimeLookup)
        {
            GenTreeCall* call = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_READYTORUN_VIRTUAL_FUNC_PTR, TYP_I_IMPL, thisPtr);

            call->setEntryPoint(pCallInfo->codePointerLookup.constLookup);

            return call;
        }

        // We need a runtime lookup. NativeAOT has a ReadyToRun helper for that too.
        if (IsTargetAbi(CORINFO_NATIVEAOT_ABI))
        {
            GenTree* ctxTree = getRuntimeContextTree(pCallInfo->codePointerLookup.lookupKind.runtimeLookupKind);

            return impReadyToRunHelperToTree(pResolvedToken, CORINFO_HELP_READYTORUN_GENERIC_HANDLE, TYP_I_IMPL,
                                             &pCallInfo->codePointerLookup.lookupKind, ctxTree);
        }
    }
#endif

    // Get the exact descriptor for the static callsite
    GenTree* exactTypeDesc = impParentClassTokenToHandle(pResolvedToken);
    if (exactTypeDesc == nullptr)
    { // compDonotInline()
        return nullptr;
    }

    GenTree* exactMethodDesc = impTokenToHandle(pResolvedToken);
    if (exactMethodDesc == nullptr)
    { // compDonotInline()
        return nullptr;
    }

    // Call helper function.  This gets the target address of the final destination callsite.

    return gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_VIRTUAL_FUNC_PTR, TYP_I_IMPL, thisPtr, exactTypeDesc, exactMethodDesc);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impBoxPatternMatch: match and import common box idioms
//
// Arguments:
//   pResolvedToken - resolved token from the box operation
//   codeAddr - position in IL stream after the box instruction
//   codeEndp - end of IL stream
//   opts - dictate pattern matching behavior
//
// Return Value:
//   Number of IL bytes matched and imported, -1 otherwise
//
// Notes:
//   pResolvedToken is known to be a value type; ref type boxing
//   is handled in the CEE_BOX clause.

int Compiler::impBoxPatternMatch(CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken,
                                 const BYTE*             codeAddr,
                                 const BYTE*             codeEndp,
                                 BoxPatterns             opts)
{
    if (codeAddr >= codeEndp)
    {
        return -1;
    }

    switch (codeAddr[0])
    {
        case CEE_UNBOX_ANY:
            // box + unbox.any
            if (codeAddr + 1 + sizeof(mdToken) <= codeEndp)
            {
                if (opts == BoxPatterns::MakeInlineObservation)
                {
                    compInlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_FOLDABLE_BOX);
                    return 1 + sizeof(mdToken);
                }

                CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN unboxResolvedToken;

                impResolveToken(codeAddr + 1, &unboxResolvedToken, CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class);

                // See if the resolved tokens describe types that are equal.
                const TypeCompareState compare =
                    info.compCompHnd->compareTypesForEquality(unboxResolvedToken.hClass, pResolvedToken->hClass);

                bool optimize = false;

                // If so, box/unbox.any is a nop.
                if (compare == TypeCompareState::Must)
                {
                    optimize = true;
                }
                else if (compare == TypeCompareState::MustNot)
                {
                    // An attempt to catch cases where we mix enums and primitives, e.g.:
                    //   (IntEnum)(object)myInt
                    //   (byte)(object)myByteEnum
                    //
                    CorInfoType typ = info.compCompHnd->getTypeForPrimitiveValueClass(unboxResolvedToken.hClass);
                    if ((typ >= CORINFO_TYPE_BYTE) && (typ <= CORINFO_TYPE_ULONG) &&
                        (info.compCompHnd->getTypeForPrimitiveValueClass(pResolvedToken->hClass) == typ))
                    {
                        optimize = true;
                    }
                }

                if (optimize)
                {
                    JITDUMP("\n Importing BOX; UNBOX.ANY as NOP\n");
                    // Skip the next unbox.any instruction
                    return 1 + sizeof(mdToken);
                }
            }
            break;

        case CEE_BRTRUE:
        case CEE_BRTRUE_S:
        case CEE_BRFALSE:
        case CEE_BRFALSE_S:
            // box + br_true/false
            if ((codeAddr + ((codeAddr[0] >= CEE_BRFALSE) ? 5 : 2)) <= codeEndp)
            {
                if (opts == BoxPatterns::MakeInlineObservation)
                {
                    compInlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_FOLDABLE_BOX);
                    return 0;
                }

                GenTree* const treeToBox       = impStackTop().val;
                bool           canOptimize     = true;
                GenTree*       treeToNullcheck = nullptr;

                // Can the thing being boxed cause a side effect?
                if ((treeToBox->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT) != 0)
                {
                    // Is this a side effect we can replicate cheaply?
                    if (((treeToBox->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT) == GTF_EXCEPT) &&
                        treeToBox->OperIs(GT_OBJ, GT_BLK, GT_IND))
                    {
                        // If the only side effect comes from the dereference itself, yes.
                        GenTree* const addr = treeToBox->AsOp()->gtGetOp1();

                        if ((addr->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT) != 0)
                        {
                            canOptimize = false;
                        }
                        else if (fgAddrCouldBeNull(addr))
                        {
                            treeToNullcheck = addr;
                        }
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        canOptimize = false;
                    }
                }

                if (canOptimize)
                {
                    if ((opts == BoxPatterns::IsByRefLike) ||
                        info.compCompHnd->getBoxHelper(pResolvedToken->hClass) == CORINFO_HELP_BOX)
                    {
                        JITDUMP("\n Importing BOX; BR_TRUE/FALSE as %sconstant\n",
                                treeToNullcheck == nullptr ? "" : "nullcheck+");
                        impPopStack();

                        GenTree* result = gtNewIconNode(1);

                        if (treeToNullcheck != nullptr)
                        {
                            GenTree* nullcheck = gtNewNullCheck(treeToNullcheck, compCurBB);
                            result             = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_INT, nullcheck, result);
                        }

                        impPushOnStack(result, typeInfo(TI_INT));
                        return 0;
                    }
                }
            }
            break;

        case CEE_ISINST:
            if (codeAddr + 1 + sizeof(mdToken) + 1 <= codeEndp)
            {
                const BYTE* nextCodeAddr = codeAddr + 1 + sizeof(mdToken);

                switch (nextCodeAddr[0])
                {
                    // box + isinst + br_true/false
                    case CEE_BRTRUE:
                    case CEE_BRTRUE_S:
                    case CEE_BRFALSE:
                    case CEE_BRFALSE_S:
                        if ((nextCodeAddr + ((nextCodeAddr[0] >= CEE_BRFALSE) ? 5 : 2)) <= codeEndp)
                        {
                            if (opts == BoxPatterns::MakeInlineObservation)
                            {
                                compInlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_FOLDABLE_BOX);
                                return 1 + sizeof(mdToken);
                            }

                            if ((impStackTop().val->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT) == 0)
                            {
                                CorInfoHelpFunc foldAsHelper;
                                if (opts == BoxPatterns::IsByRefLike)
                                {
                                    // Treat ByRefLike types as if they were regular boxing operations
                                    // so they can be elided.
                                    foldAsHelper = CORINFO_HELP_BOX;
                                }
                                else
                                {
                                    foldAsHelper = info.compCompHnd->getBoxHelper(pResolvedToken->hClass);
                                }

                                if (foldAsHelper == CORINFO_HELP_BOX)
                                {
                                    CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN isInstResolvedToken;

                                    impResolveToken(codeAddr + 1, &isInstResolvedToken, CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Casting);

                                    TypeCompareState castResult =
                                        info.compCompHnd->compareTypesForCast(pResolvedToken->hClass,
                                                                              isInstResolvedToken.hClass);
                                    if (castResult != TypeCompareState::May)
                                    {
                                        JITDUMP("\n Importing BOX; ISINST; BR_TRUE/FALSE as constant\n");
                                        impPopStack();

                                        impPushOnStack(gtNewIconNode((castResult == TypeCompareState::Must) ? 1 : 0),
                                                       typeInfo(TI_INT));

                                        // Skip the next isinst instruction
                                        return 1 + sizeof(mdToken);
                                    }
                                }
                                else if (foldAsHelper == CORINFO_HELP_BOX_NULLABLE)
                                {
                                    // For nullable we're going to fold it to "ldfld hasValue + brtrue/brfalse" or
                                    // "ldc.i4.0 + brtrue/brfalse" in case if the underlying type is not castable to
                                    // the target type.
                                    CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN isInstResolvedToken;
                                    impResolveToken(codeAddr + 1, &isInstResolvedToken, CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Casting);

                                    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE nullableCls   = pResolvedToken->hClass;
                                    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE underlyingCls = info.compCompHnd->getTypeForBox(nullableCls);

                                    TypeCompareState castResult =
                                        info.compCompHnd->compareTypesForCast(underlyingCls,
                                                                              isInstResolvedToken.hClass);

                                    if (castResult == TypeCompareState::Must)
                                    {
                                        const CORINFO_FIELD_HANDLE hasValueFldHnd =
                                            info.compCompHnd->getFieldInClass(nullableCls, 0);

                                        assert(info.compCompHnd->getFieldOffset(hasValueFldHnd) == 0);
                                        assert(!strcmp(info.compCompHnd->getFieldName(hasValueFldHnd, nullptr),
                                                       "hasValue"));

                                        GenTree* objToBox = impPopStack().val;

                                        // Spill struct to get its address (to access hasValue field)
                                        objToBox = impGetStructAddr(objToBox, nullableCls, CHECK_SPILL_ALL, true);

                                        impPushOnStack(gtNewFieldRef(TYP_BOOL, hasValueFldHnd, objToBox, 0),
                                                       typeInfo(TI_INT));

                                        JITDUMP("\n Importing BOX; ISINST; BR_TRUE/FALSE as nullableVT.hasValue\n");
                                        return 1 + sizeof(mdToken);
                                    }
                                    else if (castResult == TypeCompareState::MustNot)
                                    {
                                        impPopStack();
                                        impPushOnStack(gtNewIconNode(0), typeInfo(TI_INT));
                                        JITDUMP("\n Importing BOX; ISINST; BR_TRUE/FALSE as constant (false)\n");
                                        return 1 + sizeof(mdToken);
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                        }
                        break;

                    // box + isinst + unbox.any
                    case CEE_UNBOX_ANY:
                        if ((nextCodeAddr + 1 + sizeof(mdToken)) <= codeEndp)
                        {
                            if (opts == BoxPatterns::MakeInlineObservation)
                            {
                                compInlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_FOLDABLE_BOX);
                                return 2 + sizeof(mdToken) * 2;
                            }

                            // See if the resolved tokens in box, isinst and unbox.any describe types that are equal.
                            CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN isinstResolvedToken = {};
                            impResolveToken(codeAddr + 1, &isinstResolvedToken, CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class);

                            if (info.compCompHnd->compareTypesForEquality(isinstResolvedToken.hClass,
                                                                          pResolvedToken->hClass) ==
                                TypeCompareState::Must)
                            {
                                CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN unboxResolvedToken = {};
                                impResolveToken(nextCodeAddr + 1, &unboxResolvedToken, CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class);

                                // If so, box + isinst + unbox.any is a nop.
                                if (info.compCompHnd->compareTypesForEquality(unboxResolvedToken.hClass,
                                                                              pResolvedToken->hClass) ==
                                    TypeCompareState::Must)
                                {
                                    JITDUMP("\n Importing BOX; ISINST, UNBOX.ANY as NOP\n");
                                    return 2 + sizeof(mdToken) * 2;
                                }
                            }
                        }
                        break;
                }
            }
            break;

        default:
            break;
    }

    return -1;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impImportAndPushBox: build and import a value-type box
//
// Arguments:
//   pResolvedToken - resolved token from the box operation
//
// Return Value:
//   None.
//
// Side Effects:
//   The value to be boxed is popped from the stack, and a tree for
//   the boxed value is pushed. This method may create upstream
//   statements, spill side effecting trees, and create new temps.
//
//   If importing an inlinee, we may also discover the inline must
//   fail. If so there is no new value pushed on the stack. Callers
//   should use CompDoNotInline after calling this method to see if
//   ongoing importation should be aborted.
//
// Notes:
//   Boxing of ref classes results in the same value as the value on
//   the top of the stack, so is handled inline in impImportBlockCode
//   for the CEE_BOX case. Only value or primitive type boxes make it
//   here.
//
//   Boxing for nullable types is done via a helper call; boxing
//   of other value types is expanded inline or handled via helper
//   call, depending on the jit's codegen mode.
//
//   When the jit is operating in size and time constrained modes,
//   using a helper call here can save jit time and code size. But it
//   also may inhibit cleanup optimizations that could have also had a
//   even greater benefit effect on code size and jit time. An optimal
//   strategy may need to peek ahead and see if it is easy to tell how
//   the box is being used. For now, we defer.

void Compiler::impImportAndPushBox(CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken)
{
    // Spill any special side effects
    impSpillSpecialSideEff();

    // Get get the expression to box from the stack.
    GenTree*             op1       = nullptr;
    GenTree*             op2       = nullptr;
    StackEntry           se        = impPopStack();
    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE operCls   = se.seTypeInfo.GetClassHandle();
    GenTree*             exprToBox = se.val;

    // Look at what helper we should use.
    CorInfoHelpFunc boxHelper = info.compCompHnd->getBoxHelper(pResolvedToken->hClass);

    // Determine what expansion to prefer.
    //
    // In size/time/debuggable constrained modes, the helper call
    // expansion for box is generally smaller and is preferred, unless
    // the value to box is a struct that comes from a call. In that
    // case the call can construct its return value directly into the
    // box payload, saving possibly some up-front zeroing.
    //
    // Currently primitive type boxes always get inline expanded. We may
    // want to do the same for small structs if they don't come from
    // calls and don't have GC pointers, since explicitly copying such
    // structs is cheap.
    JITDUMP("\nCompiler::impImportAndPushBox -- handling BOX(value class) via");
    bool canExpandInline = (boxHelper == CORINFO_HELP_BOX);
    bool optForSize      = !exprToBox->IsCall() && (operCls != nullptr) && opts.OptimizationDisabled();
    bool expandInline    = canExpandInline && !optForSize;

    if (expandInline)
    {
        JITDUMP(" inline allocate/copy sequence\n");

        // we are doing 'normal' boxing.  This means that we can inline the box operation
        // Box(expr) gets morphed into
        // temp = new(clsHnd)
        // cpobj(temp+4, expr, clsHnd)
        // push temp
        // The code paths differ slightly below for structs and primitives because
        // "cpobj" differs in these cases.  In one case you get
        //    impAssignStructPtr(temp+4, expr, clsHnd)
        // and the other you get
        //    *(temp+4) = expr

        if (opts.OptimizationDisabled())
        {
            // For minopts/debug code, try and minimize the total number
            // of box temps by reusing an existing temp when possible.
            if (impBoxTempInUse || impBoxTemp == BAD_VAR_NUM)
            {
                impBoxTemp = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("Reusable Box Helper"));
            }
        }
        else
        {
            // When optimizing, use a new temp for each box operation
            // since we then know the exact class of the box temp.
            impBoxTemp                       = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("Single-def Box Helper"));
            lvaTable[impBoxTemp].lvType      = TYP_REF;
            lvaTable[impBoxTemp].lvSingleDef = 1;
            JITDUMP("Marking V%02u as a single def local\n", impBoxTemp);
            const bool isExact = true;
            lvaSetClass(impBoxTemp, pResolvedToken->hClass, isExact);
        }

        // needs to stay in use until this box expression is appended
        // some other node.  We approximate this by keeping it alive until
        // the opcode stack becomes empty
        impBoxTempInUse = true;

        // Remember the current last statement in case we need to move
        // a range of statements to ensure the box temp is initialized
        // before it's used.
        //
        Statement* const cursor = impLastStmt;

        const bool useParent = false;
        op1                  = gtNewAllocObjNode(pResolvedToken, useParent);
        if (op1 == nullptr)
        {
            // If we fail to create the newobj node, we must be inlining
            // and have run across a type we can't describe.
            //
            assert(compDonotInline());
            return;
        }

        // Remember that this basic block contains 'new' of an object,
        // and so does this method
        //
        compCurBB->bbFlags |= BBF_HAS_NEWOBJ;
        optMethodFlags |= OMF_HAS_NEWOBJ;

        // Assign the boxed object to the box temp.
        //
        GenTree*   asg     = gtNewTempAssign(impBoxTemp, op1);
        Statement* asgStmt = impAppendTree(asg, CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);

        // If the exprToBox is a call that returns its value via a ret buf arg,
        // move the assignment statement(s) before the call (which must be a top level tree).
        //
        // We do this because impAssignStructPtr (invoked below) will
        // back-substitute into a call when it sees a GT_RET_EXPR and the call
        // has a hidden buffer pointer, So we need to reorder things to avoid
        // creating out-of-sequence IR.
        //
        if (varTypeIsStruct(exprToBox) && exprToBox->OperIs(GT_RET_EXPR))
        {
            GenTreeCall* const call = exprToBox->AsRetExpr()->gtInlineCandidate->AsCall();

            if (call->ShouldHaveRetBufArg())
            {
                JITDUMP("Must insert newobj stmts for box before call [%06u]\n", dspTreeID(call));

                // Walk back through the statements in this block, looking for the one
                // that has this call as the root node.
                //
                // Because gtNewTempAssign (above) may have added statements that
                // feed into the actual assignment we need to move this set of added
                // statements as a group.
                //
                // Note boxed allocations are side-effect free (no com or finalizer) so
                // our only worries here are (correctness) not overlapping the box temp
                // lifetime and (perf) stretching the temp lifetime across the inlinee
                // body.
                //
                // Since this is an inline candidate, we must be optimizing, and so we have
                // a unique box temp per call. So no worries about overlap.
                //
                assert(!opts.OptimizationDisabled());

                // Lifetime stretching could addressed with some extra cleverness--sinking
                // the allocation back down to just before the copy, once we figure out
                // where the copy is. We defer for now.
                //
                Statement* insertBeforeStmt = cursor;
                noway_assert(insertBeforeStmt != nullptr);

                while (true)
                {
                    if (insertBeforeStmt->GetRootNode() == call)
                    {
                        break;
                    }

                    // If we've searched all the statements in the block and failed to
                    // find the call, then something's wrong.
                    //
                    noway_assert(insertBeforeStmt != impStmtList);

                    insertBeforeStmt = insertBeforeStmt->GetPrevStmt();
                }

                // Found the call. Move the statements comprising the assignment.
                //
                JITDUMP("Moving " FMT_STMT "..." FMT_STMT " before " FMT_STMT "\n", cursor->GetNextStmt()->GetID(),
                        asgStmt->GetID(), insertBeforeStmt->GetID());
                assert(asgStmt == impLastStmt);
                do
                {
                    Statement* movingStmt = impExtractLastStmt();
                    impInsertStmtBefore(movingStmt, insertBeforeStmt);
                    insertBeforeStmt = movingStmt;
                } while (impLastStmt != cursor);
            }
        }

        // Create a pointer to the box payload in op1.
        //
        op1 = gtNewLclvNode(impBoxTemp, TYP_REF);
        op2 = gtNewIconNode(TARGET_POINTER_SIZE, TYP_I_IMPL);
        op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_BYREF, op1, op2);

        // Copy from the exprToBox to the box payload.
        //
        if (varTypeIsStruct(exprToBox))
        {
            assert(info.compCompHnd->getClassSize(pResolvedToken->hClass) == info.compCompHnd->getClassSize(operCls));
            op1 = impAssignStructPtr(op1, exprToBox, operCls, CHECK_SPILL_ALL);
        }
        else
        {
            var_types lclTyp = exprToBox->TypeGet();
            if (lclTyp == TYP_BYREF)
            {
                lclTyp = TYP_I_IMPL;
            }
            CorInfoType jitType = info.compCompHnd->asCorInfoType(pResolvedToken->hClass);
            if (impIsPrimitive(jitType))
            {
                lclTyp = JITtype2varType(jitType);
            }

            var_types srcTyp = exprToBox->TypeGet();
            var_types dstTyp = lclTyp;

            // We allow float <-> double mismatches and implicit truncation for small types.
            assert((genActualType(srcTyp) == genActualType(dstTyp)) ||
                   (varTypeIsFloating(srcTyp) == varTypeIsFloating(dstTyp)));

            // Note regarding small types.
            // We are going to store to the box here via an indirection, so the cast added below is
            // redundant, since the store has an implicit truncation semantic. The reason we still
            // add this cast is so that the code which deals with GT_BOX optimizations does not have
            // to account for this implicit truncation (e. g. understand that BOX<byte>(0xFF + 1) is
            // actually BOX<byte>(0) or deal with signedness mismatch and other GT_CAST complexities).
            if (srcTyp != dstTyp)
            {
                exprToBox = gtNewCastNode(genActualType(dstTyp), exprToBox, false, dstTyp);
            }

            op1 = gtNewAssignNode(gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, dstTyp, op1), exprToBox);
        }

        // Spill eval stack to flush out any pending side effects.
        impSpillSideEffects(true, CHECK_SPILL_ALL DEBUGARG("impImportAndPushBox"));

        // Set up this copy as a second assignment.
        Statement* copyStmt = impAppendTree(op1, CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);

        op1 = gtNewLclvNode(impBoxTemp, TYP_REF);

        // Record that this is a "box" node and keep track of the matching parts.
        op1 = new (this, GT_BOX) GenTreeBox(TYP_REF, op1, asgStmt, copyStmt);

        // If it is a value class, mark the "box" node.  We can use this information
        // to optimise several cases:
        //    "box(x) == null" --> false
        //    "(box(x)).CallAnInterfaceMethod(...)" --> "(&x).CallAValueTypeMethod"
        //    "(box(x)).CallAnObjectMethod(...)" --> "(&x).CallAValueTypeMethod"

        op1->gtFlags |= GTF_BOX_VALUE;
        assert(op1->IsBoxedValue());
        assert(asg->gtOper == GT_ASG);
    }
    else
    {
        // Don't optimize, just call the helper and be done with it.
        JITDUMP(" helper call because: %s\n", canExpandInline ? "optimizing for size" : "nullable");
        assert(operCls != nullptr);

        // Ensure that the value class is restored
        op2 = impTokenToHandle(pResolvedToken, nullptr, true /* mustRestoreHandle */);
        if (op2 == nullptr)
        {
            // We must be backing out of an inline.
            assert(compDonotInline());
            return;
        }

        op1 = gtNewHelperCallNode(boxHelper, TYP_REF, op2, impGetStructAddr(exprToBox, operCls, CHECK_SPILL_ALL, true));
    }

    /* Push the result back on the stack, */
    /* even if clsHnd is a value class we want the TI_REF */
    typeInfo tiRetVal = typeInfo(TI_REF, info.compCompHnd->getTypeForBox(pResolvedToken->hClass));
    impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impImportNewObjArray: Build and import `new` of multi-dimensional array
//
// Arguments:
//    pResolvedToken - The CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN that has been initialized
//                     by a call to CEEInfo::resolveToken().
//    pCallInfo - The CORINFO_CALL_INFO that has been initialized
//                by a call to CEEInfo::getCallInfo().
//
// Assumptions:
//    The multi-dimensional array constructor arguments (array dimensions) are
//    pushed on the IL stack on entry to this method.
//
// Notes:
//    Multi-dimensional array constructors are imported as calls to a JIT
//    helper, not as regular calls.
//
void Compiler::impImportNewObjArray(CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken, CORINFO_CALL_INFO* pCallInfo)
{
    GenTree* classHandle = impParentClassTokenToHandle(pResolvedToken);
    if (classHandle == nullptr)
    { // compDonotInline()
        return;
    }

    assert(pCallInfo->sig.numArgs);

    GenTree* node;

    // Reuse the temp used to pass the array dimensions to avoid bloating
    // the stack frame in case there are multiple calls to multi-dim array
    // constructors within a single method.
    if (lvaNewObjArrayArgs == BAD_VAR_NUM)
    {
        lvaNewObjArrayArgs                       = lvaGrabTemp(false DEBUGARG("NewObjArrayArgs"));
        lvaTable[lvaNewObjArrayArgs].lvType      = TYP_BLK;
        lvaTable[lvaNewObjArrayArgs].lvExactSize = 0;
    }

    // Increase size of lvaNewObjArrayArgs to be the largest size needed to hold 'numArgs' integers
    // for our call to CORINFO_HELP_NEW_MDARR.
    lvaTable[lvaNewObjArrayArgs].lvExactSize =
        max(lvaTable[lvaNewObjArrayArgs].lvExactSize, pCallInfo->sig.numArgs * sizeof(INT32));

    // The side-effects may include allocation of more multi-dimensional arrays. Spill all side-effects
    // to ensure that the shared lvaNewObjArrayArgs local variable is only ever used to pass arguments
    // to one allocation at a time.
    impSpillSideEffects(true, CHECK_SPILL_ALL DEBUGARG("impImportNewObjArray"));

    //
    // The arguments of the CORINFO_HELP_NEW_MDARR helper are:
    //  - Array class handle
    //  - Number of dimension arguments
    //  - Pointer to block of int32 dimensions: address of lvaNewObjArrayArgs temp.
    //

    node = gtNewLclvNode(lvaNewObjArrayArgs, TYP_BLK);
    node = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_I_IMPL, node);

    // Pop dimension arguments from the stack one at a time and store it
    // into lvaNewObjArrayArgs temp.
    for (int i = pCallInfo->sig.numArgs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
    {
        GenTree* arg = impImplicitIorI4Cast(impPopStack().val, TYP_INT);

        GenTree* dest = gtNewLclvNode(lvaNewObjArrayArgs, TYP_BLK);
        dest          = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_I_IMPL, dest);
        dest          = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_I_IMPL, dest,
                             new (this, GT_CNS_INT) GenTreeIntCon(TYP_I_IMPL, sizeof(INT32) * i));
        dest = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_INT, dest);

        node = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, node->TypeGet(), gtNewAssignNode(dest, arg), node);
    }

    node =
        gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_NEW_MDARR, TYP_REF, classHandle, gtNewIconNode(pCallInfo->sig.numArgs), node);

    node->AsCall()->compileTimeHelperArgumentHandle = (CORINFO_GENERIC_HANDLE)pResolvedToken->hClass;

    // Remember that this function contains 'new' of a MD array.
    optMethodFlags |= OMF_HAS_MDNEWARRAY;

    impPushOnStack(node, typeInfo(TI_REF, pResolvedToken->hClass));
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impInitClass: Build a node to initialize the class before accessing the
//               field if necessary
//
// Arguments:
//    pResolvedToken - The CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN that has been initialized
//                     by a call to CEEInfo::resolveToken().
//
// Return Value: If needed, a pointer to the node that will perform the class
//               initializtion.  Otherwise, nullptr.
//

GenTree* Compiler::impInitClass(CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken)
{
    CorInfoInitClassResult initClassResult =
        info.compCompHnd->initClass(pResolvedToken->hField, info.compMethodHnd, impTokenLookupContextHandle);

    if ((initClassResult & CORINFO_INITCLASS_USE_HELPER) == 0)
    {
        return nullptr;
    }
    bool runtimeLookup;

    GenTree* node = impParentClassTokenToHandle(pResolvedToken, &runtimeLookup);

    if (node == nullptr)
    {
        assert(compDonotInline());
        return nullptr;
    }

    if (runtimeLookup)
    {
        node = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_INITCLASS, TYP_VOID, node);
    }
    else
    {
        // Call the shared non gc static helper, as its the fastest
        node = fgGetSharedCCtor(pResolvedToken->hClass);
    }

    return node;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impImportStaticReadOnlyField: Tries to import 'static readonly' field
//    as a constant if the host type is statically initialized.
//
// Arguments:
//    field    - 'static readonly' field
//    ownerCls - class handle of the type the given field defined in
//
// Return Value:
//    The tree representing the constant value of the statically initialized
//    readonly tree.
//
GenTree* Compiler::impImportStaticReadOnlyField(CORINFO_FIELD_HANDLE field, CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE ownerCls)
{
    if (!opts.OptimizationEnabled())
    {
        return nullptr;
    }

    JITDUMP("\nChecking if we can import 'static readonly' as a jit-time constant... ")

    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE fieldClsHnd;
    var_types            fieldType = JITtype2varType(info.compCompHnd->getFieldType(field, &fieldClsHnd, ownerCls));

    const int bufferSize         = sizeof(uint64_t);
    uint8_t   buffer[bufferSize] = {0};
    if (varTypeIsIntegral(fieldType) || varTypeIsFloating(fieldType) || (fieldType == TYP_REF))
    {
        assert(bufferSize >= genTypeSize(fieldType));
        if (info.compCompHnd->getReadonlyStaticFieldValue(field, buffer, genTypeSize(fieldType)))
        {
            GenTree* cnsValue = impImportCnsTreeFromBuffer(buffer, fieldType);
            if (cnsValue != nullptr)
            {
                JITDUMP("... success! The value is:\n");
                DISPTREE(cnsValue);
                return cnsValue;
            }
        }
    }
    else if (fieldType == TYP_STRUCT)
    {
        unsigned totalSize = info.compCompHnd->getClassSize(fieldClsHnd);
        unsigned fieldsCnt = info.compCompHnd->getClassNumInstanceFields(fieldClsHnd);

        // For large structs we only want to handle "initialized with zero" case
        // e.g. Guid.Empty and decimal.Zero static readonly fields.
        if ((totalSize > TARGET_POINTER_SIZE) || (fieldsCnt != 1))
        {
            JITDUMP("checking if we can do anything for a large struct ...");
            const int MaxStructSize = 64;
            if ((totalSize == 0) || (totalSize > MaxStructSize))
            {
                // Limit to 64 bytes for better throughput
                JITDUMP("struct is larger than 64 bytes - bail out.");
                return nullptr;
            }

            uint8_t buffer[MaxStructSize] = {0};
            if (info.compCompHnd->getReadonlyStaticFieldValue(field, buffer, totalSize))
            {
                for (unsigned i = 0; i < totalSize; i++)
                {
                    if (buffer[i] != 0)
                    {
                        // Value is not all zeroes - bail out.
                        // Although, We might eventually support that too.
                        JITDUMP("value is not all zeros - bail out.");
                        return nullptr;
                    }
                }

                JITDUMP("success! Optimizing to ASG(struct, 0).");
                unsigned structTempNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("folding static ro fld empty struct"));
                lvaSetStruct(structTempNum, fieldClsHnd, false);

                // realType is either struct or SIMD
                var_types      realType  = lvaGetRealType(structTempNum);
                GenTreeLclVar* structLcl = gtNewLclvNode(structTempNum, realType);
                impAppendTree(gtNewBlkOpNode(structLcl, gtNewIconNode(0), false, false), CHECK_SPILL_NONE,
                              impCurStmtDI);

                return gtNewLclvNode(structTempNum, realType);
            }

            JITDUMP("getReadonlyStaticFieldValue returned false - bail out.");
            return nullptr;
        }

        // Only single-field structs are supported here to avoid potential regressions where
        // Metadata-driven struct promotion leads to regressions.

        CORINFO_FIELD_HANDLE innerField = info.compCompHnd->getFieldInClass(fieldClsHnd, 0);
        CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE innerFieldClsHnd;
        var_types            fieldVarType =
            JITtype2varType(info.compCompHnd->getFieldType(innerField, &innerFieldClsHnd, fieldClsHnd));

        // Technically, we can support frozen gc refs here and maybe floating point in future
        if (!varTypeIsIntegral(fieldVarType))
        {
            JITDUMP("struct has non-primitive fields - bail out.");
            return nullptr;
        }

        unsigned fldOffset = info.compCompHnd->getFieldOffset(innerField);

        if ((fldOffset != 0) || (totalSize != genTypeSize(fieldVarType)) || (totalSize == 0))
        {
            // The field is expected to be of the exact size as the struct with 0 offset
            JITDUMP("struct has complex layout - bail out.");
            return nullptr;
        }

        const int bufferSize         = TARGET_POINTER_SIZE;
        uint8_t   buffer[bufferSize] = {0};

        if ((totalSize > bufferSize) || !info.compCompHnd->getReadonlyStaticFieldValue(field, buffer, totalSize))
        {
            return nullptr;
        }

        unsigned structTempNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("folding static ro fld struct"));
        lvaSetStruct(structTempNum, fieldClsHnd, false);

        GenTree* constValTree = impImportCnsTreeFromBuffer(buffer, fieldVarType);
        assert(constValTree != nullptr);

        GenTreeLclFld* fieldTree    = gtNewLclFldNode(structTempNum, fieldVarType, fldOffset);
        GenTree*       fieldAsgTree = gtNewAssignNode(fieldTree, constValTree);
        impAppendTree(fieldAsgTree, CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);

        JITDUMP("Folding 'static readonly %s' field to an ASG(LCL, CNS) node\n", eeGetClassName(fieldClsHnd));

        return impCreateLocalNode(structTempNum DEBUGARG(0));
    }
    return nullptr;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impImportCnsTreeFromBuffer: read value of the given type from the
//    given buffer to create a tree representing that constant.
//
// Arguments:
//    buffer    - array of bytes representing the value
//    valueType - type of the value
//
// Return Value:
//    The tree representing the constant from the given buffer
//
GenTree* Compiler::impImportCnsTreeFromBuffer(uint8_t* buffer, var_types valueType)
{
    GenTree* tree = nullptr;
    switch (valueType)
    {
// Use memcpy to read from the buffer and create an Icon/Dcon tree
#define CreateTreeFromBuffer(type, treeFactory)                                                                        \
    type v##type;                                                                                                      \
    memcpy(&v##type, buffer, sizeof(type));                                                                            \
    tree = treeFactory(v##type);

        case TYP_BOOL:
        {
            CreateTreeFromBuffer(bool, gtNewIconNode);
            break;
        }
        case TYP_BYTE:
        {
            CreateTreeFromBuffer(int8_t, gtNewIconNode);
            break;
        }
        case TYP_UBYTE:
        {
            CreateTreeFromBuffer(uint8_t, gtNewIconNode);
            break;
        }
        case TYP_SHORT:
        {
            CreateTreeFromBuffer(int16_t, gtNewIconNode);
            break;
        }
        case TYP_USHORT:
        {
            CreateTreeFromBuffer(uint16_t, gtNewIconNode);
            break;
        }
        case TYP_UINT:
        case TYP_INT:
        {
            CreateTreeFromBuffer(int32_t, gtNewIconNode);
            break;
        }
        case TYP_LONG:
        case TYP_ULONG:
        {
            CreateTreeFromBuffer(int64_t, gtNewLconNode);
            break;
        }
        case TYP_FLOAT:
        {
            CreateTreeFromBuffer(float, gtNewDconNode);
            break;
        }
        case TYP_DOUBLE:
        {
            CreateTreeFromBuffer(double, gtNewDconNode);
            break;
        }
        case TYP_REF:
        {
            size_t ptr;
            memcpy(&ptr, buffer, sizeof(ssize_t));

            if (ptr == 0)
            {
                tree = gtNewNull();
            }
            else
            {
                setMethodHasFrozenObjects();
                tree         = gtNewIconEmbHndNode((void*)ptr, nullptr, GTF_ICON_OBJ_HDL, nullptr);
                tree->gtType = TYP_REF;
                INDEBUG(tree->AsIntCon()->gtTargetHandle = ptr);
            }
            break;
        }
        default:
            return nullptr;
    }

    assert(tree != nullptr);
    tree->gtType = genActualType(valueType);
    return tree;
}

GenTree* Compiler::impImportStaticFieldAccess(CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken,
                                              CORINFO_ACCESS_FLAGS    access,
                                              CORINFO_FIELD_INFO*     pFieldInfo,
                                              var_types               lclTyp)
{
    // Ordinary static fields never overlap. RVA statics, however, can overlap (if they're
    // mapped to the same ".data" declaration). That said, such mappings only appear to be
    // possible with ILASM, and in ILASM-produced (ILONLY) images, RVA statics are always
    // read-only (using "stsfld" on them is UB). In mixed-mode assemblies, RVA statics can
    // be mutable, but the only current producer of such images, the C++/CLI compiler, does
    // not appear to support mapping different fields to the same address. So we will say
    // that "mutable overlapping RVA statics" are UB as well.

    // For statics that are not "boxed", the initial address tree will contain the field sequence.
    // For those that are, we will attach it later, when adding the indirection for the box, since
    // that tree will represent the true address.
    bool isBoxedStatic  = (pFieldInfo->fieldFlags & CORINFO_FLG_FIELD_STATIC_IN_HEAP) != 0;
    bool isSharedStatic = (pFieldInfo->fieldAccessor == CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_GENERICS_STATIC_HELPER) ||
                          (pFieldInfo->fieldAccessor == CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_READYTORUN_HELPER);
    FieldSeq::FieldKind fieldKind =
        isSharedStatic ? FieldSeq::FieldKind::SharedStatic : FieldSeq::FieldKind::SimpleStatic;

    FieldSeq* innerFldSeq;
    FieldSeq* outerFldSeq;
    if (isBoxedStatic)
    {
        innerFldSeq = nullptr;
        outerFldSeq = GetFieldSeqStore()->Create(pResolvedToken->hField, TARGET_POINTER_SIZE, fieldKind);
    }
    else
    {
        bool hasConstAddr = (pFieldInfo->fieldAccessor == CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_ADDRESS) ||
                            (pFieldInfo->fieldAccessor == CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_RVA_ADDRESS);

        ssize_t offset;
        if (hasConstAddr)
        {
            offset = reinterpret_cast<ssize_t>(info.compCompHnd->getFieldAddress(pResolvedToken->hField));
            assert(offset != 0);
        }
        else
        {
            offset = pFieldInfo->offset;
        }

        innerFldSeq = GetFieldSeqStore()->Create(pResolvedToken->hField, offset, fieldKind);
        outerFldSeq = nullptr;
    }

    GenTree* op1;
    switch (pFieldInfo->fieldAccessor)
    {
        case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_GENERICS_STATIC_HELPER:
        {
            assert(!compIsForInlining());

            // We first call a special helper to get the statics base pointer
            op1 = impParentClassTokenToHandle(pResolvedToken);

            // compIsForInlining() is false so we should not get NULL here
            assert(op1 != nullptr);

            var_types type = TYP_BYREF;

            switch (pFieldInfo->helper)
            {
                case CORINFO_HELP_GETGENERICS_NONGCTHREADSTATIC_BASE:
                    type = TYP_I_IMPL;
                    break;
                case CORINFO_HELP_GETGENERICS_GCSTATIC_BASE:
                case CORINFO_HELP_GETGENERICS_NONGCSTATIC_BASE:
                case CORINFO_HELP_GETGENERICS_GCTHREADSTATIC_BASE:
                    break;
                default:
                    assert(!"unknown generic statics helper");
                    break;
            }

            op1 = gtNewHelperCallNode(pFieldInfo->helper, type, op1);
            op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, type, op1, gtNewIconNode(pFieldInfo->offset, innerFldSeq));
        }
        break;

        case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_SHARED_STATIC_HELPER:
        {
#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
            if (opts.IsReadyToRun())
            {
                GenTreeFlags callFlags = GTF_EMPTY;

                if (info.compCompHnd->getClassAttribs(pResolvedToken->hClass) & CORINFO_FLG_BEFOREFIELDINIT)
                {
                    callFlags |= GTF_CALL_HOISTABLE;
                }

                op1 = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_READYTORUN_STATIC_BASE, TYP_BYREF);
                op1->gtFlags |= callFlags;

                op1->AsCall()->setEntryPoint(pFieldInfo->fieldLookup);
            }
            else
#endif
            {
                op1 = fgGetStaticsCCtorHelper(pResolvedToken->hClass, pFieldInfo->helper);
            }

            op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, op1->TypeGet(), op1, gtNewIconNode(pFieldInfo->offset, innerFldSeq));
            break;
        }

        case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_READYTORUN_HELPER:
        {
#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
            assert(opts.IsReadyToRun());
            assert(!compIsForInlining());
            CORINFO_LOOKUP_KIND kind;
            info.compCompHnd->getLocationOfThisType(info.compMethodHnd, &kind);
            assert(kind.needsRuntimeLookup);

            GenTree* ctxTree = getRuntimeContextTree(kind.runtimeLookupKind);

            GenTreeFlags callFlags = GTF_EMPTY;

            if (info.compCompHnd->getClassAttribs(pResolvedToken->hClass) & CORINFO_FLG_BEFOREFIELDINIT)
            {
                callFlags |= GTF_CALL_HOISTABLE;
            }
            var_types type = TYP_BYREF;
            op1            = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_READYTORUN_GENERIC_STATIC_BASE, type, ctxTree);
            op1->gtFlags |= callFlags;

            op1->AsCall()->setEntryPoint(pFieldInfo->fieldLookup);
            op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, type, op1, gtNewIconNode(pFieldInfo->offset, innerFldSeq));
#else
            unreached();
#endif // FEATURE_READYTORUN
        }
        break;

        default:
        {
            // Do we need the address of a static field?
            //
            if (access & CORINFO_ACCESS_ADDRESS)
            {
                void** pFldAddr = nullptr;
                void*  fldAddr  = info.compCompHnd->getFieldAddress(pResolvedToken->hField, (void**)&pFldAddr);

                // We should always be able to access this static's address directly.
                assert(pFldAddr == nullptr);

                // Create the address node.
                GenTreeFlags handleKind = isBoxedStatic ? GTF_ICON_STATIC_BOX_PTR : GTF_ICON_STATIC_HDL;
                op1                     = gtNewIconHandleNode((size_t)fldAddr, handleKind, innerFldSeq);
                INDEBUG(op1->AsIntCon()->gtTargetHandle = reinterpret_cast<size_t>(pResolvedToken->hField));

                if (pFieldInfo->fieldFlags & CORINFO_FLG_FIELD_INITCLASS)
                {
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_ICON_INITCLASS;
                }
            }
            else // We need the value of a static field
            {
                op1 = gtNewFieldRef(lclTyp, pResolvedToken->hField);

                if (pFieldInfo->fieldFlags & CORINFO_FLG_FIELD_INITCLASS)
                {
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_FLD_INITCLASS;
                }

                if (isBoxedStatic)
                {
                    op1->ChangeType(TYP_REF); // points at boxed object
                    op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_BYREF, op1, gtNewIconNode(TARGET_POINTER_SIZE, outerFldSeq));

                    if (varTypeIsStruct(lclTyp))
                    {
                        // Constructor adds GTF_GLOB_REF.  Note that this is *not* GTF_EXCEPT.
                        op1 = gtNewObjNode(pFieldInfo->structType, op1);
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, lclTyp, op1);
                        op1->gtFlags |= (GTF_GLOB_REF | GTF_IND_NONFAULTING);
                    }
                }

                return op1;
            }
            break;
        }
    }

    if (isBoxedStatic)
    {
        op1 = gtNewIndir(TYP_REF, op1, GTF_IND_INVARIANT | GTF_IND_NONFAULTING | GTF_IND_NONNULL);
        op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_BYREF, op1, gtNewIconNode(TARGET_POINTER_SIZE, outerFldSeq));
    }

    if (!(access & CORINFO_ACCESS_ADDRESS))
    {
        if (varTypeIsStruct(lclTyp))
        {
            // Constructor adds GTF_GLOB_REF.  Note that this is *not* GTF_EXCEPT.
            op1 = gtNewObjNode(pFieldInfo->structType, op1);
        }
        else
        {
            op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, lclTyp, op1);
            op1->gtFlags |= GTF_GLOB_REF;
        }
    }

    return op1;
}

// In general try to call this before most of the verification work.  Most people expect the access
// exceptions before the verification exceptions.  If you do this after, that usually doesn't happen.  Turns
// out if you can't access something we also think that you're unverifiable for other reasons.
void Compiler::impHandleAccessAllowed(CorInfoIsAccessAllowedResult result, CORINFO_HELPER_DESC* helperCall)
{
    if (result != CORINFO_ACCESS_ALLOWED)
    {
        impHandleAccessAllowedInternal(result, helperCall);
    }
}

void Compiler::impHandleAccessAllowedInternal(CorInfoIsAccessAllowedResult result, CORINFO_HELPER_DESC* helperCall)
{
    switch (result)
    {
        case CORINFO_ACCESS_ALLOWED:
            break;
        case CORINFO_ACCESS_ILLEGAL:
            // if we're verifying, then we need to reject the illegal access to ensure that we don't think the
            // method is verifiable.  Otherwise, delay the exception to runtime.
            if (compIsForImportOnly())
            {
                info.compCompHnd->ThrowExceptionForHelper(helperCall);
            }
            else
            {
                impInsertHelperCall(helperCall);
            }
            break;
    }
}

void Compiler::impInsertHelperCall(CORINFO_HELPER_DESC* helperInfo)
{
    assert(helperInfo->helperNum != CORINFO_HELP_UNDEF);

    /* TODO-Review:
     * Mark as CSE'able, and hoistable.  Consider marking hoistable unless you're in the inlinee.
     * Also, consider sticking this in the first basic block.
     */
    GenTreeCall* callout = gtNewHelperCallNode(helperInfo->helperNum, TYP_VOID);
    // Add the arguments
    for (unsigned i = helperInfo->numArgs; i > 0; --i)
    {
        const CORINFO_HELPER_ARG& helperArg  = helperInfo->args[i - 1];
        GenTree*                  currentArg = nullptr;
        switch (helperArg.argType)
        {
            case CORINFO_HELPER_ARG_TYPE_Field:
                info.compCompHnd->classMustBeLoadedBeforeCodeIsRun(
                    info.compCompHnd->getFieldClass(helperArg.fieldHandle));
                currentArg = gtNewIconEmbFldHndNode(helperArg.fieldHandle);
                break;
            case CORINFO_HELPER_ARG_TYPE_Method:
                info.compCompHnd->methodMustBeLoadedBeforeCodeIsRun(helperArg.methodHandle);
                currentArg = gtNewIconEmbMethHndNode(helperArg.methodHandle);
                break;
            case CORINFO_HELPER_ARG_TYPE_Class:
                info.compCompHnd->classMustBeLoadedBeforeCodeIsRun(helperArg.classHandle);
                currentArg = gtNewIconEmbClsHndNode(helperArg.classHandle);
                break;
            case CORINFO_HELPER_ARG_TYPE_Module:
                currentArg = gtNewIconEmbScpHndNode(helperArg.moduleHandle);
                break;
            case CORINFO_HELPER_ARG_TYPE_Const:
                currentArg = gtNewIconNode(helperArg.constant);
                break;
            default:
                NO_WAY("Illegal helper arg type");
        }
        callout->gtArgs.PushFront(this, NewCallArg::Primitive(currentArg));
    }

    impAppendTree(callout, CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);
}

/********************************************************************************
 *
 * Returns true if the current opcode and and the opcodes following it correspond
 * to a supported tail call IL pattern.
 *
 */
bool Compiler::impIsTailCallILPattern(
    bool tailPrefixed, OPCODE curOpcode, const BYTE* codeAddrOfNextOpcode, const BYTE* codeEnd, bool isRecursive)
{
    // Bail out if the current opcode is not a call.
    if (!impOpcodeIsCallOpcode(curOpcode))
    {
        return false;
    }

#if !FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT_SHARED_RETURN
    // If shared ret tail opt is not enabled, we will enable
    // it for recursive methods.
    if (isRecursive)
#endif
    {
        // we can actually handle if the ret is in a fallthrough block, as long as that is the only part of the
        // sequence. Make sure we don't go past the end of the IL however.
        codeEnd = min(codeEnd + 1, info.compCode + info.compILCodeSize);
    }

    // Bail out if there is no next opcode after call
    if (codeAddrOfNextOpcode >= codeEnd)
    {
        return false;
    }

    OPCODE nextOpcode = (OPCODE)getU1LittleEndian(codeAddrOfNextOpcode);

    return (nextOpcode == CEE_RET);
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 * Determine whether the call could be converted to an implicit tail call
 *
 */
bool Compiler::impIsImplicitTailCallCandidate(
    OPCODE opcode, const BYTE* codeAddrOfNextOpcode, const BYTE* codeEnd, int prefixFlags, bool isRecursive)
{

#if FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT
    if (!opts.compTailCallOpt)
    {
        return false;
    }

    if (opts.OptimizationDisabled())
    {
        return false;
    }

    // must not be tail prefixed
    if (prefixFlags & PREFIX_TAILCALL_EXPLICIT)
    {
        return false;
    }

#if !FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT_SHARED_RETURN
    // the block containing call is marked as BBJ_RETURN
    // We allow shared ret tail call optimization on recursive calls even under
    // !FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT_SHARED_RETURN.
    if (!isRecursive && (compCurBB->bbJumpKind != BBJ_RETURN))
        return false;
#endif // !FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT_SHARED_RETURN

    // must be call+ret or call+pop+ret
    if (!impIsTailCallILPattern(false, opcode, codeAddrOfNextOpcode, codeEnd, isRecursive))
    {
        return false;
    }

    return true;
#else
    return false;
#endif // FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT
}

/*****************************************************************************
   For struct return values, re-type the operand in the case where the ABI
   does not use a struct return buffer
 */

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impFixupStructReturnType: Adjust a struct value being returned.
//
// In the multi-reg case, we we force IR to be one of the following:
// GT_RETURN(LCL_VAR) or GT_RETURN(CALL). If op is anything other than
// a lclvar or call, it is assigned to a temp, which is then returned.
// In the non-multireg case, the two special helpers with "fake" return
// buffers are handled ("GETFIELDSTRUCT" and "UNBOX_NULLABLE").
//
// Arguments:
//    op - the return value
//
// Return Value:
//    The (possibly modified) value to return.
//
GenTree* Compiler::impFixupStructReturnType(GenTree* op)
{
    assert(varTypeIsStruct(info.compRetType));
    assert(info.compRetBuffArg == BAD_VAR_NUM);

    JITDUMP("\nimpFixupStructReturnType: retyping\n");
    DISPTREE(op);

    if (op->IsCall() && op->AsCall()->TreatAsShouldHaveRetBufArg(this))
    {
        // This must be one of those 'special' helpers that don't really have a return buffer, but instead
        // use it as a way to keep the trees cleaner with fewer address-taken temps. Well now we have to
        // materialize the return buffer as an address-taken temp. Then we can return the temp.
        //
        unsigned tmpNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("pseudo return buffer"));

        // No need to spill anything as we're about to return.
        impAssignTempGen(tmpNum, op, info.compMethodInfo->args.retTypeClass, CHECK_SPILL_NONE);

        op = gtNewLclvNode(tmpNum, info.compRetType);
        JITDUMP("\nimpFixupStructReturnType: created a pseudo-return buffer for a special helper\n");
        DISPTREE(op);

        return op;
    }

    if (compMethodReturnsMultiRegRetType() || op->IsMultiRegNode())
    {
        // We can use any local with multiple registers (it will be forced to memory on mismatch),
        // except for implicit byrefs (they may turn into indirections).
        if (op->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) && !lvaIsImplicitByRefLocal(op->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum()))
        {
            // Note that this is a multi-reg return.
            unsigned lclNum                  = op->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum();
            lvaTable[lclNum].lvIsMultiRegRet = true;

            // TODO-1stClassStructs: Handle constant propagation and CSE-ing of multireg returns.
            op->gtFlags |= GTF_DONT_CSE;

            return op;
        }

        // In contrast, we can only use multi-reg calls directly if they have the exact same ABI.
        // Calling convention equality is a conservative approximation for that check.
        if (op->IsCall() && (op->AsCall()->GetUnmanagedCallConv() == info.compCallConv)
#if defined(TARGET_ARMARCH) || defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
            // TODO-Review: this seems unnecessary. Return ABI doesn't change under varargs.
            && !op->AsCall()->IsVarargs()
#endif // defined(TARGET_ARMARCH) || defined(TARGET_LOONGARCH64)
                )
        {
            return op;
        }

        if (op->IsCall())
        {
            // We cannot tail call because control needs to return to fixup the calling convention
            // for result return.
            op->AsCall()->gtCallMoreFlags &= ~GTF_CALL_M_TAILCALL;
            op->AsCall()->gtCallMoreFlags &= ~GTF_CALL_M_EXPLICIT_TAILCALL;
        }

        // The backend does not support other struct-producing nodes (e. g. OBJs) as sources of multi-reg returns.
        // It also does not support assembling a multi-reg node into one register (for RETURN nodes at least).
        return impAssignMultiRegTypeToVar(op, info.compMethodInfo->args.retTypeClass DEBUGARG(info.compCallConv));
    }

    // Not a multi-reg return or value, we can simply use it directly.
    return op;
}

/*****************************************************************************
   CEE_LEAVE may be jumping out of a protected block, viz, a catch or a
   finally-protected try. We find the finally blocks protecting the current
   offset (in order) by walking over the complete exception table and
   finding enclosing clauses. This assumes that the table is sorted.
   This will create a series of BBJ_CALLFINALLY -> BBJ_CALLFINALLY ... -> BBJ_ALWAYS.

   If we are leaving a catch handler, we need to attach the
   CPX_ENDCATCHes to the correct BBJ_CALLFINALLY blocks.

   After this function, the BBJ_LEAVE block has been converted to a different type.
 */

#if !defined(FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS)

void Compiler::impImportLeave(BasicBlock* block)
{
#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\nBefore import CEE_LEAVE:\n");
        fgDispBasicBlocks();
        fgDispHandlerTab();
    }
#endif // DEBUG

    bool        invalidatePreds = false; // If we create new blocks, invalidate the predecessor lists (if created)
    unsigned    blkAddr         = block->bbCodeOffs;
    BasicBlock* leaveTarget     = block->bbJumpDest;
    unsigned    jmpAddr         = leaveTarget->bbCodeOffs;

    // LEAVE clears the stack, spill side effects, and set stack to 0

    impSpillSideEffects(true, CHECK_SPILL_ALL DEBUGARG("impImportLeave"));
    verCurrentState.esStackDepth = 0;

    assert(block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_LEAVE);
    assert(fgBBs == (BasicBlock**)0xCDCD || fgLookupBB(jmpAddr) != NULL); // should be a BB boundary

    BasicBlock* step         = DUMMY_INIT(NULL);
    unsigned    encFinallies = 0; // Number of enclosing finallies.
    GenTree*    endCatches   = NULL;
    Statement*  endLFinStmt  = NULL; // The statement tree to indicate the end of locally-invoked finally.

    unsigned  XTnum;
    EHblkDsc* HBtab;

    for (XTnum = 0, HBtab = compHndBBtab; XTnum < compHndBBtabCount; XTnum++, HBtab++)
    {
        // Grab the handler offsets

        IL_OFFSET tryBeg = HBtab->ebdTryBegOffs();
        IL_OFFSET tryEnd = HBtab->ebdTryEndOffs();
        IL_OFFSET hndBeg = HBtab->ebdHndBegOffs();
        IL_OFFSET hndEnd = HBtab->ebdHndEndOffs();

        /* Is this a catch-handler we are CEE_LEAVEing out of?
         * If so, we need to call CORINFO_HELP_ENDCATCH.
         */

        if (jitIsBetween(blkAddr, hndBeg, hndEnd) && !jitIsBetween(jmpAddr, hndBeg, hndEnd))
        {
            // Can't CEE_LEAVE out of a finally/fault handler
            if (HBtab->HasFinallyOrFaultHandler())
                BADCODE("leave out of fault/finally block");

            // Create the call to CORINFO_HELP_ENDCATCH
            GenTree* endCatch = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_ENDCATCH, TYP_VOID);

            // Make a list of all the currently pending endCatches
            if (endCatches)
                endCatches = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_VOID, endCatches, endCatch);
            else
                endCatches = endCatch;

#ifdef DEBUG
            if (verbose)
            {
                printf("impImportLeave - " FMT_BB " jumping out of catch handler EH#%u, adding call to "
                       "CORINFO_HELP_ENDCATCH\n",
                       block->bbNum, XTnum);
            }
#endif
        }
        else if (HBtab->HasFinallyHandler() && jitIsBetween(blkAddr, tryBeg, tryEnd) &&
                 !jitIsBetween(jmpAddr, tryBeg, tryEnd))
        {
            /* This is a finally-protected try we are jumping out of */

            /* If there are any pending endCatches, and we have already
               jumped out of a finally-protected try, then the endCatches
               have to be put in a block in an outer try for async
               exceptions to work correctly.
               Else, just use append to the original block */

            BasicBlock* callBlock;

            assert(!encFinallies ==
                   !endLFinStmt); // if we have finallies, we better have an endLFin tree, and vice-versa

            if (encFinallies == 0)
            {
                assert(step == DUMMY_INIT(NULL));
                callBlock             = block;
                callBlock->bbJumpKind = BBJ_CALLFINALLY; // convert the BBJ_LEAVE to BBJ_CALLFINALLY

                if (endCatches)
                    impAppendTree(endCatches, CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);

#ifdef DEBUG
                if (verbose)
                {
                    printf("impImportLeave - jumping out of a finally-protected try, convert block to BBJ_CALLFINALLY "
                           "block %s\n",
                           callBlock->dspToString());
                }
#endif
            }
            else
            {
                assert(step != DUMMY_INIT(NULL));

                /* Calling the finally block */
                callBlock = fgNewBBinRegion(BBJ_CALLFINALLY, XTnum + 1, 0, step);
                assert(step->bbJumpKind == BBJ_ALWAYS);
                step->bbJumpDest = callBlock; // the previous call to a finally returns to this call (to the next
                                              // finally in the chain)
                step->bbJumpDest->bbRefs++;

                /* The new block will inherit this block's weight */
                callBlock->inheritWeight(block);

#ifdef DEBUG
                if (verbose)
                {
                    printf("impImportLeave - jumping out of a finally-protected try, new BBJ_CALLFINALLY block %s\n",
                           callBlock->dspToString());
                }
#endif

                Statement* lastStmt;

                if (endCatches)
                {
                    lastStmt = gtNewStmt(endCatches);
                    endLFinStmt->SetNextStmt(lastStmt);
                    lastStmt->SetPrevStmt(endLFinStmt);
                }
                else
                {
                    lastStmt = endLFinStmt;
                }

                // note that this sets BBF_IMPORTED on the block
                impEndTreeList(callBlock, endLFinStmt, lastStmt);
            }

            step = fgNewBBafter(BBJ_ALWAYS, callBlock, true);
            /* The new block will inherit this block's weight */
            step->inheritWeight(block);
            step->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED | BBF_KEEP_BBJ_ALWAYS;

#ifdef DEBUG
            if (verbose)
            {
                printf("impImportLeave - jumping out of a finally-protected try, created step (BBJ_ALWAYS) block %s\n",
                       step->dspToString());
            }
#endif

            unsigned finallyNesting = compHndBBtab[XTnum].ebdHandlerNestingLevel;
            assert(finallyNesting <= compHndBBtabCount);

            callBlock->bbJumpDest = HBtab->ebdHndBeg; // This callBlock will call the "finally" handler.
            GenTree* endLFin      = new (this, GT_END_LFIN) GenTreeVal(GT_END_LFIN, TYP_VOID, finallyNesting);
            endLFinStmt           = gtNewStmt(endLFin);
            endCatches            = NULL;

            encFinallies++;

            invalidatePreds = true;
        }
    }

    /* Append any remaining endCatches, if any */

    assert(!encFinallies == !endLFinStmt);

    if (encFinallies == 0)
    {
        assert(step == DUMMY_INIT(NULL));
        block->bbJumpKind = BBJ_ALWAYS; // convert the BBJ_LEAVE to a BBJ_ALWAYS

        if (endCatches)
            impAppendTree(endCatches, CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);

#ifdef DEBUG
        if (verbose)
        {
            printf("impImportLeave - no enclosing finally-protected try blocks; convert CEE_LEAVE block to BBJ_ALWAYS "
                   "block %s\n",
                   block->dspToString());
        }
#endif
    }
    else
    {
        // If leaveTarget is the start of another try block, we want to make sure that
        // we do not insert finalStep into that try block. Hence, we find the enclosing
        // try block.
        unsigned tryIndex = bbFindInnermostCommonTryRegion(step, leaveTarget);

        // Insert a new BB either in the try region indicated by tryIndex or
        // the handler region indicated by leaveTarget->bbHndIndex,
        // depending on which is the inner region.
        BasicBlock* finalStep = fgNewBBinRegion(BBJ_ALWAYS, tryIndex, leaveTarget->bbHndIndex, step);
        finalStep->bbFlags |= BBF_KEEP_BBJ_ALWAYS;
        step->bbJumpDest = finalStep;

        /* The new block will inherit this block's weight */
        finalStep->inheritWeight(block);

#ifdef DEBUG
        if (verbose)
        {
            printf("impImportLeave - finalStep block required (encFinallies(%d) > 0), new block %s\n", encFinallies,
                   finalStep->dspToString());
        }
#endif

        Statement* lastStmt;

        if (endCatches)
        {
            lastStmt = gtNewStmt(endCatches);
            endLFinStmt->SetNextStmt(lastStmt);
            lastStmt->SetPrevStmt(endLFinStmt);
        }
        else
        {
            lastStmt = endLFinStmt;
        }

        impEndTreeList(finalStep, endLFinStmt, lastStmt);

        finalStep->bbJumpDest = leaveTarget; // this is the ultimate destination of the LEAVE

        // Queue up the jump target for importing

        impImportBlockPending(leaveTarget);

        invalidatePreds = true;
    }

    if (invalidatePreds && fgComputePredsDone)
    {
        JITDUMP("\n**** impImportLeave - Removing preds after creating new blocks\n");
        fgRemovePreds();
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    fgVerifyHandlerTab();

    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\nAfter import CEE_LEAVE:\n");
        fgDispBasicBlocks();
        fgDispHandlerTab();
    }
#endif // DEBUG
}

#else // FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS

void Compiler::impImportLeave(BasicBlock* block)
{
#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\nBefore import CEE_LEAVE in " FMT_BB " (targeting " FMT_BB "):\n", block->bbNum,
               block->bbJumpDest->bbNum);
        fgDispBasicBlocks();
        fgDispHandlerTab();
    }
#endif // DEBUG

    bool        invalidatePreds = false; // If we create new blocks, invalidate the predecessor lists (if created)
    unsigned    blkAddr         = block->bbCodeOffs;
    BasicBlock* leaveTarget     = block->bbJumpDest;
    unsigned    jmpAddr         = leaveTarget->bbCodeOffs;

    // LEAVE clears the stack, spill side effects, and set stack to 0

    impSpillSideEffects(true, CHECK_SPILL_ALL DEBUGARG("impImportLeave"));
    verCurrentState.esStackDepth = 0;

    assert(block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_LEAVE);
    assert(fgBBs == (BasicBlock**)0xCDCD || fgLookupBB(jmpAddr) != nullptr); // should be a BB boundary

    BasicBlock* step = nullptr;

    enum StepType
    {
        // No step type; step == NULL.
        ST_None,

        // Is the step block the BBJ_ALWAYS block of a BBJ_CALLFINALLY/BBJ_ALWAYS pair?
        // That is, is step->bbJumpDest where a finally will return to?
        ST_FinallyReturn,

        // The step block is a catch return.
        ST_Catch,

        // The step block is in a "try", created as the target for a finally return or the target for a catch return.
        ST_Try
    };
    StepType stepType = ST_None;

    unsigned  XTnum;
    EHblkDsc* HBtab;

    for (XTnum = 0, HBtab = compHndBBtab; XTnum < compHndBBtabCount; XTnum++, HBtab++)
    {
        // Grab the handler offsets

        IL_OFFSET tryBeg = HBtab->ebdTryBegOffs();
        IL_OFFSET tryEnd = HBtab->ebdTryEndOffs();
        IL_OFFSET hndBeg = HBtab->ebdHndBegOffs();
        IL_OFFSET hndEnd = HBtab->ebdHndEndOffs();

        /* Is this a catch-handler we are CEE_LEAVEing out of?
         */

        if (jitIsBetween(blkAddr, hndBeg, hndEnd) && !jitIsBetween(jmpAddr, hndBeg, hndEnd))
        {
            // Can't CEE_LEAVE out of a finally/fault handler
            if (HBtab->HasFinallyOrFaultHandler())
            {
                BADCODE("leave out of fault/finally block");
            }

            /* We are jumping out of a catch */

            if (step == nullptr)
            {
                step             = block;
                step->bbJumpKind = BBJ_EHCATCHRET; // convert the BBJ_LEAVE to BBJ_EHCATCHRET
                stepType         = ST_Catch;

#ifdef DEBUG
                if (verbose)
                {
                    printf("impImportLeave - jumping out of a catch (EH#%u), convert block " FMT_BB
                           " to BBJ_EHCATCHRET "
                           "block\n",
                           XTnum, step->bbNum);
                }
#endif
            }
            else
            {
                BasicBlock* exitBlock;

                /* Create a new catch exit block in the catch region for the existing step block to jump to in this
                 * scope */
                exitBlock = fgNewBBinRegion(BBJ_EHCATCHRET, 0, XTnum + 1, step);

                assert(step->KindIs(BBJ_ALWAYS, BBJ_EHCATCHRET));
                step->bbJumpDest = exitBlock; // the previous step (maybe a call to a nested finally, or a nested catch
                                              // exit) returns to this block
                step->bbJumpDest->bbRefs++;

#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
                if (stepType == ST_FinallyReturn)
                {
                    assert(step->bbJumpKind == BBJ_ALWAYS);
                    // Mark the target of a finally return
                    step->bbJumpDest->bbFlags |= BBF_FINALLY_TARGET;
                }
#endif // defined(TARGET_ARM)

                /* The new block will inherit this block's weight */
                exitBlock->inheritWeight(block);
                exitBlock->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;

                /* This exit block is the new step */
                step     = exitBlock;
                stepType = ST_Catch;

                invalidatePreds = true;

#ifdef DEBUG
                if (verbose)
                {
                    printf("impImportLeave - jumping out of a catch (EH#%u), new BBJ_EHCATCHRET block " FMT_BB "\n",
                           XTnum, exitBlock->bbNum);
                }
#endif
            }
        }
        else if (HBtab->HasFinallyHandler() && jitIsBetween(blkAddr, tryBeg, tryEnd) &&
                 !jitIsBetween(jmpAddr, tryBeg, tryEnd))
        {
            /* We are jumping out of a finally-protected try */

            BasicBlock* callBlock;

            if (step == nullptr)
            {
#if FEATURE_EH_CALLFINALLY_THUNKS

                // Put the call to the finally in the enclosing region.
                unsigned callFinallyTryIndex =
                    (HBtab->ebdEnclosingTryIndex == EHblkDsc::NO_ENCLOSING_INDEX) ? 0 : HBtab->ebdEnclosingTryIndex + 1;
                unsigned callFinallyHndIndex =
                    (HBtab->ebdEnclosingHndIndex == EHblkDsc::NO_ENCLOSING_INDEX) ? 0 : HBtab->ebdEnclosingHndIndex + 1;
                callBlock = fgNewBBinRegion(BBJ_CALLFINALLY, callFinallyTryIndex, callFinallyHndIndex, block);

                // Convert the BBJ_LEAVE to BBJ_ALWAYS, jumping to the new BBJ_CALLFINALLY. This is because
                // the new BBJ_CALLFINALLY is in a different EH region, thus it can't just replace the BBJ_LEAVE,
                // which might be in the middle of the "try". In most cases, the BBJ_ALWAYS will jump to the
                // next block, and flow optimizations will remove it.
                block->bbJumpKind = BBJ_ALWAYS;
                block->bbJumpDest = callBlock;
                block->bbJumpDest->bbRefs++;

                /* The new block will inherit this block's weight */
                callBlock->inheritWeight(block);
                callBlock->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;

#ifdef DEBUG
                if (verbose)
                {
                    printf("impImportLeave - jumping out of a finally-protected try (EH#%u), convert block " FMT_BB
                           " to "
                           "BBJ_ALWAYS, add BBJ_CALLFINALLY block " FMT_BB "\n",
                           XTnum, block->bbNum, callBlock->bbNum);
                }
#endif

#else // !FEATURE_EH_CALLFINALLY_THUNKS

                callBlock             = block;
                callBlock->bbJumpKind = BBJ_CALLFINALLY; // convert the BBJ_LEAVE to BBJ_CALLFINALLY

#ifdef DEBUG
                if (verbose)
                {
                    printf("impImportLeave - jumping out of a finally-protected try (EH#%u), convert block " FMT_BB
                           " to "
                           "BBJ_CALLFINALLY block\n",
                           XTnum, callBlock->bbNum);
                }
#endif

#endif // !FEATURE_EH_CALLFINALLY_THUNKS
            }
            else
            {
                // Calling the finally block. We already have a step block that is either the call-to-finally from a
                // more nested try/finally (thus we are jumping out of multiple nested 'try' blocks, each protected by
                // a 'finally'), or the step block is the return from a catch.
                //
                // Due to ThreadAbortException, we can't have the catch return target the call-to-finally block
                // directly. Note that if a 'catch' ends without resetting the ThreadAbortException, the VM will
                // automatically re-raise the exception, using the return address of the catch (that is, the target
                // block of the BBJ_EHCATCHRET) as the re-raise address. If this address is in a finally, the VM will
                // refuse to do the re-raise, and the ThreadAbortException will get eaten (and lost). On AMD64/ARM64,
                // we put the call-to-finally thunk in a special "cloned finally" EH region that does look like a
                // finally clause to the VM. Thus, on these platforms, we can't have BBJ_EHCATCHRET target a
                // BBJ_CALLFINALLY directly. (Note that on ARM32, we don't mark the thunk specially -- it lives directly
                // within the 'try' region protected by the finally, since we generate code in such a way that execution
                // never returns to the call-to-finally call, and the finally-protected 'try' region doesn't appear on
                // stack walks.)

                assert(step->KindIs(BBJ_ALWAYS, BBJ_EHCATCHRET));

#if FEATURE_EH_CALLFINALLY_THUNKS
                if (step->bbJumpKind == BBJ_EHCATCHRET)
                {
                    // Need to create another step block in the 'try' region that will actually branch to the
                    // call-to-finally thunk.
                    BasicBlock* step2 = fgNewBBinRegion(BBJ_ALWAYS, XTnum + 1, 0, step);
                    step->bbJumpDest  = step2;
                    step->bbJumpDest->bbRefs++;
                    step2->inheritWeight(block);
                    step2->bbFlags |= (block->bbFlags & BBF_RUN_RARELY) | BBF_IMPORTED;

#ifdef DEBUG
                    if (verbose)
                    {
                        printf("impImportLeave - jumping out of a finally-protected try (EH#%u), step block is "
                               "BBJ_EHCATCHRET (" FMT_BB "), new BBJ_ALWAYS step-step block " FMT_BB "\n",
                               XTnum, step->bbNum, step2->bbNum);
                    }
#endif

                    step = step2;
                    assert(stepType == ST_Catch); // Leave it as catch type for now.
                }
#endif // FEATURE_EH_CALLFINALLY_THUNKS

#if FEATURE_EH_CALLFINALLY_THUNKS
                unsigned callFinallyTryIndex =
                    (HBtab->ebdEnclosingTryIndex == EHblkDsc::NO_ENCLOSING_INDEX) ? 0 : HBtab->ebdEnclosingTryIndex + 1;
                unsigned callFinallyHndIndex =
                    (HBtab->ebdEnclosingHndIndex == EHblkDsc::NO_ENCLOSING_INDEX) ? 0 : HBtab->ebdEnclosingHndIndex + 1;
#else  // !FEATURE_EH_CALLFINALLY_THUNKS
                unsigned callFinallyTryIndex = XTnum + 1;
                unsigned callFinallyHndIndex = 0; // don't care
#endif // !FEATURE_EH_CALLFINALLY_THUNKS

                callBlock        = fgNewBBinRegion(BBJ_CALLFINALLY, callFinallyTryIndex, callFinallyHndIndex, step);
                step->bbJumpDest = callBlock; // the previous call to a finally returns to this call (to the next
                                              // finally in the chain)
                step->bbJumpDest->bbRefs++;

#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
                if (stepType == ST_FinallyReturn)
                {
                    assert(step->bbJumpKind == BBJ_ALWAYS);
                    // Mark the target of a finally return
                    step->bbJumpDest->bbFlags |= BBF_FINALLY_TARGET;
                }
#endif // defined(TARGET_ARM)

                /* The new block will inherit this block's weight */
                callBlock->inheritWeight(block);
                callBlock->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;

#ifdef DEBUG
                if (verbose)
                {
                    printf("impImportLeave - jumping out of a finally-protected try (EH#%u), new BBJ_CALLFINALLY "
                           "block " FMT_BB "\n",
                           XTnum, callBlock->bbNum);
                }
#endif
            }

            step     = fgNewBBafter(BBJ_ALWAYS, callBlock, true);
            stepType = ST_FinallyReturn;

            /* The new block will inherit this block's weight */
            step->inheritWeight(block);
            step->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED | BBF_KEEP_BBJ_ALWAYS;

#ifdef DEBUG
            if (verbose)
            {
                printf("impImportLeave - jumping out of a finally-protected try (EH#%u), created step (BBJ_ALWAYS) "
                       "block " FMT_BB "\n",
                       XTnum, step->bbNum);
            }
#endif

            callBlock->bbJumpDest = HBtab->ebdHndBeg; // This callBlock will call the "finally" handler.

            invalidatePreds = true;
        }
        else if (HBtab->HasCatchHandler() && jitIsBetween(blkAddr, tryBeg, tryEnd) &&
                 !jitIsBetween(jmpAddr, tryBeg, tryEnd))
        {
            // We are jumping out of a catch-protected try.
            //
            // If we are returning from a call to a finally, then we must have a step block within a try
            // that is protected by a catch. This is so when unwinding from that finally (e.g., if code within the
            // finally raises an exception), the VM will find this step block, notice that it is in a protected region,
            // and invoke the appropriate catch.
            //
            // We also need to handle a special case with the handling of ThreadAbortException. If a try/catch
            // catches a ThreadAbortException (which might be because it catches a parent, e.g. System.Exception),
            // and the catch doesn't call System.Threading.Thread::ResetAbort(), then when the catch returns to the VM,
            // the VM will automatically re-raise the ThreadAbortException. When it does this, it uses the target
            // address of the catch return as the new exception address. That is, the re-raised exception appears to
            // occur at the catch return address. If this exception return address skips an enclosing try/catch that
            // catches ThreadAbortException, then the enclosing try/catch will not catch the exception, as it should.
            // For example:
            //
            // try {
            //    try {
            //       // something here raises ThreadAbortException
            //       LEAVE LABEL_1; // no need to stop at LABEL_2
            //    } catch (Exception) {
            //       // This catches ThreadAbortException, but doesn't call System.Threading.Thread::ResetAbort(), so
            //       // ThreadAbortException is re-raised by the VM at the address specified by the LEAVE opcode.
            //       // This is bad, since it means the outer try/catch won't get a chance to catch the re-raised
            //       // ThreadAbortException. So, instead, create step block LABEL_2 and LEAVE to that. We only
            //       // need to do this transformation if the current EH block is a try/catch that catches
            //       // ThreadAbortException (or one of its parents), however we might not be able to find that
            //       // information, so currently we do it for all catch types.
            //       LEAVE LABEL_1; // Convert this to LEAVE LABEL2;
            //    }
            //    LABEL_2: LEAVE LABEL_1; // inserted by this step creation code
            // } catch (ThreadAbortException) {
            // }
            // LABEL_1:
            //
            // Note that this pattern isn't theoretical: it occurs in ASP.NET, in IL code generated by the Roslyn C#
            // compiler.

            if ((stepType == ST_FinallyReturn) || (stepType == ST_Catch))
            {
                BasicBlock* catchStep;

                assert(step);

                if (stepType == ST_FinallyReturn)
                {
                    assert(step->bbJumpKind == BBJ_ALWAYS);
                }
                else
                {
                    assert(stepType == ST_Catch);
                    assert(step->bbJumpKind == BBJ_EHCATCHRET);
                }

                /* Create a new exit block in the try region for the existing step block to jump to in this scope */
                catchStep        = fgNewBBinRegion(BBJ_ALWAYS, XTnum + 1, 0, step);
                step->bbJumpDest = catchStep;
                step->bbJumpDest->bbRefs++;

#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
                if (stepType == ST_FinallyReturn)
                {
                    // Mark the target of a finally return
                    step->bbJumpDest->bbFlags |= BBF_FINALLY_TARGET;
                }
#endif // defined(TARGET_ARM)

                /* The new block will inherit this block's weight */
                catchStep->inheritWeight(block);
                catchStep->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;

#ifdef DEBUG
                if (verbose)
                {
                    if (stepType == ST_FinallyReturn)
                    {
                        printf("impImportLeave - return from finally jumping out of a catch-protected try (EH#%u), new "
                               "BBJ_ALWAYS block " FMT_BB "\n",
                               XTnum, catchStep->bbNum);
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        assert(stepType == ST_Catch);
                        printf("impImportLeave - return from catch jumping out of a catch-protected try (EH#%u), new "
                               "BBJ_ALWAYS block " FMT_BB "\n",
                               XTnum, catchStep->bbNum);
                    }
                }
#endif // DEBUG

                /* This block is the new step */
                step     = catchStep;
                stepType = ST_Try;

                invalidatePreds = true;
            }
        }
    }

    if (step == nullptr)
    {
        block->bbJumpKind = BBJ_ALWAYS; // convert the BBJ_LEAVE to a BBJ_ALWAYS

#ifdef DEBUG
        if (verbose)
        {
            printf("impImportLeave - no enclosing finally-protected try blocks or catch handlers; convert CEE_LEAVE "
                   "block " FMT_BB " to BBJ_ALWAYS\n",
                   block->bbNum);
        }
#endif
    }
    else
    {
        step->bbJumpDest = leaveTarget; // this is the ultimate destination of the LEAVE

#if defined(TARGET_ARM)
        if (stepType == ST_FinallyReturn)
        {
            assert(step->bbJumpKind == BBJ_ALWAYS);
            // Mark the target of a finally return
            step->bbJumpDest->bbFlags |= BBF_FINALLY_TARGET;
        }
#endif // defined(TARGET_ARM)

#ifdef DEBUG
        if (verbose)
        {
            printf("impImportLeave - final destination of step blocks set to " FMT_BB "\n", leaveTarget->bbNum);
        }
#endif

        // Queue up the jump target for importing

        impImportBlockPending(leaveTarget);
    }

    if (invalidatePreds && fgComputePredsDone)
    {
        JITDUMP("\n**** impImportLeave - Removing preds after creating new blocks\n");
        fgRemovePreds();
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    fgVerifyHandlerTab();

    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\nAfter import CEE_LEAVE:\n");
        fgDispBasicBlocks();
        fgDispHandlerTab();
    }
#endif // DEBUG
}

#endif // FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS

/*****************************************************************************/
// This is called when reimporting a leave block. It resets the JumpKind,
// JumpDest, and bbNext to the original values

void Compiler::impResetLeaveBlock(BasicBlock* block, unsigned jmpAddr)
{
#if defined(FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS)
    // With EH Funclets, while importing leave opcode we create another block ending with BBJ_ALWAYS (call it B1)
    // and the block containing leave (say B0) is marked as BBJ_CALLFINALLY.   Say for some reason we reimport B0,
    // it is reset (in this routine) by marking as ending with BBJ_LEAVE and further down when B0 is reimported, we
    // create another BBJ_ALWAYS (call it B2). In this process B1 gets orphaned and any blocks to which B1 is the
    // only predecessor are also considered orphans and attempted to be deleted.
    //
    //  try  {
    //     ....
    //     try
    //     {
    //         ....
    //         leave OUTSIDE;  // B0 is the block containing this leave, following this would be B1
    //     } finally { }
    //  } finally { }
    //  OUTSIDE:
    //
    // In the above nested try-finally example, we create a step block (call it Bstep) which in branches to a block
    // where a finally would branch to (and such block is marked as finally target).  Block B1 branches to step block.
    // Because of re-import of B0, Bstep is also orphaned. Since Bstep is a finally target it cannot be removed.  To
    // work around this we will duplicate B0 (call it B0Dup) before resetting. B0Dup is marked as BBJ_CALLFINALLY and
    // only serves to pair up with B1 (BBJ_ALWAYS) that got orphaned. Now during orphan block deletion B0Dup and B1
    // will be treated as pair and handled correctly.
    if (block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_CALLFINALLY)
    {
        BasicBlock* dupBlock = bbNewBasicBlock(block->bbJumpKind);
        dupBlock->bbFlags    = block->bbFlags;
        dupBlock->bbJumpDest = block->bbJumpDest;
        dupBlock->copyEHRegion(block);
        dupBlock->bbCatchTyp = block->bbCatchTyp;

        // Mark this block as
        //  a) not referenced by any other block to make sure that it gets deleted
        //  b) weight zero
        //  c) prevent from being imported
        //  d) as internal
        //  e) as rarely run
        dupBlock->bbRefs   = 0;
        dupBlock->bbWeight = BB_ZERO_WEIGHT;
        dupBlock->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED | BBF_INTERNAL | BBF_RUN_RARELY;

        // Insert the block right after the block which is getting reset so that BBJ_CALLFINALLY and BBJ_ALWAYS
        // will be next to each other.
        fgInsertBBafter(block, dupBlock);

#ifdef DEBUG
        if (verbose)
        {
            printf("New Basic Block " FMT_BB " duplicate of " FMT_BB " created.\n", dupBlock->bbNum, block->bbNum);
        }
#endif
    }
#endif // FEATURE_EH_FUNCLETS

    block->bbJumpKind = BBJ_LEAVE;
    fgInitBBLookup();
    block->bbJumpDest = fgLookupBB(jmpAddr);

    // We will leave the BBJ_ALWAYS block we introduced. When it's reimported
    // the BBJ_ALWAYS block will be unreachable, and will be removed after. The
    // reason we don't want to remove the block at this point is that if we call
    // fgInitBBLookup() again we will do it wrong as the BBJ_ALWAYS block won't be
    // added and the linked list length will be different than fgBBcount.
}

/*****************************************************************************/
// Get the first non-prefix opcode. Used for verification of valid combinations
// of prefixes and actual opcodes.

OPCODE Compiler::impGetNonPrefixOpcode(const BYTE* codeAddr, const BYTE* codeEndp)
{
    while (codeAddr < codeEndp)
    {
        OPCODE opcode = (OPCODE)getU1LittleEndian(codeAddr);
        codeAddr += sizeof(__int8);

        if (opcode == CEE_PREFIX1)
        {
            if (codeAddr >= codeEndp)
            {
                break;
            }
            opcode = (OPCODE)(getU1LittleEndian(codeAddr) + 256);
            codeAddr += sizeof(__int8);
        }

        switch (opcode)
        {
            case CEE_UNALIGNED:
            case CEE_VOLATILE:
            case CEE_TAILCALL:
            case CEE_CONSTRAINED:
            case CEE_READONLY:
                break;
            default:
                return opcode;
        }

        codeAddr += opcodeSizes[opcode];
    }

    return CEE_ILLEGAL;
}

/*****************************************************************************/
// Checks whether the opcode is a valid opcode for volatile. and unaligned. prefixes

void Compiler::impValidateMemoryAccessOpcode(const BYTE* codeAddr, const BYTE* codeEndp, bool volatilePrefix)
{
    OPCODE opcode = impGetNonPrefixOpcode(codeAddr, codeEndp);

    if (!(
            // Opcode of all ldind and stdind happen to be in continuous, except stind.i.
            ((CEE_LDIND_I1 <= opcode) && (opcode <= CEE_STIND_R8)) || (opcode == CEE_STIND_I) ||
            (opcode == CEE_LDFLD) || (opcode == CEE_STFLD) || (opcode == CEE_LDOBJ) || (opcode == CEE_STOBJ) ||
            (opcode == CEE_INITBLK) || (opcode == CEE_CPBLK) ||
            // volatile. prefix is allowed with the ldsfld and stsfld
            (volatilePrefix && ((opcode == CEE_LDSFLD) || (opcode == CEE_STSFLD)))))
    {
        BADCODE("Invalid opcode for unaligned. or volatile. prefix");
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *  Determine the result type of an arithmetic operation
 *  On 64-bit inserts upcasts when native int is mixed with int32
 */
var_types Compiler::impGetByRefResultType(genTreeOps oper, bool fUnsigned, GenTree** pOp1, GenTree** pOp2)
{
    var_types type = TYP_UNDEF;
    GenTree*  op1  = *pOp1;
    GenTree*  op2  = *pOp2;

    // Arithmetic operations are generally only allowed with
    // primitive types, but certain operations are allowed
    // with byrefs

    if ((oper == GT_SUB) && (genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) == TYP_BYREF || genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) == TYP_BYREF))
    {
        if ((genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) == TYP_BYREF) && (genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) == TYP_BYREF))
        {
            // byref1-byref2 => gives a native int
            type = TYP_I_IMPL;
        }
        else if (genActualTypeIsIntOrI(op1->TypeGet()) && (genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) == TYP_BYREF))
        {
            // [native] int - byref => gives a native int

            //
            // The reason is that it is possible, in managed C++,
            // to have a tree like this:
            //
            //              -
            //             / \.
            //            /   \.
            //           /     \.
            //          /       \.
            // const(h) int     addr byref
            //
            // <BUGNUM> VSW 318822 </BUGNUM>
            //
            // So here we decide to make the resulting type to be a native int.
            CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
            if (genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) != TYP_I_IMPL)
            {
                // insert an explicit upcast
                op1 = *pOp1 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, op1, fUnsigned, fUnsigned ? TYP_U_IMPL : TYP_I_IMPL);
            }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT

            type = TYP_I_IMPL;
        }
        else
        {
            // byref - [native] int => gives a byref
            assert(genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) == TYP_BYREF && genActualTypeIsIntOrI(op2->TypeGet()));

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
            if ((genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) != TYP_I_IMPL))
            {
                // insert an explicit upcast
                op2 = *pOp2 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, op2, fUnsigned, fUnsigned ? TYP_U_IMPL : TYP_I_IMPL);
            }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT

            type = TYP_BYREF;
        }
    }
    else if ((oper == GT_ADD) &&
             (genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) == TYP_BYREF || genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) == TYP_BYREF))
    {
        // byref + [native] int => gives a byref
        // (or)
        // [native] int + byref => gives a byref

        // only one can be a byref : byref op byref not allowed
        assert(genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) != TYP_BYREF || genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) != TYP_BYREF);
        assert(genActualTypeIsIntOrI(op1->TypeGet()) || genActualTypeIsIntOrI(op2->TypeGet()));

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
        if (genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) == TYP_BYREF)
        {
            if (genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) != TYP_I_IMPL)
            {
                // insert an explicit upcast
                op1 = *pOp1 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, op1, fUnsigned, fUnsigned ? TYP_U_IMPL : TYP_I_IMPL);
            }
        }
        else if (genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) != TYP_I_IMPL)
        {
            // insert an explicit upcast
            op2 = *pOp2 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, op2, fUnsigned, fUnsigned ? TYP_U_IMPL : TYP_I_IMPL);
        }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT

        type = TYP_BYREF;
    }
#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
    else if (genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) == TYP_I_IMPL || genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) == TYP_I_IMPL)
    {
        assert(!varTypeIsFloating(op1->gtType) && !varTypeIsFloating(op2->gtType));

        // int + long => gives long
        // long + int => gives long
        // we get this because in the IL the long isn't Int64, it's just IntPtr

        if (genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) != TYP_I_IMPL)
        {
            // insert an explicit upcast
            op1 = *pOp1 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, op1, fUnsigned, fUnsigned ? TYP_U_IMPL : TYP_I_IMPL);
        }
        else if (genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) != TYP_I_IMPL)
        {
            // insert an explicit upcast
            op2 = *pOp2 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, op2, fUnsigned, fUnsigned ? TYP_U_IMPL : TYP_I_IMPL);
        }

        type = TYP_I_IMPL;
    }
#else  // 32-bit TARGET
    else if (genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) == TYP_LONG || genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) == TYP_LONG)
    {
        assert(!varTypeIsFloating(op1->gtType) && !varTypeIsFloating(op2->gtType));

        // int + long => gives long
        // long + int => gives long

        type = TYP_LONG;
    }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT
    else
    {
        // int + int => gives an int
        assert(genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) != TYP_BYREF && genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) != TYP_BYREF);

        assert(genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) == genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) ||
               (varTypeIsFloating(op1->gtType) && varTypeIsFloating(op2->gtType)));

        type = genActualType(op1->gtType);

        // If both operands are TYP_FLOAT, then leave it as TYP_FLOAT.
        // Otherwise, turn floats into doubles
        if ((type == TYP_FLOAT) && (genActualType(op2->gtType) != TYP_FLOAT))
        {
            assert(genActualType(op2->gtType) == TYP_DOUBLE);
            type = TYP_DOUBLE;
        }
    }

    assert(type == TYP_BYREF || type == TYP_DOUBLE || type == TYP_FLOAT || type == TYP_LONG || type == TYP_INT);
    return type;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impOptimizeCastClassOrIsInst: attempt to resolve a cast when jitting
//
// Arguments:
//   op1 - value to cast
//   pResolvedToken - resolved token for type to cast to
//   isCastClass - true if this is a castclass, false if isinst
//
// Return Value:
//   tree representing optimized cast, or null if no optimization possible

GenTree* Compiler::impOptimizeCastClassOrIsInst(GenTree* op1, CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken, bool isCastClass)
{
    assert(op1->TypeGet() == TYP_REF);

    // Don't optimize for minopts or debug codegen.
    if (opts.OptimizationDisabled())
    {
        return nullptr;
    }

    // See what we know about the type of the object being cast.
    bool                 isExact   = false;
    bool                 isNonNull = false;
    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE fromClass = gtGetClassHandle(op1, &isExact, &isNonNull);

    if (fromClass != nullptr)
    {
        CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE toClass = pResolvedToken->hClass;
        JITDUMP("\nConsidering optimization of %s from %s%p (%s) to %p (%s)\n", isCastClass ? "castclass" : "isinst",
                isExact ? "exact " : "", dspPtr(fromClass), eeGetClassName(fromClass), dspPtr(toClass),
                eeGetClassName(toClass));

        // Perhaps we know if the cast will succeed or fail.
        TypeCompareState castResult = info.compCompHnd->compareTypesForCast(fromClass, toClass);

        if (castResult == TypeCompareState::Must)
        {
            // Cast will succeed, result is simply op1.
            JITDUMP("Cast will succeed, optimizing to simply return input\n");
            return op1;
        }
        else if (castResult == TypeCompareState::MustNot)
        {
            // See if we can sharpen exactness by looking for final classes
            if (!isExact)
            {
                isExact = impIsClassExact(fromClass);
            }

            // Cast to exact type will fail. Handle case where we have
            // an exact type (that is, fromClass is not a subtype)
            // and we're not going to throw on failure.
            if (isExact && !isCastClass)
            {
                JITDUMP("Cast will fail, optimizing to return null\n");
                GenTree* result = gtNewIconNode(0, TYP_REF);

                // If the cast was fed by a box, we can remove that too.
                if (op1->IsBoxedValue())
                {
                    JITDUMP("Also removing upstream box\n");
                    gtTryRemoveBoxUpstreamEffects(op1);
                }

                return result;
            }
            else if (isExact)
            {
                JITDUMP("Not optimizing failing castclass (yet)\n");
            }
            else
            {
                JITDUMP("Can't optimize since fromClass is inexact\n");
            }
        }
        else
        {
            JITDUMP("Result of cast unknown, must generate runtime test\n");
        }
    }
    else
    {
        JITDUMP("\nCan't optimize since fromClass is unknown\n");
    }

    return nullptr;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impCastClassOrIsInstToTree: build and import castclass/isinst
//
// Arguments:
//   op1 - value to cast
//   op2 - type handle for type to cast to
//   pResolvedToken - resolved token from the cast operation
//   isCastClass - true if this is castclass, false means isinst
//
// Return Value:
//   Tree representing the cast
//
// Notes:
//   May expand into a series of runtime checks or a helper call.

GenTree* Compiler::impCastClassOrIsInstToTree(
    GenTree* op1, GenTree* op2, CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN* pResolvedToken, bool isCastClass, IL_OFFSET ilOffset)
{
    assert(op1->TypeGet() == TYP_REF);

    // Optimistically assume the jit should expand this as an inline test
    bool shouldExpandInline = true;
    bool isClassExact       = impIsClassExact(pResolvedToken->hClass);

    // Profitability check.
    //
    // Don't bother with inline expansion when jit is trying to generate code quickly
    if (opts.OptimizationDisabled())
    {
        // not worth the code expansion if jitting fast or in a rarely run block
        shouldExpandInline = false;
    }
    else if ((op1->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_EFFECT) && lvaHaveManyLocals())
    {
        // not worth creating an untracked local variable
        shouldExpandInline = false;
    }
    else if (opts.jitFlags->IsSet(JitFlags::JIT_FLAG_BBINSTR) && (JitConfig.JitProfileCasts() == 1))
    {
        // Optimizations are enabled but we're still instrumenting (including casts)
        if (isCastClass && !isClassExact)
        {
            // Usually, we make a speculative assumption that it makes sense to expand castclass
            // even for non-sealed classes, but let's rely on PGO in this specific case
            shouldExpandInline = false;
        }
    }

    if (shouldExpandInline && compCurBB->isRunRarely())
    {
        // For cold blocks we only expand castclass against exact classes because it's cheap
        shouldExpandInline = isCastClass && isClassExact;
    }

    // Pessimistically assume the jit cannot expand this as an inline test
    bool                  canExpandInline = false;
    bool                  partialExpand   = false;
    const CorInfoHelpFunc helper          = info.compCompHnd->getCastingHelper(pResolvedToken, isCastClass);

    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE exactCls = NO_CLASS_HANDLE;

    // Legality check.
    //
    // Not all classclass/isinst operations can be inline expanded.
    // Check legality only if an inline expansion is desirable.
    if (shouldExpandInline)
    {
        if (isCastClass)
        {
            // Jit can only inline expand CHKCASTCLASS and CHKCASTARRAY helpers.
            canExpandInline = (helper == CORINFO_HELP_CHKCASTCLASS) || (helper == CORINFO_HELP_CHKCASTARRAY);
        }
        else if ((helper == CORINFO_HELP_ISINSTANCEOFCLASS) || (helper == CORINFO_HELP_ISINSTANCEOFARRAY))
        {
            // If the class is exact, the jit can expand the IsInst check inline.
            canExpandInline = isClassExact;
        }

        // Check if this cast helper have some profile data
        if (impIsCastHelperMayHaveProfileData(helper))
        {
            const int               maxLikelyClasses = 32;
            LikelyClassMethodRecord likelyClasses[maxLikelyClasses];
            unsigned                likelyClassCount =
                getLikelyClasses(likelyClasses, maxLikelyClasses, fgPgoSchema, fgPgoSchemaCount, fgPgoData, ilOffset);

            if (likelyClassCount > 0)
            {
#ifdef DEBUG
                // Optional stress mode to pick a random known class, rather than
                // the most likely known class.
                if (JitConfig.JitRandomGuardedDevirtualization() != 0)
                {
                    // Reuse the random inliner's random state.
                    CLRRandom* const random =
                        impInlineRoot()->m_inlineStrategy->GetRandom(JitConfig.JitRandomGuardedDevirtualization());

                    unsigned index          = static_cast<unsigned>(random->Next(static_cast<int>(likelyClassCount)));
                    likelyClasses[0].handle = likelyClasses[index].handle;
                    likelyClasses[0].likelihood = 100;
                    likelyClassCount            = 1;
                }
#endif

                LikelyClassMethodRecord likelyClass = likelyClasses[0];
                CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE    likelyCls   = (CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE)likelyClass.handle;

                if ((likelyCls != NO_CLASS_HANDLE) &&
                    (likelyClass.likelihood > (UINT32)JitConfig.JitGuardedDevirtualizationChainLikelihood()))
                {
                    if ((info.compCompHnd->compareTypesForCast(likelyCls, pResolvedToken->hClass) ==
                         TypeCompareState::Must))
                    {
                        assert((info.compCompHnd->getClassAttribs(likelyCls) &
                                (CORINFO_FLG_INTERFACE | CORINFO_FLG_ABSTRACT)) == 0);
                        JITDUMP("Adding \"is %s (%X)\" check as a fast path for %s using PGO data.\n",
                                eeGetClassName(likelyCls), likelyCls, isCastClass ? "castclass" : "isinst");

                        canExpandInline = true;
                        partialExpand   = true;
                        exactCls        = likelyCls;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    const bool expandInline = canExpandInline && shouldExpandInline;

    if (!expandInline)
    {
        JITDUMP("\nExpanding %s as call because %s\n", isCastClass ? "castclass" : "isinst",
                canExpandInline ? "want smaller code or faster jitting" : "inline expansion not legal");

        // If we CSE this class handle we prevent assertionProp from making SubType assertions
        // so instead we force the CSE logic to not consider CSE-ing this class handle.
        //
        op2->gtFlags |= GTF_DONT_CSE;

        GenTreeCall* call = gtNewHelperCallNode(helper, TYP_REF, op2, op1);
        if ((JitConfig.JitClassProfiling() > 0) && impIsCastHelperEligibleForClassProbe(call) && !isClassExact)
        {
            HandleHistogramProfileCandidateInfo* pInfo  = new (this, CMK_Inlining) HandleHistogramProfileCandidateInfo;
            pInfo->ilOffset                             = ilOffset;
            pInfo->probeIndex                           = info.compHandleHistogramProbeCount++;
            call->gtHandleHistogramProfileCandidateInfo = pInfo;
            compCurBB->bbFlags |= BBF_HAS_HISTOGRAM_PROFILE;
        }
        return call;
    }

    JITDUMP("\nExpanding %s inline\n", isCastClass ? "castclass" : "isinst");

    impSpillSideEffects(true, CHECK_SPILL_ALL DEBUGARG("bubbling QMark2"));

    GenTree* temp;
    GenTree* condMT;
    //
    // expand the methodtable match:
    //
    //  condMT ==>   GT_NE
    //               /    \.
    //           GT_IND   op2 (typically CNS_INT)
    //              |
    //           op1Copy
    //

    // This can replace op1 with a GT_COMMA that evaluates op1 into a local
    //
    op1 = impCloneExpr(op1, &temp, NO_CLASS_HANDLE, CHECK_SPILL_ALL, nullptr DEBUGARG("CASTCLASS eval op1"));
    //
    // op1 is now known to be a non-complex tree
    // thus we can use gtClone(op1) from now on
    //

    GenTree* op2Var = op2;
    if (isCastClass && !partialExpand)
    {
        op2Var                                                  = fgInsertCommaFormTemp(&op2);
        lvaTable[op2Var->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum()].lvIsCSE = true;
    }
    temp = gtNewMethodTableLookup(temp);
    condMT =
        gtNewOperNode(GT_NE, TYP_INT, temp, (exactCls != NO_CLASS_HANDLE) ? gtNewIconEmbClsHndNode(exactCls) : op2);

    GenTree* condNull;
    //
    // expand the null check:
    //
    //  condNull ==>   GT_EQ
    //                 /    \.
    //             op1Copy CNS_INT
    //                      null
    //
    condNull = gtNewOperNode(GT_EQ, TYP_INT, gtClone(op1), gtNewIconNode(0, TYP_REF));

    //
    // expand the true and false trees for the condMT
    //
    GenTree* condFalse = gtClone(op1);
    GenTree* condTrue;
    if (isCastClass)
    {
        assert((helper == CORINFO_HELP_CHKCASTCLASS) || (helper == CORINFO_HELP_CHKCASTARRAY) ||
               (helper == CORINFO_HELP_CHKCASTINTERFACE));

        CorInfoHelpFunc specialHelper = helper;
        if ((helper == CORINFO_HELP_CHKCASTCLASS) &&
            ((exactCls == nullptr) || (exactCls == gtGetHelperArgClassHandle(op2))))
        {
            // use the special helper that skips the cases checked by our inlined cast
            specialHelper = CORINFO_HELP_CHKCASTCLASS_SPECIAL;
        }
        condTrue = gtNewHelperCallNode(specialHelper, TYP_REF, partialExpand ? op2 : op2Var, gtClone(op1));
    }
    else if (partialExpand)
    {
        condTrue = gtNewHelperCallNode(helper, TYP_REF, op2, gtClone(op1));
    }
    else
    {
        condTrue = gtNewIconNode(0, TYP_REF);
    }

    GenTree* qmarkMT;
    //
    // Generate first QMARK - COLON tree
    //
    //  qmarkMT ==>   GT_QMARK
    //                 /     \.
    //            condMT   GT_COLON
    //                      /     \.
    //                condFalse  condTrue
    //
    temp    = new (this, GT_COLON) GenTreeColon(TYP_REF, condTrue, condFalse);
    qmarkMT = gtNewQmarkNode(TYP_REF, condMT, temp->AsColon());

    if (isCastClass && isClassExact && condTrue->OperIs(GT_CALL))
    {
        if (helper == CORINFO_HELP_CHKCASTCLASS)
        {
            // condTrue is used only for throwing InvalidCastException in case of casting to an exact class.
            condTrue->AsCall()->gtCallMoreFlags |= GTF_CALL_M_DOES_NOT_RETURN;
        }
    }

    GenTree* qmarkNull;
    //
    // Generate second QMARK - COLON tree
    //
    //  qmarkNull ==>  GT_QMARK
    //                 /     \.
    //           condNull  GT_COLON
    //                      /     \.
    //                qmarkMT   op1Copy
    //
    temp      = new (this, GT_COLON) GenTreeColon(TYP_REF, gtClone(op1), qmarkMT);
    qmarkNull = gtNewQmarkNode(TYP_REF, condNull, temp->AsColon());
    qmarkNull->gtFlags |= GTF_QMARK_CAST_INSTOF;

    // Make QMark node a top level node by spilling it.
    unsigned tmp = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("spilling QMark2"));
    impAssignTempGen(tmp, qmarkNull, CHECK_SPILL_NONE);

    // TODO-CQ: Is it possible op1 has a better type?
    //
    // See also gtGetHelperCallClassHandle where we make the same
    // determination for the helper call variants.
    LclVarDsc* lclDsc = lvaGetDesc(tmp);
    assert(lclDsc->lvSingleDef == 0);
    lclDsc->lvSingleDef = 1;
    JITDUMP("Marked V%02u as a single def temp\n", tmp);
    lvaSetClass(tmp, pResolvedToken->hClass);
    return gtNewLclvNode(tmp, TYP_REF);
}

#ifndef DEBUG
#define assertImp(cond) ((void)0)
#else
#define assertImp(cond)                                                                                                \
    do                                                                                                                 \
    {                                                                                                                  \
        if (!(cond))                                                                                                   \
        {                                                                                                              \
            const int cchAssertImpBuf = 600;                                                                           \
            char*     assertImpBuf    = (char*)_alloca(cchAssertImpBuf);                                               \
            _snprintf_s(assertImpBuf, cchAssertImpBuf, cchAssertImpBuf - 1,                                            \
                        "%s : Possibly bad IL with CEE_%s at offset %04Xh (op1=%s op2=%s stkDepth=%d)", #cond,         \
                        impCurOpcName, impCurOpcOffs, op1 ? varTypeName(op1->TypeGet()) : "NULL",                      \
                        op2 ? varTypeName(op2->TypeGet()) : "NULL", verCurrentState.esStackDepth);                     \
            assertAbort(assertImpBuf, __FILE__, __LINE__);                                                             \
        }                                                                                                              \
    } while (0)
#endif // DEBUG

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impBlockIsInALoop: check if a block might be in a loop
//
// Arguments:
//    block - block to check
//
// Returns:
//    true if the block might be in a loop.
//
// Notes:
//    Conservatively correct; may return true for some blocks that are
//    not actually in loops.
//
bool Compiler::impBlockIsInALoop(BasicBlock* block)
{
    return (compIsForInlining() && ((impInlineInfo->iciBlock->bbFlags & BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP) != 0)) ||
           ((block->bbFlags & BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP) != 0);
}

#ifdef _PREFAST_
#pragma warning(push)
#pragma warning(disable : 21000) // Suppress PREFast warning about overly large function
#endif
/*****************************************************************************
 *  Import the instr for the given basic block
 */
void Compiler::impImportBlockCode(BasicBlock* block)
{
#define _impResolveToken(kind) impResolveToken(codeAddr, &resolvedToken, kind)

#ifdef DEBUG

    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\nImporting " FMT_BB " (PC=%03u) of '%s'", block->bbNum, block->bbCodeOffs, info.compFullName);
    }
#endif

    unsigned                     nxtStmtIndex = impInitBlockLineInfo();
    IL_OFFSET                    nxtStmtOffs;
    CorInfoHelpFunc              helper;
    CorInfoIsAccessAllowedResult accessAllowedResult;
    CORINFO_HELPER_DESC          calloutHelper;
    const BYTE*                  lastLoadToken = nullptr;

    /* Get the tree list started */

    impBeginTreeList();

#ifdef FEATURE_ON_STACK_REPLACEMENT

    bool enablePatchpoints = opts.jitFlags->IsSet(JitFlags::JIT_FLAG_TIER0) && (JitConfig.TC_OnStackReplacement() > 0);

#ifdef DEBUG

    // Optionally suppress patchpoints by method hash
    //
    static ConfigMethodRange JitEnablePatchpointRange;
    JitEnablePatchpointRange.EnsureInit(JitConfig.JitEnablePatchpointRange());
    const unsigned hash    = impInlineRoot()->info.compMethodHash();
    const bool     inRange = JitEnablePatchpointRange.Contains(hash);
    enablePatchpoints &= inRange;

#endif // DEBUG

    if (enablePatchpoints)
    {
        // We don't inline at Tier0, if we do, we may need rethink our approach.
        // Could probably support inlines that don't introduce flow.
        //
        assert(!compIsForInlining());

        // OSR is not yet supported for methods with explicit tail calls.
        //
        // But we also do not have to switch these methods to be optimized, as we should be
        // able to avoid getting trapped in Tier0 code by normal call counting.
        // So instead, just suppress adding patchpoints.
        //
        if (!compTailPrefixSeen)
        {
            // We only need to add patchpoints if the method can loop.
            //
            if (compHasBackwardJump)
            {
                assert(compCanHavePatchpoints());

                // By default we use the "adaptive" strategy.
                //
                // This can create both source and target patchpoints within a given
                // loop structure, which isn't ideal, but is not incorrect. We will
                // just have some extra Tier0 overhead.
                //
                // Todo: implement support for mid-block patchpoints. If `block`
                // is truly a backedge source (and not in a handler) then we should be
                // able to find a stack empty point somewhere in the block.
                //
                const int patchpointStrategy      = JitConfig.TC_PatchpointStrategy();
                bool      addPatchpoint           = false;
                bool      mustUseTargetPatchpoint = false;

                switch (patchpointStrategy)
                {
                    default:
                    {
                        // Patchpoints at backedge sources, if possible, otherwise targets.
                        //
                        addPatchpoint = ((block->bbFlags & BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP_SOURCE) == BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP_SOURCE);
                        mustUseTargetPatchpoint = (verCurrentState.esStackDepth != 0) || block->hasHndIndex();
                        break;
                    }

                    case 1:
                    {
                        // Patchpoints at stackempty backedge targets.
                        // Note if we have loops where the IL stack is not empty on the backedge we can't patchpoint
                        // them.
                        //
                        // We should not have allowed OSR if there were backedges in handlers.
                        //
                        assert(!block->hasHndIndex());
                        addPatchpoint = ((block->bbFlags & BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP_TARGET) == BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP_TARGET) &&
                                        (verCurrentState.esStackDepth == 0);
                        break;
                    }

                    case 2:
                    {
                        // Adaptive strategy.
                        //
                        // Patchpoints at backedge targets if there are multiple backedges,
                        // otherwise at backedge sources, if possible. Note a block can be both; if so we
                        // just need one patchpoint.
                        //
                        if ((block->bbFlags & BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP_TARGET) == BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP_TARGET)
                        {
                            // We don't know backedge count, so just use ref count.
                            //
                            addPatchpoint = (block->bbRefs > 1) && (verCurrentState.esStackDepth == 0);
                        }

                        if (!addPatchpoint && ((block->bbFlags & BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP_SOURCE) == BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP_SOURCE))
                        {
                            addPatchpoint           = true;
                            mustUseTargetPatchpoint = (verCurrentState.esStackDepth != 0) || block->hasHndIndex();

                            // Also force target patchpoint if target block has multiple (backedge) preds.
                            //
                            if (!mustUseTargetPatchpoint)
                            {
                                for (BasicBlock* const succBlock : block->Succs(this))
                                {
                                    if ((succBlock->bbNum <= block->bbNum) && (succBlock->bbRefs > 1))
                                    {
                                        mustUseTargetPatchpoint = true;
                                        break;
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                        }
                        break;
                    }
                }

                if (addPatchpoint)
                {
                    if (mustUseTargetPatchpoint)
                    {
                        // We wanted a source patchpoint, but could not have one.
                        // So, add patchpoints to the backedge targets.
                        //
                        for (BasicBlock* const succBlock : block->Succs(this))
                        {
                            if (succBlock->bbNum <= block->bbNum)
                            {
                                // The succBlock had better agree it's a target.
                                //
                                assert((succBlock->bbFlags & BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP_TARGET) == BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP_TARGET);

                                // We may already have decided to put a patchpoint in succBlock. If not, add one.
                                //
                                if ((succBlock->bbFlags & BBF_PATCHPOINT) != 0)
                                {
                                    // In some cases the target may not be stack-empty at entry.
                                    // If so, we will bypass patchpoints for this backedge.
                                    //
                                    if (succBlock->bbStackDepthOnEntry() > 0)
                                    {
                                        JITDUMP("\nCan't set source patchpoint at " FMT_BB ", can't use target " FMT_BB
                                                " as it has non-empty stack on entry.\n",
                                                block->bbNum, succBlock->bbNum);
                                    }
                                    else
                                    {
                                        JITDUMP("\nCan't set source patchpoint at " FMT_BB ", using target " FMT_BB
                                                " instead\n",
                                                block->bbNum, succBlock->bbNum);

                                        assert(!succBlock->hasHndIndex());
                                        succBlock->bbFlags |= BBF_PATCHPOINT;
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                        }
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        assert(!block->hasHndIndex());
                        block->bbFlags |= BBF_PATCHPOINT;
                    }

                    setMethodHasPatchpoint();
                }
            }
            else
            {
                // Should not see backward branch targets w/o backwards branches.
                // So if !compHasBackwardsBranch, these flags should never be set.
                //
                assert((block->bbFlags & (BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP_TARGET | BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP_SOURCE)) == 0);
            }
        }

#ifdef DEBUG
        // As a stress test, we can place patchpoints at the start of any block
        // that is a stack empty point and is not within a handler.
        //
        // Todo: enable for mid-block stack empty points too.
        //
        const int  offsetOSR    = JitConfig.JitOffsetOnStackReplacement();
        const int  randomOSR    = JitConfig.JitRandomOnStackReplacement();
        const bool tryOffsetOSR = offsetOSR >= 0;
        const bool tryRandomOSR = randomOSR > 0;

        if (compCanHavePatchpoints() && (tryOffsetOSR || tryRandomOSR) && (verCurrentState.esStackDepth == 0) &&
            !block->hasHndIndex() && ((block->bbFlags & BBF_PATCHPOINT) == 0))
        {
            // Block start can have a patchpoint. See if we should add one.
            //
            bool addPatchpoint = false;

            // Specific offset?
            //
            if (tryOffsetOSR)
            {
                if (impCurOpcOffs == (unsigned)offsetOSR)
                {
                    addPatchpoint = true;
                }
            }
            // Random?
            //
            else
            {
                // Reuse the random inliner's random state.
                // Note m_inlineStrategy is always created, even if we're not inlining.
                //
                CLRRandom* const random      = impInlineRoot()->m_inlineStrategy->GetRandom(randomOSR);
                const int        randomValue = (int)random->Next(100);

                addPatchpoint = (randomValue < randomOSR);
            }

            if (addPatchpoint)
            {
                block->bbFlags |= BBF_PATCHPOINT;
                setMethodHasPatchpoint();
            }

            JITDUMP("\n** %s patchpoint%s added to " FMT_BB " (il offset %u)\n", tryOffsetOSR ? "offset" : "random",
                    addPatchpoint ? "" : " not", block->bbNum, impCurOpcOffs);
        }

#endif // DEBUG
    }

    // Mark stack-empty rare blocks to be considered for partial compilation.
    //
    // Ideally these are conditionally executed blocks -- if the method is going
    // to unconditionally throw, there's not as much to be gained by deferring jitting.
    // For now, we just screen out the entry bb.
    //
    // In general we might want track all the IL stack empty points so we can
    // propagate rareness back through flow and place the partial compilation patchpoints "earlier"
    // so there are fewer overall.
    //
    // Note unlike OSR, it's ok to forgo these.
    //
    // Todo: stress mode...
    //
    if (opts.jitFlags->IsSet(JitFlags::JIT_FLAG_TIER0) && (JitConfig.TC_PartialCompilation() > 0) &&
        compCanHavePatchpoints() && !compTailPrefixSeen)
    {
        // Is this block a good place for partial compilation?
        //
        if ((block != fgFirstBB) && block->isRunRarely() && (verCurrentState.esStackDepth == 0) &&
            ((block->bbFlags & BBF_PATCHPOINT) == 0) && !block->hasHndIndex())
        {
            JITDUMP("\nBlock " FMT_BB " will be a partial compilation patchpoint -- not importing\n", block->bbNum);
            block->bbFlags |= BBF_PARTIAL_COMPILATION_PATCHPOINT;
            setMethodHasPartialCompilationPatchpoint();

            // Change block to BBJ_THROW so we won't trigger importation of successors.
            //
            block->bbJumpKind = BBJ_THROW;

            // If this method has a explicit generic context, the only uses of it may be in
            // the IL for this block. So assume it's used.
            //
            if (info.compMethodInfo->options &
                (CORINFO_GENERICS_CTXT_FROM_METHODDESC | CORINFO_GENERICS_CTXT_FROM_METHODTABLE))
            {
                lvaGenericsContextInUse = true;
            }

            return;
        }
    }

#endif // FEATURE_ON_STACK_REPLACEMENT

    /* Walk the opcodes that comprise the basic block */

    const BYTE* codeAddr = info.compCode + block->bbCodeOffs;
    const BYTE* codeEndp = info.compCode + block->bbCodeOffsEnd;

    IL_OFFSET opcodeOffs    = block->bbCodeOffs;
    IL_OFFSET lastSpillOffs = opcodeOffs;

    signed jmpDist;

    /* remember the start of the delegate creation sequence (used for verification) */
    const BYTE* delegateCreateStart = nullptr;

    int  prefixFlags = 0;
    bool explicitTailCall, constraintCall, readonlyCall;

    typeInfo tiRetVal;

    unsigned numArgs = info.compArgsCount;

    /* Now process all the opcodes in the block */

    var_types callTyp    = TYP_COUNT;
    OPCODE    prevOpcode = CEE_ILLEGAL;

    if (block->bbCatchTyp)
    {
        if (info.compStmtOffsetsImplicit & ICorDebugInfo::CALL_SITE_BOUNDARIES)
        {
            impCurStmtOffsSet(block->bbCodeOffs);
        }

        // We will spill the GT_CATCH_ARG and the input of the BB_QMARK block
        // to a temp. This is a trade off for code simplicity
        impSpillSpecialSideEff();
    }

    while (codeAddr < codeEndp)
    {
#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
        bool usingReadyToRunHelper = false;
#endif
        CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN resolvedToken;
        CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN constrainedResolvedToken = {};
        CORINFO_CALL_INFO      callInfo;
        CORINFO_FIELD_INFO     fieldInfo;

        tiRetVal = typeInfo(); // Default type info

        //---------------------------------------------------------------------

        /* We need to restrict the max tree depth as many of the Compiler
           functions are recursive. We do this by spilling the stack */

        if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth)
        {
            /* Has it been a while since we last saw a non-empty stack (which
               guarantees that the tree depth isnt accumulating. */

            if ((opcodeOffs - lastSpillOffs) > MAX_TREE_SIZE && impCanSpillNow(prevOpcode))
            {
                impSpillStackEnsure();
                lastSpillOffs = opcodeOffs;
            }
        }
        else
        {
            lastSpillOffs   = opcodeOffs;
            impBoxTempInUse = false; // nothing on the stack, box temp OK to use again
        }

        /* Compute the current instr offset */

        opcodeOffs = (IL_OFFSET)(codeAddr - info.compCode);

#ifndef DEBUG
        if (opts.compDbgInfo)
#endif
        {
            nxtStmtOffs =
                (nxtStmtIndex < info.compStmtOffsetsCount) ? info.compStmtOffsets[nxtStmtIndex] : BAD_IL_OFFSET;

            /* Have we reached the next stmt boundary ? */

            if (nxtStmtOffs != BAD_IL_OFFSET && opcodeOffs >= nxtStmtOffs)
            {
                assert(nxtStmtOffs == info.compStmtOffsets[nxtStmtIndex]);

                if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth != 0 && opts.compDbgCode)
                {
                    /* We need to provide accurate IP-mapping at this point.
                       So spill anything on the stack so that it will form
                       gtStmts with the correct stmt offset noted */

                    impSpillStackEnsure(true);
                }

                // Have we reported debug info for any tree?

                if (impCurStmtDI.IsValid() && opts.compDbgCode)
                {
                    GenTree* placeHolder = new (this, GT_NO_OP) GenTree(GT_NO_OP, TYP_VOID);
                    impAppendTree(placeHolder, CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);

                    assert(!impCurStmtDI.IsValid());
                }

                if (!impCurStmtDI.IsValid())
                {
                    /* Make sure that nxtStmtIndex is in sync with opcodeOffs.
                       If opcodeOffs has gone past nxtStmtIndex, catch up */

                    while ((nxtStmtIndex + 1) < info.compStmtOffsetsCount &&
                           info.compStmtOffsets[nxtStmtIndex + 1] <= opcodeOffs)
                    {
                        nxtStmtIndex++;
                    }

                    /* Go to the new stmt */

                    impCurStmtOffsSet(info.compStmtOffsets[nxtStmtIndex]);

                    /* Update the stmt boundary index */

                    nxtStmtIndex++;
                    assert(nxtStmtIndex <= info.compStmtOffsetsCount);

                    /* Are there any more line# entries after this one? */

                    if (nxtStmtIndex < info.compStmtOffsetsCount)
                    {
                        /* Remember where the next line# starts */

                        nxtStmtOffs = info.compStmtOffsets[nxtStmtIndex];
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        /* No more line# entries */

                        nxtStmtOffs = BAD_IL_OFFSET;
                    }
                }
            }
            else if ((info.compStmtOffsetsImplicit & ICorDebugInfo::STACK_EMPTY_BOUNDARIES) &&
                     (verCurrentState.esStackDepth == 0))
            {
                /* At stack-empty locations, we have already added the tree to
                   the stmt list with the last offset. We just need to update
                   impCurStmtDI
                 */

                impCurStmtOffsSet(opcodeOffs);
            }
            else if ((info.compStmtOffsetsImplicit & ICorDebugInfo::CALL_SITE_BOUNDARIES) &&
                     impOpcodeIsCallSiteBoundary(prevOpcode))
            {
                /* Make sure we have a type cached */
                assert(callTyp != TYP_COUNT);

                if (callTyp == TYP_VOID)
                {
                    impCurStmtOffsSet(opcodeOffs);
                }
                else if (opts.compDbgCode)
                {
                    impSpillStackEnsure(true);
                    impCurStmtOffsSet(opcodeOffs);
                }
            }
            else if ((info.compStmtOffsetsImplicit & ICorDebugInfo::NOP_BOUNDARIES) && (prevOpcode == CEE_NOP))
            {
                if (opts.compDbgCode)
                {
                    impSpillStackEnsure(true);
                }

                impCurStmtOffsSet(opcodeOffs);
            }

            assert(!impCurStmtDI.IsValid() || (nxtStmtOffs == BAD_IL_OFFSET) ||
                   (impCurStmtDI.GetLocation().GetOffset() <= nxtStmtOffs));
        }

        CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE clsHnd       = DUMMY_INIT(NULL);
        CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE ldelemClsHnd = NO_CLASS_HANDLE;
        CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE stelemClsHnd = DUMMY_INIT(NULL);

        var_types lclTyp, ovflType = TYP_UNKNOWN;
        GenTree*  op1           = DUMMY_INIT(NULL);
        GenTree*  op2           = DUMMY_INIT(NULL);
        GenTree*  newObjThisPtr = DUMMY_INIT(NULL);
        bool      uns           = DUMMY_INIT(false);
        bool      isLocal       = false;

        /* Get the next opcode and the size of its parameters */

        OPCODE opcode = (OPCODE)getU1LittleEndian(codeAddr);
        codeAddr += sizeof(__int8);

#ifdef DEBUG
        impCurOpcOffs = (IL_OFFSET)(codeAddr - info.compCode - 1);
        JITDUMP("\n    [%2u] %3u (0x%03x) ", verCurrentState.esStackDepth, impCurOpcOffs, impCurOpcOffs);
#endif

    DECODE_OPCODE:

        // Return if any previous code has caused inline to fail.
        if (compDonotInline())
        {
            return;
        }

        /* Get the size of additional parameters */

        signed int sz = opcodeSizes[opcode];

#ifdef DEBUG
        clsHnd  = NO_CLASS_HANDLE;
        lclTyp  = TYP_COUNT;
        callTyp = TYP_COUNT;

        impCurOpcOffs = (IL_OFFSET)(codeAddr - info.compCode - 1);
        impCurOpcName = opcodeNames[opcode];

        if (verbose && (opcode != CEE_PREFIX1))
        {
            printf("%s", impCurOpcName);
        }

        /* Use assertImp() to display the opcode */

        op1 = op2 = nullptr;
#endif

        /* See what kind of an opcode we have, then */

        unsigned mflags   = 0;
        unsigned clsFlags = 0;

        switch (opcode)
        {
            unsigned  lclNum;
            var_types type;

            GenTree*   op3;
            genTreeOps oper;
            unsigned   size;

            int val;

            CORINFO_SIG_INFO     sig;
            IL_OFFSET            jmpAddr;
            bool                 ovfl, unordered, callNode;
            CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE tokenType;

            union {
                int     intVal;
                float   fltVal;
                __int64 lngVal;
                double  dblVal;
            } cval;

            case CEE_PREFIX1:
                opcode     = (OPCODE)(getU1LittleEndian(codeAddr) + 256);
                opcodeOffs = (IL_OFFSET)(codeAddr - info.compCode);
                codeAddr += sizeof(__int8);
                goto DECODE_OPCODE;

            SPILL_APPEND:
                impAppendTree(op1, CHECK_SPILL_ALL, impCurStmtDI);
                goto DONE_APPEND;

            APPEND:
                impAppendTree(op1, CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);
                goto DONE_APPEND;

            DONE_APPEND:
#ifdef DEBUG
                // Remember at which BC offset the tree was finished
                impNoteLastILoffs();
#endif
                break;

            case CEE_LDNULL:
                impPushNullObjRefOnStack();
                break;

            case CEE_LDC_I4_M1:
            case CEE_LDC_I4_0:
            case CEE_LDC_I4_1:
            case CEE_LDC_I4_2:
            case CEE_LDC_I4_3:
            case CEE_LDC_I4_4:
            case CEE_LDC_I4_5:
            case CEE_LDC_I4_6:
            case CEE_LDC_I4_7:
            case CEE_LDC_I4_8:
                cval.intVal = (opcode - CEE_LDC_I4_0);
                assert(-1 <= cval.intVal && cval.intVal <= 8);
                goto PUSH_I4CON;

            case CEE_LDC_I4_S:
                cval.intVal = getI1LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                goto PUSH_I4CON;
            case CEE_LDC_I4:
                cval.intVal = getI4LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                goto PUSH_I4CON;
            PUSH_I4CON:
                JITDUMP(" %d", cval.intVal);
                impPushOnStack(gtNewIconNode(cval.intVal), typeInfo(TI_INT));
                break;

            case CEE_LDC_I8:
                cval.lngVal = getI8LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                JITDUMP(" 0x%016llx", cval.lngVal);
                impPushOnStack(gtNewLconNode(cval.lngVal), typeInfo(TI_LONG));
                break;

            case CEE_LDC_R8:
                cval.dblVal = getR8LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                JITDUMP(" %#.17g", cval.dblVal);
                impPushOnStack(gtNewDconNode(cval.dblVal), typeInfo(TI_DOUBLE));
                break;

            case CEE_LDC_R4:
                cval.dblVal = getR4LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                JITDUMP(" %#.17g", cval.dblVal);
                impPushOnStack(gtNewDconNode(cval.dblVal, TYP_FLOAT), typeInfo(TI_DOUBLE));
                break;

            case CEE_LDSTR:
                val = getU4LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                JITDUMP(" %08X", val);
                impPushOnStack(gtNewSconNode(val, info.compScopeHnd), tiRetVal);
                break;

            case CEE_LDARG:
                lclNum = getU2LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                JITDUMP(" %u", lclNum);
                impLoadArg(lclNum, opcodeOffs + sz + 1);
                break;

            case CEE_LDARG_S:
                lclNum = getU1LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                JITDUMP(" %u", lclNum);
                impLoadArg(lclNum, opcodeOffs + sz + 1);
                break;

            case CEE_LDARG_0:
            case CEE_LDARG_1:
            case CEE_LDARG_2:
            case CEE_LDARG_3:
                lclNum = (opcode - CEE_LDARG_0);
                assert(lclNum >= 0 && lclNum < 4);
                impLoadArg(lclNum, opcodeOffs + sz + 1);
                break;

            case CEE_LDLOC:
                lclNum = getU2LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                JITDUMP(" %u", lclNum);
                impLoadLoc(lclNum, opcodeOffs + sz + 1);
                break;

            case CEE_LDLOC_S:
                lclNum = getU1LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                JITDUMP(" %u", lclNum);
                impLoadLoc(lclNum, opcodeOffs + sz + 1);
                break;

            case CEE_LDLOC_0:
            case CEE_LDLOC_1:
            case CEE_LDLOC_2:
            case CEE_LDLOC_3:
                lclNum = (opcode - CEE_LDLOC_0);
                assert(lclNum >= 0 && lclNum < 4);
                impLoadLoc(lclNum, opcodeOffs + sz + 1);
                break;

            case CEE_STARG:
                lclNum = getU2LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                goto STARG;

            case CEE_STARG_S:
                lclNum = getU1LittleEndian(codeAddr);
            STARG:
                JITDUMP(" %u", lclNum);

                if (compIsForInlining())
                {
                    op1 = impInlineFetchArg(lclNum, impInlineInfo->inlArgInfo, impInlineInfo->lclVarInfo);
                    noway_assert(op1->gtOper == GT_LCL_VAR);
                    lclNum = op1->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum();

                    goto VAR_ST_VALID;
                }

                lclNum = compMapILargNum(lclNum); // account for possible hidden param
                assertImp(lclNum < numArgs);

                if (lclNum == info.compThisArg)
                {
                    lclNum = lvaArg0Var;
                }

                // We should have seen this arg write in the prescan
                assert(lvaTable[lclNum].lvHasILStoreOp);

                goto VAR_ST;

            case CEE_STLOC:
                lclNum  = getU2LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                isLocal = true;
                JITDUMP(" %u", lclNum);
                goto LOC_ST;

            case CEE_STLOC_S:
                lclNum  = getU1LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                isLocal = true;
                JITDUMP(" %u", lclNum);
                goto LOC_ST;

            case CEE_STLOC_0:
            case CEE_STLOC_1:
            case CEE_STLOC_2:
            case CEE_STLOC_3:
                isLocal = true;
                lclNum  = (opcode - CEE_STLOC_0);
                assert(lclNum >= 0 && lclNum < 4);

            LOC_ST:
                if (compIsForInlining())
                {
                    lclTyp = impInlineInfo->lclVarInfo[lclNum + impInlineInfo->argCnt].lclTypeInfo;

                    /* Have we allocated a temp for this local? */

                    lclNum = impInlineFetchLocal(lclNum DEBUGARG("Inline stloc first use temp"));

                    goto _PopValue;
                }

                lclNum += numArgs;

            VAR_ST:

                if (lclNum >= info.compLocalsCount && lclNum != lvaArg0Var)
                {
                    BADCODE("Bad IL");
                }

            VAR_ST_VALID:

                /* if it is a struct assignment, make certain we don't overflow the buffer */
                assert(lclTyp != TYP_STRUCT || lvaLclSize(lclNum) >= info.compCompHnd->getClassSize(clsHnd));

                if (lvaTable[lclNum].lvNormalizeOnLoad())
                {
                    lclTyp = lvaGetRealType(lclNum);
                }
                else
                {
                    lclTyp = lvaGetActualType(lclNum);
                }

            _PopValue:
                /* Pop the value being assigned */

                {
                    StackEntry se = impPopStack();
                    clsHnd        = se.seTypeInfo.GetClassHandle();
                    op1           = se.val;
                    tiRetVal      = se.seTypeInfo;
                }

#ifdef FEATURE_SIMD
                if (varTypeIsSIMD(lclTyp) && (lclTyp != op1->TypeGet()))
                {
                    assert(op1->TypeGet() == TYP_STRUCT);
                    op1->gtType = lclTyp;
                }
#endif // FEATURE_SIMD

                op1 = impImplicitIorI4Cast(op1, lclTyp);

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
                // Downcast the TYP_I_IMPL into a 32-bit Int for x86 JIT compatibility
                if (varTypeIsI(op1->TypeGet()) && (genActualType(lclTyp) == TYP_INT))
                {
                    op1 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_INT, op1, false, TYP_INT);
                }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT

                // We had better assign it a value of the correct type
                assertImp(
                    genActualType(lclTyp) == genActualType(op1->gtType) ||
                    (genActualType(lclTyp) == TYP_I_IMPL && op1->IsLocalAddrExpr() != nullptr) ||
                    (genActualType(lclTyp) == TYP_I_IMPL && (op1->gtType == TYP_BYREF || op1->gtType == TYP_REF)) ||
                    (genActualType(op1->gtType) == TYP_I_IMPL && lclTyp == TYP_BYREF) ||
                    (varTypeIsFloating(lclTyp) && varTypeIsFloating(op1->TypeGet())) ||
                    ((genActualType(lclTyp) == TYP_BYREF) && genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) == TYP_REF));

                /* If op1 is "&var" then its type is the transient "*" and it can
                   be used either as TYP_BYREF or TYP_I_IMPL */

                if (op1->IsLocalAddrExpr() != nullptr)
                {
                    assertImp(genActualType(lclTyp) == TYP_I_IMPL || lclTyp == TYP_BYREF);

                    /* When "&var" is created, we assume it is a byref. If it is
                       being assigned to a TYP_I_IMPL var, change the type to
                       prevent unnecessary GC info */

                    if (genActualType(lclTyp) == TYP_I_IMPL)
                    {
                        op1->gtType = TYP_I_IMPL;
                    }
                }

                // If this is a local and the local is a ref type, see
                // if we can improve type information based on the
                // value being assigned.
                if (isLocal && (lclTyp == TYP_REF))
                {
                    // We should have seen a stloc in our IL prescan.
                    assert(lvaTable[lclNum].lvHasILStoreOp);

                    // Is there just one place this local is defined?
                    const bool isSingleDefLocal = lvaTable[lclNum].lvSingleDef;

                    // Conservative check that there is just one
                    // definition that reaches this store.
                    const bool hasSingleReachingDef = (block->bbStackDepthOnEntry() == 0);

                    if (isSingleDefLocal && hasSingleReachingDef)
                    {
                        lvaUpdateClass(lclNum, op1, clsHnd);
                    }
                }

                /* Filter out simple assignments to itself */

                if (op1->gtOper == GT_LCL_VAR && lclNum == op1->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum())
                {
                    if (opts.compDbgCode)
                    {
                        op1 = gtNewNothingNode();
                        goto SPILL_APPEND;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        break;
                    }
                }

                op2 = gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, lclTyp DEBUGARG(opcodeOffs + sz + 1));

                // Stores to pinned locals can have the implicit side effect of "unpinning", so we must spill
                // things that could depend on the pin. TODO-Bug: which can actually be anything, including
                // unpinned unaliased locals, not just side-effecting trees.
                if (lvaTable[lclNum].lvPinned)
                {
                    impSpillSideEffects(false, CHECK_SPILL_ALL DEBUGARG("Spill before store to pinned local"));
                }

                // We can generate an assignment to a TYP_FLOAT from a TYP_DOUBLE
                // We insert a cast to the dest 'op2' type
                //
                if ((op1->TypeGet() != op2->TypeGet()) && varTypeIsFloating(op1->gtType) &&
                    varTypeIsFloating(op2->gtType))
                {
                    op1 = gtNewCastNode(op2->TypeGet(), op1, false, op2->TypeGet());
                }

                if (varTypeIsStruct(lclTyp))
                {
                    op1 = impAssignStruct(op2, op1, clsHnd, CHECK_SPILL_ALL);
                }
                else
                {
                    op1 = gtNewAssignNode(op2, op1);
                }
                goto SPILL_APPEND;

            case CEE_LDLOCA:
                lclNum = getU2LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                goto LDLOCA;

            case CEE_LDLOCA_S:
                lclNum = getU1LittleEndian(codeAddr);
            LDLOCA:
                JITDUMP(" %u", lclNum);

                if (compIsForInlining())
                {
                    // Get the local type
                    lclTyp = impInlineInfo->lclVarInfo[lclNum + impInlineInfo->argCnt].lclTypeInfo;

                    /* Have we allocated a temp for this local? */

                    lclNum = impInlineFetchLocal(lclNum DEBUGARG("Inline ldloca(s) first use temp"));

                    assert(!lvaGetDesc(lclNum)->lvNormalizeOnLoad());
                    op1 = gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, lvaGetActualType(lclNum));

                    goto _PUSH_ADRVAR;
                }

                lclNum += numArgs;
                assertImp(lclNum < info.compLocalsCount);
                goto ADRVAR;

            case CEE_LDARGA:
                lclNum = getU2LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                goto LDARGA;

            case CEE_LDARGA_S:
                lclNum = getU1LittleEndian(codeAddr);
            LDARGA:
                JITDUMP(" %u", lclNum);
                Verify(lclNum < info.compILargsCount, "bad arg num");

                if (compIsForInlining())
                {
                    // In IL, LDARGA(_S) is used to load the byref managed pointer of struct argument,
                    // followed by a ldfld to load the field.

                    op1 = impInlineFetchArg(lclNum, impInlineInfo->inlArgInfo, impInlineInfo->lclVarInfo);
                    if (op1->gtOper != GT_LCL_VAR)
                    {
                        compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_LDARGA_NOT_LOCAL_VAR);
                        return;
                    }

                    assert(op1->gtOper == GT_LCL_VAR);

                    goto _PUSH_ADRVAR;
                }

                lclNum = compMapILargNum(lclNum); // account for possible hidden param
                assertImp(lclNum < numArgs);

                if (lclNum == info.compThisArg)
                {
                    lclNum = lvaArg0Var;
                }

                goto ADRVAR;

            ADRVAR:

                op1 = impCreateLocalNode(lclNum DEBUGARG(opcodeOffs + sz + 1));

            _PUSH_ADRVAR:
                assert(op1->gtOper == GT_LCL_VAR);

                /* Note that this is supposed to create the transient type "*"
                   which may be used as a TYP_I_IMPL. However we catch places
                   where it is used as a TYP_I_IMPL and change the node if needed.
                   Thus we are pessimistic and may report byrefs in the GC info
                   where it was not absolutely needed, but it is safer this way.
                 */
                op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_BYREF, op1);

                // &aliasedVar doesnt need GTF_GLOB_REF, though alisasedVar does
                assert((op1->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_REF) == 0);

                tiRetVal = typeInfo(TI_BYTE).MakeByRef();
                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                break;

            case CEE_ARGLIST:

                if (!info.compIsVarArgs)
                {
                    BADCODE("arglist in non-vararg method");
                }

                assertImp((info.compMethodInfo->args.callConv & CORINFO_CALLCONV_MASK) == CORINFO_CALLCONV_VARARG);

                /* The ARGLIST cookie is a hidden 'last' parameter, we have already
                   adjusted the arg count cos this is like fetching the last param */
                assertImp(0 < numArgs);
                lclNum = lvaVarargsHandleArg;
                op1    = gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, TYP_I_IMPL DEBUGARG(opcodeOffs + sz + 1));
                op1    = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_BYREF, op1);
                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                break;

            case CEE_ENDFINALLY:

                if (compIsForInlining())
                {
                    assert(!"Shouldn't have exception handlers in the inliner!");
                    compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLEE_HAS_ENDFINALLY);
                    return;
                }

                if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth > 0)
                {
                    impEvalSideEffects();
                }

                if (info.compXcptnsCount == 0)
                {
                    BADCODE("endfinally outside finally");
                }

                assert(verCurrentState.esStackDepth == 0);

                op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_RETFILT, TYP_VOID, nullptr);
                goto APPEND;

            case CEE_ENDFILTER:

                if (compIsForInlining())
                {
                    assert(!"Shouldn't have exception handlers in the inliner!");
                    compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLEE_HAS_ENDFILTER);
                    return;
                }

                block->bbSetRunRarely(); // filters are rare

                if (info.compXcptnsCount == 0)
                {
                    BADCODE("endfilter outside filter");
                }

                op1 = impPopStack().val;
                assertImp(op1->gtType == TYP_INT);
                if (!bbInFilterILRange(block))
                {
                    BADCODE("EndFilter outside a filter handler");
                }

                /* Mark current bb as end of filter */

                assert(compCurBB->bbFlags & BBF_DONT_REMOVE);
                assert(compCurBB->bbJumpKind == BBJ_EHFILTERRET);

                /* Mark catch handler as successor */

                op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_RETFILT, op1->TypeGet(), op1);
                if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth != 0)
                {
                    verRaiseVerifyException(INDEBUG("stack must be 1 on end of filter") DEBUGARG(__FILE__)
                                                DEBUGARG(__LINE__));
                }
                goto APPEND;

            case CEE_RET:
                prefixFlags &= ~PREFIX_TAILCALL; // ret without call before it
            RET:
                if (!impReturnInstruction(prefixFlags, opcode))
                {
                    return; // abort
                }
                else
                {
                    break;
                }

            case CEE_JMP:

                assert(!compIsForInlining());

                if ((info.compFlags & CORINFO_FLG_SYNCH) || block->hasTryIndex() || block->hasHndIndex())
                {
                    /* CEE_JMP does not make sense in some "protected" regions. */

                    BADCODE("Jmp not allowed in protected region");
                }

                if (opts.IsReversePInvoke())
                {
                    BADCODE("Jmp not allowed in reverse P/Invoke");
                }

                if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth != 0)
                {
                    BADCODE("Stack must be empty after CEE_JMPs");
                }

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Method);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                /* The signature of the target has to be identical to ours.
                   At least check that argCnt and returnType match */

                eeGetMethodSig(resolvedToken.hMethod, &sig);
                if (sig.numArgs != info.compMethodInfo->args.numArgs ||
                    sig.retType != info.compMethodInfo->args.retType ||
                    sig.callConv != info.compMethodInfo->args.callConv)
                {
                    BADCODE("Incompatible target for CEE_JMPs");
                }

                op1 = new (this, GT_JMP) GenTreeVal(GT_JMP, TYP_VOID, (size_t)resolvedToken.hMethod);

                /* Mark the basic block as being a JUMP instead of RETURN */

                block->bbFlags |= BBF_HAS_JMP;

                /* Set this flag to make sure register arguments have a location assigned
                 * even if we don't use them inside the method */

                compJmpOpUsed = true;

                fgNoStructPromotion = true;

                goto APPEND;

            case CEE_LDELEMA:
            {
                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                ldelemClsHnd = resolvedToken.hClass;
                lclTyp       = JITtype2varType(info.compCompHnd->asCorInfoType(ldelemClsHnd));

                // If it's a value class / pointer array, or a readonly access, we don't need a type check.
                // TODO-CQ: adapt "impCanSkipCovariantStoreCheck" to handle "ldelema"s and call it here to
                // skip using the helper in more cases.
                if ((lclTyp != TYP_REF) || ((prefixFlags & PREFIX_READONLY) != 0))
                {
                    goto ARR_LD;
                }

                // Otherwise we need the full helper function with run-time type check
                GenTree* type = impTokenToHandle(&resolvedToken);
                if (type == nullptr)
                {
                    assert(compDonotInline());
                    return;
                }

                GenTree* index = impPopStack().val;
                GenTree* arr   = impPopStack().val;

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
                // The CLI Spec allows an array to be indexed by either an int32 or a native int.
                // The array helper takes a native int for array length.
                // So if we have an int, explicitly extend it to be a native int.
                if (genActualType(index->TypeGet()) != TYP_I_IMPL)
                {
                    if (index->IsIntegralConst())
                    {
                        index->gtType = TYP_I_IMPL;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        bool isUnsigned = false;
                        index           = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, index, isUnsigned, TYP_I_IMPL);
                    }
                }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT

                op1 = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_LDELEMA_REF, TYP_BYREF, arr, index, type);
                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
            }
            break;

            // ldelem for reference and value types
            case CEE_LDELEM:
                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                ldelemClsHnd = resolvedToken.hClass;
                lclTyp       = JITtype2varType(info.compCompHnd->asCorInfoType(ldelemClsHnd));
                tiRetVal     = verMakeTypeInfo(ldelemClsHnd);
                tiRetVal.NormaliseForStack();
                goto ARR_LD;

            case CEE_LDELEM_I1:
                lclTyp = TYP_BYTE;
                goto ARR_LD;
            case CEE_LDELEM_I2:
                lclTyp = TYP_SHORT;
                goto ARR_LD;
            case CEE_LDELEM_I:
                lclTyp = TYP_I_IMPL;
                goto ARR_LD;
            case CEE_LDELEM_U4:
                lclTyp = TYP_INT;
                goto ARR_LD;
            case CEE_LDELEM_I4:
                lclTyp = TYP_INT;
                goto ARR_LD;
            case CEE_LDELEM_I8:
                lclTyp = TYP_LONG;
                goto ARR_LD;
            case CEE_LDELEM_REF:
                lclTyp = TYP_REF;
                goto ARR_LD;
            case CEE_LDELEM_R4:
                lclTyp = TYP_FLOAT;
                goto ARR_LD;
            case CEE_LDELEM_R8:
                lclTyp = TYP_DOUBLE;
                goto ARR_LD;
            case CEE_LDELEM_U1:
                lclTyp = TYP_UBYTE;
                goto ARR_LD;
            case CEE_LDELEM_U2:
                lclTyp = TYP_USHORT;
                goto ARR_LD;

            ARR_LD:

                op2 = impPopStack().val; // index
                op1 = impPopStack().val; // array
                assertImp(op1->TypeIs(TYP_REF));

                // Check for null pointer - in the inliner case we simply abort.
                if (compIsForInlining() && op1->IsCnsIntOrI())
                {
                    compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLEE_HAS_NULL_FOR_LDELEM);
                    return;
                }

                // Mark the block as containing an index expression.

                if (op1->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) && op2->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR, GT_CNS_INT, GT_ADD))
                {
                    block->bbFlags |= BBF_HAS_IDX_LEN;
                    optMethodFlags |= OMF_HAS_ARRAYREF;
                }

                op1 = gtNewArrayIndexAddr(op1, op2, lclTyp, ldelemClsHnd);

                if (opcode != CEE_LDELEMA)
                {
                    op1 = gtNewIndexIndir(op1->AsIndexAddr());
                }

                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                break;

            // stelem for reference and value types
            case CEE_STELEM:

                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                stelemClsHnd = resolvedToken.hClass;
                lclTyp       = JITtype2varType(info.compCompHnd->asCorInfoType(stelemClsHnd));

                if (lclTyp != TYP_REF)
                {
                    goto ARR_ST;
                }
                FALLTHROUGH;

            case CEE_STELEM_REF:
            {
                GenTree* value = impStackTop(0).val;
                GenTree* index = impStackTop(1).val;
                GenTree* array = impStackTop(2).val;

                if (opts.OptimizationEnabled())
                {
                    // Is this a case where we can skip the covariant store check?
                    if (impCanSkipCovariantStoreCheck(value, array))
                    {
                        lclTyp = TYP_REF;
                        goto ARR_ST;
                    }
                }

                impPopStack(3);

// Else call a helper function to do the assignment
#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
                // The CLI Spec allows an array to be indexed by either an int32 or a native int.
                // The array helper takes a native int for array length.
                // So if we have an int, explicitly extend it to be a native int.
                if (genActualType(index->TypeGet()) != TYP_I_IMPL)
                {
                    if (index->IsIntegralConst())
                    {
                        index->gtType = TYP_I_IMPL;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        bool isUnsigned = false;
                        index           = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, index, isUnsigned, TYP_I_IMPL);
                    }
                }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT
                op1 = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_ARRADDR_ST, TYP_VOID, array, index, value);
                goto SPILL_APPEND;
            }

            case CEE_STELEM_I1:
                lclTyp = TYP_BYTE;
                goto ARR_ST;
            case CEE_STELEM_I2:
                lclTyp = TYP_SHORT;
                goto ARR_ST;
            case CEE_STELEM_I:
                lclTyp = TYP_I_IMPL;
                goto ARR_ST;
            case CEE_STELEM_I4:
                lclTyp = TYP_INT;
                goto ARR_ST;
            case CEE_STELEM_I8:
                lclTyp = TYP_LONG;
                goto ARR_ST;
            case CEE_STELEM_R4:
                lclTyp = TYP_FLOAT;
                goto ARR_ST;
            case CEE_STELEM_R8:
                lclTyp = TYP_DOUBLE;
                goto ARR_ST;

            ARR_ST:
                // TODO-Review: this comment is no longer correct.
                /* The strict order of evaluation is LHS-operands, RHS-operands,
                   range-check, and then assignment. However, codegen currently
                   does the range-check before evaluation the RHS-operands. So to
                   maintain strict ordering, we spill the stack. */

                if (impStackTop().val->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT)
                {
                    impSpillSideEffects(false,
                                        CHECK_SPILL_ALL DEBUGARG("Strict ordering of exceptions for Array store"));
                }

                // Pull the new value from the stack.
                op2 = impPopStack().val;
                impBashVarAddrsToI(op2);

                // Pull the index value.
                op1 = impPopStack().val;

                // Pull the array address.
                op3 = impPopStack().val;
                assertImp(op3->TypeIs(TYP_REF));

                // Mark the block as containing an index expression
                if (op3->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR) && op1->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR, GT_CNS_INT, GT_ADD))
                {
                    block->bbFlags |= BBF_HAS_IDX_LEN;
                    optMethodFlags |= OMF_HAS_ARRAYREF;
                }

                // Create the index node.
                op1 = gtNewArrayIndexAddr(op3, op1, lclTyp, stelemClsHnd);
                op1 = gtNewIndexIndir(op1->AsIndexAddr());

                // Create the assignment node and append it.
                if (varTypeIsStruct(op1))
                {
                    op1 = impAssignStruct(op1, op2, stelemClsHnd, CHECK_SPILL_ALL);
                }
                else
                {
                    op2 = impImplicitR4orR8Cast(op2, op1->TypeGet());
                    op1 = gtNewAssignNode(op1, op2);
                }
                goto SPILL_APPEND;

            case CEE_ADD:
                oper = GT_ADD;
                goto MATH_OP2;

            case CEE_ADD_OVF:
                uns = false;
                goto ADD_OVF;
            case CEE_ADD_OVF_UN:
                uns = true;
                goto ADD_OVF;

            ADD_OVF:
                ovfl     = true;
                callNode = false;
                oper     = GT_ADD;
                goto MATH_OP2_FLAGS;

            case CEE_SUB:
                oper = GT_SUB;
                goto MATH_OP2;

            case CEE_SUB_OVF:
                uns = false;
                goto SUB_OVF;
            case CEE_SUB_OVF_UN:
                uns = true;
                goto SUB_OVF;

            SUB_OVF:
                ovfl     = true;
                callNode = false;
                oper     = GT_SUB;
                goto MATH_OP2_FLAGS;

            case CEE_MUL:
                oper = GT_MUL;
                goto MATH_MAYBE_CALL_NO_OVF;

            case CEE_MUL_OVF:
                uns = false;
                goto MUL_OVF;
            case CEE_MUL_OVF_UN:
                uns = true;
                goto MUL_OVF;

            MUL_OVF:
                ovfl = true;
                oper = GT_MUL;
                goto MATH_MAYBE_CALL_OVF;

            // Other binary math operations

            case CEE_DIV:
                oper = GT_DIV;
                goto MATH_MAYBE_CALL_NO_OVF;

            case CEE_DIV_UN:
                oper = GT_UDIV;
                goto MATH_MAYBE_CALL_NO_OVF;

            case CEE_REM:
                oper = GT_MOD;
                goto MATH_MAYBE_CALL_NO_OVF;

            case CEE_REM_UN:
                oper = GT_UMOD;
                goto MATH_MAYBE_CALL_NO_OVF;

            MATH_MAYBE_CALL_NO_OVF:
                ovfl = false;
            MATH_MAYBE_CALL_OVF:
                // Morpher has some complex logic about when to turn different
                // typed nodes on different platforms into helper calls. We
                // need to either duplicate that logic here, or just
                // pessimistically make all the nodes large enough to become
                // call nodes.  Since call nodes aren't that much larger and
                // these opcodes are infrequent enough I chose the latter.
                callNode = true;
                goto MATH_OP2_FLAGS;

            case CEE_AND:
                oper = GT_AND;
                goto MATH_OP2;
            case CEE_OR:
                oper = GT_OR;
                goto MATH_OP2;
            case CEE_XOR:
                oper = GT_XOR;
                goto MATH_OP2;

            MATH_OP2: // For default values of 'ovfl' and 'callNode'

                ovfl     = false;
                callNode = false;

            MATH_OP2_FLAGS: // If 'ovfl' and 'callNode' have already been set

                /* Pull two values and push back the result */

                op2 = impPopStack().val;
                op1 = impPopStack().val;

                /* Can't do arithmetic with references */
                assertImp(genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) != TYP_REF && genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) != TYP_REF);

                // Change both to TYP_I_IMPL (impBashVarAddrsToI won't change if its a true byref, only
                // if it is in the stack)
                impBashVarAddrsToI(op1, op2);

                type = impGetByRefResultType(oper, uns, &op1, &op2);

                assert(!ovfl || !varTypeIsFloating(op1->gtType));

                /* Special case: "int+0", "int-0", "int*1", "int/1" */

                if (op2->gtOper == GT_CNS_INT)
                {
                    if ((op2->IsIntegralConst(0) && (oper == GT_ADD || oper == GT_SUB)) ||
                        (op2->IsIntegralConst(1) && (oper == GT_MUL || oper == GT_DIV)))

                    {
                        impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                        break;
                    }
                }

                // We can generate a TYP_FLOAT operation that has a TYP_DOUBLE operand
                //
                if (varTypeIsFloating(type) && varTypeIsFloating(op1->gtType) && varTypeIsFloating(op2->gtType))
                {
                    if (op1->TypeGet() != type)
                    {
                        // We insert a cast of op1 to 'type'
                        op1 = gtNewCastNode(type, op1, false, type);
                    }
                    if (op2->TypeGet() != type)
                    {
                        // We insert a cast of op2 to 'type'
                        op2 = gtNewCastNode(type, op2, false, type);
                    }
                }

                if (callNode)
                {
                    /* These operators can later be transformed into 'GT_CALL' */

                    assert(GenTree::s_gtNodeSizes[GT_CALL] > GenTree::s_gtNodeSizes[GT_MUL]);
#ifndef TARGET_ARM
                    assert(GenTree::s_gtNodeSizes[GT_CALL] > GenTree::s_gtNodeSizes[GT_DIV]);
                    assert(GenTree::s_gtNodeSizes[GT_CALL] > GenTree::s_gtNodeSizes[GT_UDIV]);
                    assert(GenTree::s_gtNodeSizes[GT_CALL] > GenTree::s_gtNodeSizes[GT_MOD]);
                    assert(GenTree::s_gtNodeSizes[GT_CALL] > GenTree::s_gtNodeSizes[GT_UMOD]);
#endif
                    // It's tempting to use LargeOpOpcode() here, but this logic is *not* saying
                    // that we'll need to transform into a general large node, but rather specifically
                    // to a call: by doing it this way, things keep working if there are multiple sizes,
                    // and a CALL is no longer the largest.
                    // That said, as of now it *is* a large node, so we'll do this with an assert rather
                    // than an "if".
                    assert(GenTree::s_gtNodeSizes[GT_CALL] == TREE_NODE_SZ_LARGE);
                    op1 = new (this, GT_CALL) GenTreeOp(oper, type, op1, op2 DEBUGARG(/*largeNode*/ true));
                }
                else
                {
                    op1 = gtNewOperNode(oper, type, op1, op2);
                }

                /* Special case: integer/long division may throw an exception */

                if (varTypeIsIntegral(op1->TypeGet()) && op1->OperMayThrow(this))
                {
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_EXCEPT;
                }

                if (ovfl)
                {
                    assert(oper == GT_ADD || oper == GT_SUB || oper == GT_MUL);
                    if (ovflType != TYP_UNKNOWN)
                    {
                        op1->gtType = ovflType;
                    }
                    op1->gtFlags |= (GTF_EXCEPT | GTF_OVERFLOW);
                    if (uns)
                    {
                        op1->gtFlags |= GTF_UNSIGNED;
                    }
                }

                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                break;

            case CEE_SHL:
                oper = GT_LSH;
                goto CEE_SH_OP2;

            case CEE_SHR:
                oper = GT_RSH;
                goto CEE_SH_OP2;
            case CEE_SHR_UN:
                oper = GT_RSZ;
                goto CEE_SH_OP2;

            CEE_SH_OP2:
                op2 = impPopStack().val;
                op1 = impPopStack().val; // operand to be shifted
                impBashVarAddrsToI(op1, op2);

                type = genActualType(op1->TypeGet());
                op1  = gtNewOperNode(oper, type, op1, op2);

                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                break;

            case CEE_NOT:
                op1 = impPopStack().val;
                impBashVarAddrsToI(op1, nullptr);
                type = genActualType(op1->TypeGet());
                impPushOnStack(gtNewOperNode(GT_NOT, type, op1), tiRetVal);
                break;

            case CEE_CKFINITE:
                op1  = impPopStack().val;
                type = op1->TypeGet();
                op1  = gtNewOperNode(GT_CKFINITE, type, op1);
                op1->gtFlags |= GTF_EXCEPT;

                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                break;

            case CEE_LEAVE:

                val     = getI4LittleEndian(codeAddr); // jump distance
                jmpAddr = (IL_OFFSET)((codeAddr - info.compCode + sizeof(__int32)) + val);
                goto LEAVE;

            case CEE_LEAVE_S:
                val     = getI1LittleEndian(codeAddr); // jump distance
                jmpAddr = (IL_OFFSET)((codeAddr - info.compCode + sizeof(__int8)) + val);

            LEAVE:

                if (compIsForInlining())
                {
                    compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLEE_HAS_LEAVE);
                    return;
                }

                JITDUMP(" %04X", jmpAddr);
                if (block->bbJumpKind != BBJ_LEAVE)
                {
                    impResetLeaveBlock(block, jmpAddr);
                }

                assert(jmpAddr == block->bbJumpDest->bbCodeOffs);
                impImportLeave(block);
                impNoteBranchOffs();

                break;

            case CEE_BR:
            case CEE_BR_S:
                jmpDist = (sz == 1) ? getI1LittleEndian(codeAddr) : getI4LittleEndian(codeAddr);

                if (compIsForInlining() && jmpDist == 0)
                {
                    break; /* NOP */
                }

                impNoteBranchOffs();
                break;

            case CEE_BRTRUE:
            case CEE_BRTRUE_S:
            case CEE_BRFALSE:
            case CEE_BRFALSE_S:

                /* Pop the comparand (now there's a neat term) from the stack */

                op1  = impPopStack().val;
                type = op1->TypeGet();

                // Per Ecma-355, brfalse and brtrue are only specified for nint, ref, and byref.
                //
                // We've historically been a bit more permissive, so here we allow
                // any type that gtNewZeroConNode can handle.
                if (!varTypeIsArithmetic(type) && !varTypeIsGC(type))
                {
                    BADCODE("invalid type for brtrue/brfalse");
                }

                if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && (block->bbJumpDest == block->bbNext))
                {
                    block->bbJumpKind = BBJ_NONE;

                    if (op1->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_EFFECT)
                    {
                        op1 = gtUnusedValNode(op1);
                        goto SPILL_APPEND;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        break;
                    }
                }

                if (op1->OperIsCompare())
                {
                    if (opcode == CEE_BRFALSE || opcode == CEE_BRFALSE_S)
                    {
                        // Flip the sense of the compare

                        op1 = gtReverseCond(op1);
                    }
                }
                else
                {
                    // We'll compare against an equally-sized integer 0
                    // For small types, we always compare against int
                    op2 = gtNewZeroConNode(genActualType(op1->gtType));

                    // Create the comparison operator and try to fold it
                    oper = (opcode == CEE_BRTRUE || opcode == CEE_BRTRUE_S) ? GT_NE : GT_EQ;
                    op1  = gtNewOperNode(oper, TYP_INT, op1, op2);
                }

            // fall through

            COND_JUMP:

                /* Fold comparison if we can */

                op1 = gtFoldExpr(op1);

                /* Try to fold the really simple cases like 'iconst *, ifne/ifeq'*/
                /* Don't make any blocks unreachable in import only mode */

                if ((op1->gtOper == GT_CNS_INT) && !compIsForImportOnly())
                {
                    /* gtFoldExpr() should prevent this as we don't want to make any blocks
                       unreachable under compDbgCode */
                    assert(!opts.compDbgCode);

                    BBjumpKinds foldedJumpKind = (BBjumpKinds)(op1->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal ? BBJ_ALWAYS : BBJ_NONE);
                    assertImp((block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_COND)            // normal case
                              || (block->bbJumpKind == foldedJumpKind)); // this can happen if we are reimporting the
                                                                         // block for the second time

                    block->bbJumpKind = foldedJumpKind;
#ifdef DEBUG
                    if (verbose)
                    {
                        if (op1->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal)
                        {
                            printf("\nThe conditional jump becomes an unconditional jump to " FMT_BB "\n",
                                   block->bbJumpDest->bbNum);
                        }
                        else
                        {
                            printf("\nThe block falls through into the next " FMT_BB "\n", block->bbNext->bbNum);
                        }
                    }
#endif
                    break;
                }

                op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_JTRUE, TYP_VOID, op1);

                /* GT_JTRUE is handled specially for non-empty stacks. See 'addStmt'
                   in impImportBlock(block). For correct line numbers, spill stack. */

                if (opts.compDbgCode && impCurStmtDI.IsValid())
                {
                    impSpillStackEnsure(true);
                }

                goto SPILL_APPEND;

            case CEE_CEQ:
                oper = GT_EQ;
                uns  = false;
                goto CMP_2_OPs;
            case CEE_CGT_UN:
                oper = GT_GT;
                uns  = true;
                goto CMP_2_OPs;
            case CEE_CGT:
                oper = GT_GT;
                uns  = false;
                goto CMP_2_OPs;
            case CEE_CLT_UN:
                oper = GT_LT;
                uns  = true;
                goto CMP_2_OPs;
            case CEE_CLT:
                oper = GT_LT;
                uns  = false;
                goto CMP_2_OPs;

            CMP_2_OPs:
                op2 = impPopStack().val;
                op1 = impPopStack().val;

                // Recognize the IL idiom of CGT_UN(op1, 0) and normalize
                // it so that downstream optimizations don't have to.
                if ((opcode == CEE_CGT_UN) && op2->IsIntegralConst(0))
                {
                    oper = GT_NE;
                    uns  = false;
                }

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
                // TODO-Casts: create a helper that upcasts int32 -> native int when necessary.
                // See also identical code in impGetByRefResultType and STSFLD import.
                if (varTypeIsI(op1) && (genActualType(op2) == TYP_INT))
                {
                    op2 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, op2, uns, TYP_I_IMPL);
                }
                else if (varTypeIsI(op2) && (genActualType(op1) == TYP_INT))
                {
                    op1 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, op1, uns, TYP_I_IMPL);
                }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT

                assertImp(genActualType(op1) == genActualType(op2) || (varTypeIsI(op1) && varTypeIsI(op2)) ||
                          (varTypeIsFloating(op1) && varTypeIsFloating(op2)));

                if ((op1->TypeGet() != op2->TypeGet()) && varTypeIsFloating(op1))
                {
                    op1 = impImplicitR4orR8Cast(op1, TYP_DOUBLE);
                    op2 = impImplicitR4orR8Cast(op2, TYP_DOUBLE);
                }

                // Create the comparison node.
                op1 = gtNewOperNode(oper, TYP_INT, op1, op2);

                // TODO: setting both flags when only one is appropriate.
                if (uns)
                {
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_RELOP_NAN_UN | GTF_UNSIGNED;
                }

                // Fold result, if possible.
                op1 = gtFoldExpr(op1);

                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                break;

            case CEE_BEQ_S:
            case CEE_BEQ:
                oper = GT_EQ;
                goto CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR;

            case CEE_BGE_S:
            case CEE_BGE:
                oper = GT_GE;
                goto CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR;

            case CEE_BGE_UN_S:
            case CEE_BGE_UN:
                oper = GT_GE;
                goto CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR_UN;

            case CEE_BGT_S:
            case CEE_BGT:
                oper = GT_GT;
                goto CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR;

            case CEE_BGT_UN_S:
            case CEE_BGT_UN:
                oper = GT_GT;
                goto CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR_UN;

            case CEE_BLE_S:
            case CEE_BLE:
                oper = GT_LE;
                goto CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR;

            case CEE_BLE_UN_S:
            case CEE_BLE_UN:
                oper = GT_LE;
                goto CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR_UN;

            case CEE_BLT_S:
            case CEE_BLT:
                oper = GT_LT;
                goto CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR;

            case CEE_BLT_UN_S:
            case CEE_BLT_UN:
                oper = GT_LT;
                goto CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR_UN;

            case CEE_BNE_UN_S:
            case CEE_BNE_UN:
                oper = GT_NE;
                goto CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR_UN;

            CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR_UN:
                uns       = true;
                unordered = true;
                goto CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR_ALL;
            CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR:
                uns       = false;
                unordered = false;
                goto CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR_ALL;
            CMP_2_OPs_AND_BR_ALL:
                /* Pull two values */
                op2 = impPopStack().val;
                op1 = impPopStack().val;

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
                if ((op1->TypeGet() == TYP_I_IMPL) && (genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) == TYP_INT))
                {
                    op2 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, op2, uns, uns ? TYP_U_IMPL : TYP_I_IMPL);
                }
                else if ((op2->TypeGet() == TYP_I_IMPL) && (genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) == TYP_INT))
                {
                    op1 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, op1, uns, uns ? TYP_U_IMPL : TYP_I_IMPL);
                }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT

                assertImp(genActualType(op1->TypeGet()) == genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) ||
                          (varTypeIsI(op1->TypeGet()) && varTypeIsI(op2->TypeGet())) ||
                          (varTypeIsFloating(op1->gtType) && varTypeIsFloating(op2->gtType)));

                if (opts.OptimizationEnabled() && (block->bbJumpDest == block->bbNext))
                {
                    block->bbJumpKind = BBJ_NONE;

                    if (op1->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_EFFECT)
                    {
                        impSpillSideEffects(false,
                                            CHECK_SPILL_ALL DEBUGARG("Branch to next Optimization, op1 side effect"));
                        impAppendTree(gtUnusedValNode(op1), CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);
                    }
                    if (op2->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_EFFECT)
                    {
                        impSpillSideEffects(false,
                                            CHECK_SPILL_ALL DEBUGARG("Branch to next Optimization, op2 side effect"));
                        impAppendTree(gtUnusedValNode(op2), CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);
                    }

#ifdef DEBUG
                    if ((op1->gtFlags | op2->gtFlags) & GTF_GLOB_EFFECT)
                    {
                        impNoteLastILoffs();
                    }
#endif
                    break;
                }

                // We can generate an compare of different sized floating point op1 and op2
                // We insert a cast
                //
                if (varTypeIsFloating(op1->TypeGet()))
                {
                    if (op1->TypeGet() != op2->TypeGet())
                    {
                        assert(varTypeIsFloating(op2->TypeGet()));

                        // say op1=double, op2=float. To avoid loss of precision
                        // while comparing, op2 is converted to double and double
                        // comparison is done.
                        if (op1->TypeGet() == TYP_DOUBLE)
                        {
                            // We insert a cast of op2 to TYP_DOUBLE
                            op2 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_DOUBLE, op2, false, TYP_DOUBLE);
                        }
                        else if (op2->TypeGet() == TYP_DOUBLE)
                        {
                            // We insert a cast of op1 to TYP_DOUBLE
                            op1 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_DOUBLE, op1, false, TYP_DOUBLE);
                        }
                    }
                }

                /* Create and append the operator */

                op1 = gtNewOperNode(oper, TYP_INT, op1, op2);

                if (uns)
                {
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_UNSIGNED;
                }

                if (unordered)
                {
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_RELOP_NAN_UN;
                }

                goto COND_JUMP;

            case CEE_SWITCH:
                /* Pop the switch value off the stack */
                op1 = impPopStack().val;
                assertImp(genActualTypeIsIntOrI(op1->TypeGet()));

                /* We can create a switch node */

                op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_SWITCH, TYP_VOID, op1);

                val = (int)getU4LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                codeAddr += 4 + val * 4; // skip over the switch-table

                goto SPILL_APPEND;

            /************************** Casting OPCODES ***************************/

            case CEE_CONV_OVF_I1:
                lclTyp = TYP_BYTE;
                goto CONV_OVF;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_I2:
                lclTyp = TYP_SHORT;
                goto CONV_OVF;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_I:
                lclTyp = TYP_I_IMPL;
                goto CONV_OVF;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_I4:
                lclTyp = TYP_INT;
                goto CONV_OVF;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_I8:
                lclTyp = TYP_LONG;
                goto CONV_OVF;

            case CEE_CONV_OVF_U1:
                lclTyp = TYP_UBYTE;
                goto CONV_OVF;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_U2:
                lclTyp = TYP_USHORT;
                goto CONV_OVF;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_U:
                lclTyp = TYP_U_IMPL;
                goto CONV_OVF;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_U4:
                lclTyp = TYP_UINT;
                goto CONV_OVF;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_U8:
                lclTyp = TYP_ULONG;
                goto CONV_OVF;

            case CEE_CONV_OVF_I1_UN:
                lclTyp = TYP_BYTE;
                goto CONV_OVF_UN;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_I2_UN:
                lclTyp = TYP_SHORT;
                goto CONV_OVF_UN;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_I_UN:
                lclTyp = TYP_I_IMPL;
                goto CONV_OVF_UN;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_I4_UN:
                lclTyp = TYP_INT;
                goto CONV_OVF_UN;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_I8_UN:
                lclTyp = TYP_LONG;
                goto CONV_OVF_UN;

            case CEE_CONV_OVF_U1_UN:
                lclTyp = TYP_UBYTE;
                goto CONV_OVF_UN;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_U2_UN:
                lclTyp = TYP_USHORT;
                goto CONV_OVF_UN;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_U_UN:
                lclTyp = TYP_U_IMPL;
                goto CONV_OVF_UN;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_U4_UN:
                lclTyp = TYP_UINT;
                goto CONV_OVF_UN;
            case CEE_CONV_OVF_U8_UN:
                lclTyp = TYP_ULONG;
                goto CONV_OVF_UN;

            CONV_OVF_UN:
                uns = true;
                goto CONV_OVF_COMMON;
            CONV_OVF:
                uns = false;
                goto CONV_OVF_COMMON;

            CONV_OVF_COMMON:
                ovfl = true;
                goto _CONV;

            case CEE_CONV_I1:
                lclTyp = TYP_BYTE;
                goto CONV;
            case CEE_CONV_I2:
                lclTyp = TYP_SHORT;
                goto CONV;
            case CEE_CONV_I:
                lclTyp = TYP_I_IMPL;
                goto CONV;
            case CEE_CONV_I4:
                lclTyp = TYP_INT;
                goto CONV;
            case CEE_CONV_I8:
                lclTyp = TYP_LONG;
                goto CONV;

            case CEE_CONV_U1:
                lclTyp = TYP_UBYTE;
                goto CONV;
            case CEE_CONV_U2:
                lclTyp = TYP_USHORT;
                goto CONV;
#if (REGSIZE_BYTES == 8)
            case CEE_CONV_U:
                lclTyp = TYP_U_IMPL;
                goto CONV_UN;
#else
            case CEE_CONV_U:
                lclTyp = TYP_U_IMPL;
                goto CONV;
#endif
            case CEE_CONV_U4:
                lclTyp = TYP_UINT;
                goto CONV;
            case CEE_CONV_U8:
                lclTyp = TYP_ULONG;
                goto CONV_UN;

            case CEE_CONV_R4:
                lclTyp = TYP_FLOAT;
                goto CONV;
            case CEE_CONV_R8:
                lclTyp = TYP_DOUBLE;
                goto CONV;

            case CEE_CONV_R_UN:
                lclTyp = TYP_DOUBLE;
                goto CONV_UN;

            CONV_UN:
                uns  = true;
                ovfl = false;
                goto _CONV;

            CONV:
                uns  = false;
                ovfl = false;
                goto _CONV;

            _CONV:
                // only converts from FLOAT or DOUBLE to an integer type
                // and converts from  ULONG (or LONG on ARM) to DOUBLE are morphed to calls

                if (varTypeIsFloating(lclTyp))
                {
                    callNode = varTypeIsLong(impStackTop().val) || uns // uint->dbl gets turned into uint->long->dbl
#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
                               // TODO-ARM64-Bug?: This was AMD64; I enabled it for ARM64 also. OK?
                               // TYP_BYREF could be used as TYP_I_IMPL which is long.
                               // TODO-CQ: remove this when we lower casts long/ulong --> float/double
                               // and generate SSE2 code instead of going through helper calls.
                               || (impStackTop().val->TypeGet() == TYP_BYREF)
#endif
                        ;
                }
                else
                {
                    callNode = varTypeIsFloating(impStackTop().val->TypeGet());
                }

                op1 = impPopStack().val;

                impBashVarAddrsToI(op1);

                // Casts from floating point types must not have GTF_UNSIGNED set.
                if (varTypeIsFloating(op1))
                {
                    uns = false;
                }

                // At this point uns, ovf, callNode are all set.

                if (varTypeIsSmall(lclTyp) && !ovfl && op1->gtType == TYP_INT && op1->gtOper == GT_AND)
                {
                    op2 = op1->AsOp()->gtOp2;

                    if (op2->gtOper == GT_CNS_INT)
                    {
                        ssize_t ival = op2->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal;
                        ssize_t mask, umask;

                        switch (lclTyp)
                        {
                            case TYP_BYTE:
                            case TYP_UBYTE:
                                mask  = 0x00FF;
                                umask = 0x007F;
                                break;
                            case TYP_USHORT:
                            case TYP_SHORT:
                                mask  = 0xFFFF;
                                umask = 0x7FFF;
                                break;

                            default:
                                assert(!"unexpected type");
                                return;
                        }

                        if (((ival & umask) == ival) || ((ival & mask) == ival && uns))
                        {
                            /* Toss the cast, it's a waste of time */

                            impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                            break;
                        }
                        else if (ival == mask)
                        {
                            /* Toss the masking, it's a waste of time, since
                               we sign-extend from the small value anyways */

                            op1 = op1->AsOp()->gtOp1;
                        }
                    }
                }

                /*  The 'op2' sub-operand of a cast is the 'real' type number,
                    since the result of a cast to one of the 'small' integer
                    types is an integer.
                 */

                type = genActualType(lclTyp);

                // If this is a no-op cast, just use op1.
                if (!ovfl && (type == op1->TypeGet()) && (genTypeSize(type) == genTypeSize(lclTyp)))
                {
                    // Nothing needs to change
                }
                // Work is evidently required, add cast node
                else
                {
                    if (callNode)
                    {
                        op1 = gtNewCastNodeL(type, op1, uns, lclTyp);
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        op1 = gtNewCastNode(type, op1, uns, lclTyp);
                    }

                    if (ovfl)
                    {
                        op1->gtFlags |= (GTF_OVERFLOW | GTF_EXCEPT);
                    }

                    if (op1->gtGetOp1()->OperIsConst() && opts.OptimizationEnabled())
                    {
                        // Try and fold the introduced cast
                        op1 = gtFoldExprConst(op1);
                    }
                }

                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                break;

            case CEE_NEG:
                op1 = impPopStack().val;
                impBashVarAddrsToI(op1, nullptr);
                impPushOnStack(gtNewOperNode(GT_NEG, genActualType(op1->gtType), op1), tiRetVal);
                break;

            case CEE_POP:
            {
                /* Pull the top value from the stack */

                StackEntry se = impPopStack();
                clsHnd        = se.seTypeInfo.GetClassHandle();
                op1           = se.val;

                /* Get hold of the type of the value being duplicated */

                lclTyp = genActualType(op1->gtType);

                /* Does the value have any side effects? */

                if ((op1->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT) || opts.compDbgCode)
                {
                    // Since we are throwing away the value, just normalize
                    // it to its address.  This is more efficient.

                    if (varTypeIsStruct(op1))
                    {
                        JITDUMP("\n ... CEE_POP struct ...\n");
                        DISPTREE(op1);
#ifdef UNIX_AMD64_ABI
                        // Non-calls, such as obj or ret_expr, have to go through this.
                        // Calls with large struct return value have to go through this.
                        // Helper calls with small struct return value also have to go
                        // through this since they do not follow Unix calling convention.
                        if (op1->gtOper != GT_CALL ||
                            !IsMultiRegReturnedType(clsHnd, op1->AsCall()->GetUnmanagedCallConv()) ||
                            op1->AsCall()->gtCallType == CT_HELPER)
#endif // UNIX_AMD64_ABI
                        {
                            // If the value being produced comes from loading
                            // via an underlying address, just null check the address.
                            if (op1->OperIs(GT_FIELD, GT_IND, GT_OBJ))
                            {
                                gtChangeOperToNullCheck(op1, block);
                            }
                            else
                            {
                                op1 = impGetStructAddr(op1, clsHnd, CHECK_SPILL_ALL, false);
                            }

                            JITDUMP("\n ... optimized to ...\n");
                            DISPTREE(op1);
                        }
                    }

                    // If op1 is non-overflow cast, throw it away since it is useless.
                    // Another reason for throwing away the useless cast is in the context of
                    // implicit tail calls when the operand of pop is GT_CAST(GT_CALL(..)).
                    // The cast gets added as part of importing GT_CALL, which gets in the way
                    // of fgMorphCall() on the forms of tail call nodes that we assert.
                    if ((op1->gtOper == GT_CAST) && !op1->gtOverflow())
                    {
                        op1 = op1->AsOp()->gtOp1;
                    }

                    if (op1->gtOper != GT_CALL)
                    {
                        if ((op1->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT) != 0)
                        {
                            op1 = gtUnusedValNode(op1);
                        }
                        else
                        {
                            // Can't bash to NOP here because op1 can be referenced from `currentBlock->bbEntryState`,
                            // if we ever need to reimport we need a valid LCL_VAR on it.
                            op1 = gtNewNothingNode();
                        }
                    }

                    /* Append the value to the tree list */
                    goto SPILL_APPEND;
                }

                /* No side effects - just throw the <BEEP> thing away */
            }
            break;

            case CEE_DUP:
            {
                StackEntry se   = impPopStack();
                GenTree*   tree = se.val;
                tiRetVal        = se.seTypeInfo;
                op1             = tree;

                // In unoptimized code we leave the decision of
                // cloning/creating temps up to impCloneExpr, while in
                // optimized code we prefer temps except for some cases we know
                // are profitable.

                if (opts.OptimizationEnabled())
                {
                    bool clone = false;
                    // Duplicate 0 and +0.0
                    if (op1->IsIntegralConst(0) || op1->IsFloatPositiveZero())
                    {
                        clone = true;
                    }
                    // Duplicate locals and addresses of them
                    else if (op1->IsLocal())
                    {
                        clone = true;
                    }
                    else if (op1->TypeIs(TYP_BYREF, TYP_I_IMPL) && impIsAddressInLocal(op1) &&
                             (OPCODE)impGetNonPrefixOpcode(codeAddr + sz, codeEndp) != CEE_INITOBJ)
                    {
                        // We mark implicit byrefs with GTF_GLOB_REF (see gtNewFieldRef for why).
                        // Avoid cloning for these.
                        clone = (op1->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_REF) == 0;
                    }

                    if (clone)
                    {
                        op2 = gtCloneExpr(op1);
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        const unsigned tmpNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("dup spill"));
                        impAssignTempGen(tmpNum, op1, tiRetVal.GetClassHandle(), CHECK_SPILL_ALL);
                        var_types type = genActualType(lvaTable[tmpNum].TypeGet());

                        // Propagate type info to the temp from the stack and the original tree
                        if (type == TYP_REF)
                        {
                            assert(lvaTable[tmpNum].lvSingleDef == 0);
                            lvaTable[tmpNum].lvSingleDef = 1;
                            JITDUMP("Marked V%02u as a single def local\n", tmpNum);
                            lvaSetClass(tmpNum, tree, tiRetVal.GetClassHandle());
                        }

                        op1 = gtNewLclvNode(tmpNum, type);
                        op2 = gtNewLclvNode(tmpNum, type);
                    }
                }
                else
                {
                    op1 = impCloneExpr(op1, &op2, tiRetVal.GetClassHandle(), CHECK_SPILL_ALL,
                                       nullptr DEBUGARG("DUP instruction"));
                }

                assert(!(op1->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_EFFECT) && !(op2->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_EFFECT));
                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                impPushOnStack(op2, tiRetVal);
            }
            break;

            case CEE_STIND_I1:
                lclTyp = TYP_BYTE;
                goto STIND;
            case CEE_STIND_I2:
                lclTyp = TYP_SHORT;
                goto STIND;
            case CEE_STIND_I4:
                lclTyp = TYP_INT;
                goto STIND;
            case CEE_STIND_I8:
                lclTyp = TYP_LONG;
                goto STIND;
            case CEE_STIND_I:
                lclTyp = TYP_I_IMPL;
                goto STIND;
            case CEE_STIND_REF:
                lclTyp = TYP_REF;
                goto STIND;
            case CEE_STIND_R4:
                lclTyp = TYP_FLOAT;
                goto STIND;
            case CEE_STIND_R8:
                lclTyp = TYP_DOUBLE;
                goto STIND;

            STIND:
                op2 = impPopStack().val; // value to store

            STIND_VALUE:
                op1 = impPopStack().val; // address to store to

                // you can indirect off of a TYP_I_IMPL (if we are in C) or a BYREF
                assertImp(genActualType(op1->gtType) == TYP_I_IMPL || op1->gtType == TYP_BYREF);

                impBashVarAddrsToI(op1, op2);

                op2 = impImplicitR4orR8Cast(op2, lclTyp);

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
                // Automatic upcast for a GT_CNS_INT into TYP_I_IMPL
                if ((op2->OperGet() == GT_CNS_INT) && varTypeIsI(lclTyp) && !varTypeIsI(op2->gtType))
                {
                    op2->gtType = TYP_I_IMPL;
                }
                else
                {
                    // Allow a downcast of op2 from TYP_I_IMPL into a 32-bit Int for x86 JIT compatibility
                    //
                    if (varTypeIsI(op2->gtType) && (genActualType(lclTyp) == TYP_INT))
                    {
                        op2 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_INT, op2, false, TYP_INT);
                    }
                    // Allow an upcast of op2 from a 32-bit Int into TYP_I_IMPL for x86 JIT compatibility
                    //
                    if (varTypeIsI(lclTyp) && (genActualType(op2->gtType) == TYP_INT))
                    {
                        op2 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, op2, false, TYP_I_IMPL);
                    }
                }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT

                if (opcode == CEE_STIND_REF)
                {
                    // STIND_REF can be used to store TYP_INT, TYP_I_IMPL, TYP_REF, or TYP_BYREF
                    assertImp(varTypeIsIntOrI(op2->gtType) || varTypeIsGC(op2->gtType));
                    lclTyp = genActualType(op2->TypeGet());
                }

// Check target type.
#ifdef DEBUG
                if (op2->gtType == TYP_BYREF || lclTyp == TYP_BYREF)
                {
                    if (op2->gtType == TYP_BYREF)
                    {
                        assertImp(lclTyp == TYP_BYREF || lclTyp == TYP_I_IMPL);
                    }
                    else if (lclTyp == TYP_BYREF)
                    {
                        assertImp(op2->gtType == TYP_BYREF || varTypeIsIntOrI(op2->gtType));
                    }
                }
                else
                {
                    assertImp(genActualType(op2->gtType) == genActualType(lclTyp) ||
                              ((lclTyp == TYP_I_IMPL) && (genActualType(op2->gtType) == TYP_INT)) ||
                              (varTypeIsFloating(op2->gtType) && varTypeIsFloating(lclTyp)));
                }
#endif

                op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, lclTyp, op1);
                op1->gtFlags |= GTF_EXCEPT | GTF_GLOB_REF;

                if (prefixFlags & PREFIX_VOLATILE)
                {
                    assert(op1->OperGet() == GT_IND);
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_ORDER_SIDEEFF; // Prevent this from being reordered
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_VOLATILE;
                }

                if ((prefixFlags & PREFIX_UNALIGNED) && !varTypeIsByte(lclTyp))
                {
                    assert(op1->OperGet() == GT_IND);
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_UNALIGNED;
                }

                op1 = gtNewAssignNode(op1, op2);
                goto SPILL_APPEND;

            case CEE_LDIND_I1:
                lclTyp = TYP_BYTE;
                goto LDIND;
            case CEE_LDIND_I2:
                lclTyp = TYP_SHORT;
                goto LDIND;
            case CEE_LDIND_U4:
            case CEE_LDIND_I4:
                lclTyp = TYP_INT;
                goto LDIND;
            case CEE_LDIND_I8:
                lclTyp = TYP_LONG;
                goto LDIND;
            case CEE_LDIND_REF:
                lclTyp = TYP_REF;
                goto LDIND;
            case CEE_LDIND_I:
                lclTyp = TYP_I_IMPL;
                goto LDIND;
            case CEE_LDIND_R4:
                lclTyp = TYP_FLOAT;
                goto LDIND;
            case CEE_LDIND_R8:
                lclTyp = TYP_DOUBLE;
                goto LDIND;
            case CEE_LDIND_U1:
                lclTyp = TYP_UBYTE;
                goto LDIND;
            case CEE_LDIND_U2:
                lclTyp = TYP_USHORT;
                goto LDIND;
            LDIND:

                op1 = impPopStack().val; // address to load from
                impBashVarAddrsToI(op1);

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
                // Allow an upcast of op1 from a 32-bit Int into TYP_I_IMPL for x86 JIT compatibility
                //
                if (genActualType(op1->gtType) == TYP_INT)
                {
                    op1 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, op1, false, TYP_I_IMPL);
                }
#endif

                assertImp(genActualType(op1->gtType) == TYP_I_IMPL || op1->gtType == TYP_BYREF);

                op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, lclTyp, op1);

                // ldind could point anywhere, example a boxed class static int
                op1->gtFlags |= (GTF_EXCEPT | GTF_GLOB_REF);

                if (prefixFlags & PREFIX_VOLATILE)
                {
                    assert(op1->OperGet() == GT_IND);
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_ORDER_SIDEEFF; // Prevent this from being reordered
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_VOLATILE;
                }

                if ((prefixFlags & PREFIX_UNALIGNED) && !varTypeIsByte(lclTyp))
                {
                    assert(op1->OperGet() == GT_IND);
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_UNALIGNED;
                }

                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);

                break;

            case CEE_UNALIGNED:

                assert(sz == 1);
                val = getU1LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                ++codeAddr;
                JITDUMP(" %u", val);
                if ((val != 1) && (val != 2) && (val != 4))
                {
                    BADCODE("Alignment unaligned. must be 1, 2, or 4");
                }

                Verify(!(prefixFlags & PREFIX_UNALIGNED), "Multiple unaligned. prefixes");
                prefixFlags |= PREFIX_UNALIGNED;

                impValidateMemoryAccessOpcode(codeAddr, codeEndp, false);

            PREFIX:
                opcode     = (OPCODE)getU1LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                opcodeOffs = (IL_OFFSET)(codeAddr - info.compCode);
                codeAddr += sizeof(__int8);
                goto DECODE_OPCODE;

            case CEE_VOLATILE:

                Verify(!(prefixFlags & PREFIX_VOLATILE), "Multiple volatile. prefixes");
                prefixFlags |= PREFIX_VOLATILE;

                impValidateMemoryAccessOpcode(codeAddr, codeEndp, true);

                assert(sz == 0);
                goto PREFIX;

            case CEE_LDFTN:
            {
                // Need to do a lookup here so that we perform an access check
                // and do a NOWAY if protections are violated
                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Method);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                eeGetCallInfo(&resolvedToken, (prefixFlags & PREFIX_CONSTRAINED) ? &constrainedResolvedToken : nullptr,
                              combine(CORINFO_CALLINFO_SECURITYCHECKS, CORINFO_CALLINFO_LDFTN), &callInfo);

                // This check really only applies to intrinsic Array.Address methods
                if (callInfo.sig.callConv & CORINFO_CALLCONV_PARAMTYPE)
                {
                    NO_WAY("Currently do not support LDFTN of Parameterized functions");
                }

                // Do this before DO_LDFTN since CEE_LDVIRTFN does it on its own.
                impHandleAccessAllowed(callInfo.accessAllowed, &callInfo.callsiteCalloutHelper);

            DO_LDFTN:
                op1 = impMethodPointer(&resolvedToken, &callInfo);

                if (compDonotInline())
                {
                    return;
                }

                // Call info may have more precise information about the function than
                // the resolved token.
                mdToken constrainedToken     = prefixFlags & PREFIX_CONSTRAINED ? constrainedResolvedToken.token : 0;
                methodPointerInfo* heapToken = impAllocateMethodPointerInfo(resolvedToken, constrainedToken);
                assert(callInfo.hMethod != nullptr);
                heapToken->m_token.hMethod = callInfo.hMethod;
                impPushOnStack(op1, typeInfo(heapToken));

                break;
            }

            case CEE_LDVIRTFTN:
            {
                /* Get the method token */

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Method);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                eeGetCallInfo(&resolvedToken, nullptr /* constraint typeRef */,
                              combine(combine(CORINFO_CALLINFO_SECURITYCHECKS, CORINFO_CALLINFO_LDFTN),
                                      CORINFO_CALLINFO_CALLVIRT),
                              &callInfo);

                // This check really only applies to intrinsic Array.Address methods
                if (callInfo.sig.callConv & CORINFO_CALLCONV_PARAMTYPE)
                {
                    NO_WAY("Currently do not support LDFTN of Parameterized functions");
                }

                mflags = callInfo.methodFlags;

                impHandleAccessAllowed(callInfo.accessAllowed, &callInfo.callsiteCalloutHelper);

                if (compIsForInlining())
                {
                    if (mflags & (CORINFO_FLG_FINAL | CORINFO_FLG_STATIC) || !(mflags & CORINFO_FLG_VIRTUAL))
                    {
                        compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_LDVIRTFN_ON_NON_VIRTUAL);
                        return;
                    }
                }

                CORINFO_SIG_INFO& ftnSig = callInfo.sig;

                /* Get the object-ref */
                op1 = impPopStack().val;
                assertImp(op1->gtType == TYP_REF);

                if (opts.IsReadyToRun())
                {
                    if (callInfo.kind != CORINFO_VIRTUALCALL_LDVIRTFTN)
                    {
                        if (op1->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT)
                        {
                            op1 = gtUnusedValNode(op1);
                            impAppendTree(op1, CHECK_SPILL_ALL, impCurStmtDI);
                        }
                        goto DO_LDFTN;
                    }
                }
                else if (mflags & (CORINFO_FLG_FINAL | CORINFO_FLG_STATIC) || !(mflags & CORINFO_FLG_VIRTUAL))
                {
                    if (op1->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT)
                    {
                        op1 = gtUnusedValNode(op1);
                        impAppendTree(op1, CHECK_SPILL_ALL, impCurStmtDI);
                    }
                    goto DO_LDFTN;
                }

                GenTree* fptr = impImportLdvirtftn(op1, &resolvedToken, &callInfo);
                if (compDonotInline())
                {
                    return;
                }

                methodPointerInfo* heapToken = impAllocateMethodPointerInfo(resolvedToken, 0);

                assert(heapToken->m_token.tokenType == CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Method);
                assert(callInfo.hMethod != nullptr);

                heapToken->m_token.tokenType = CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Ldvirtftn;
                heapToken->m_token.hMethod   = callInfo.hMethod;
                impPushOnStack(fptr, typeInfo(heapToken));

                break;
            }

            case CEE_CONSTRAINED:

                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));
                impResolveToken(codeAddr, &constrainedResolvedToken, CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Constrained);
                codeAddr += sizeof(unsigned); // prefix instructions must increment codeAddr manually
                JITDUMP(" (%08X) ", constrainedResolvedToken.token);

                Verify(!(prefixFlags & PREFIX_CONSTRAINED), "Multiple constrained. prefixes");
                prefixFlags |= PREFIX_CONSTRAINED;

                {
                    OPCODE actualOpcode = impGetNonPrefixOpcode(codeAddr, codeEndp);
                    if (actualOpcode != CEE_CALLVIRT && actualOpcode != CEE_CALL && actualOpcode != CEE_LDFTN)
                    {
                        BADCODE("constrained. has to be followed by callvirt, call or ldftn");
                    }
                }

                goto PREFIX;

            case CEE_READONLY:
                JITDUMP(" readonly.");

                Verify(!(prefixFlags & PREFIX_READONLY), "Multiple readonly. prefixes");
                prefixFlags |= PREFIX_READONLY;

                {
                    OPCODE actualOpcode = impGetNonPrefixOpcode(codeAddr, codeEndp);
                    if (actualOpcode != CEE_LDELEMA && !impOpcodeIsCallOpcode(actualOpcode))
                    {
                        BADCODE("readonly. has to be followed by ldelema or call");
                    }
                }

                assert(sz == 0);
                goto PREFIX;

            case CEE_TAILCALL:
                JITDUMP(" tail.");

                Verify(!(prefixFlags & PREFIX_TAILCALL_EXPLICIT), "Multiple tailcall. prefixes");
                prefixFlags |= PREFIX_TAILCALL_EXPLICIT;

                {
                    OPCODE actualOpcode = impGetNonPrefixOpcode(codeAddr, codeEndp);
                    if (!impOpcodeIsCallOpcode(actualOpcode))
                    {
                        BADCODE("tailcall. has to be followed by call, callvirt or calli");
                    }
                }
                assert(sz == 0);
                goto PREFIX;

            case CEE_NEWOBJ:

                /* Since we will implicitly insert newObjThisPtr at the start of the
                   argument list, spill any GTF_ORDER_SIDEEFF */
                impSpillSpecialSideEff();

                /* NEWOBJ does not respond to TAIL */
                prefixFlags &= ~PREFIX_TAILCALL_EXPLICIT;

                /* NEWOBJ does not respond to CONSTRAINED */
                prefixFlags &= ~PREFIX_CONSTRAINED;

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_NewObj);

                eeGetCallInfo(&resolvedToken, nullptr /* constraint typeRef*/,
                              combine(CORINFO_CALLINFO_SECURITYCHECKS, CORINFO_CALLINFO_ALLOWINSTPARAM), &callInfo);

                mflags = callInfo.methodFlags;

                if ((mflags & (CORINFO_FLG_STATIC | CORINFO_FLG_ABSTRACT)) != 0)
                {
                    BADCODE("newobj on static or abstract method");
                }

                // Insert the security callout before any actual code is generated
                impHandleAccessAllowed(callInfo.accessAllowed, &callInfo.callsiteCalloutHelper);

                // There are three different cases for new.
                // Object size is variable (depends on arguments).
                //      1) Object is an array (arrays treated specially by the EE)
                //      2) Object is some other variable sized object (e.g. String)
                //      3) Class Size can be determined beforehand (normal case)
                // In the first case, we need to call a NEWOBJ helper (multinewarray).
                // In the second case we call the constructor with a '0' this pointer.
                // In the third case we alloc the memory, then call the constructor.

                clsFlags = callInfo.classFlags;
                if (clsFlags & CORINFO_FLG_ARRAY)
                {
                    // Arrays need to call the NEWOBJ helper.
                    assertImp(clsFlags & CORINFO_FLG_VAROBJSIZE);

                    impImportNewObjArray(&resolvedToken, &callInfo);
                    if (compDonotInline())
                    {
                        return;
                    }

                    callTyp = TYP_REF;
                    break;
                }
                // At present this can only be String
                else if (clsFlags & CORINFO_FLG_VAROBJSIZE)
                {
                    // Skip this thisPtr argument
                    newObjThisPtr = nullptr;

                    /* Remember that this basic block contains 'new' of an object */
                    block->bbFlags |= BBF_HAS_NEWOBJ;
                    optMethodFlags |= OMF_HAS_NEWOBJ;
                }
                else
                {
                    // This is the normal case where the size of the object is
                    // fixed.  Allocate the memory and call the constructor.

                    // Note: We cannot add a peep to avoid use of temp here
                    // because we don't have enough interference info to detect when
                    // sources and destination interfere, example: s = new S(ref);

                    // TODO: We find the correct place to introduce a general
                    // reverse copy prop for struct return values from newobj or
                    // any function returning structs.

                    /* get a temporary for the new object */
                    lclNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("NewObj constructor temp"));
                    if (compDonotInline())
                    {
                        // Fail fast if lvaGrabTemp fails with CALLSITE_TOO_MANY_LOCALS.
                        assert(compInlineResult->GetObservation() == InlineObservation::CALLSITE_TOO_MANY_LOCALS);
                        return;
                    }

                    // In the value class case we only need clsHnd for size calcs.
                    //
                    // The lookup of the code pointer will be handled by CALL in this case
                    if (clsFlags & CORINFO_FLG_VALUECLASS)
                    {
                        if (compIsForInlining())
                        {
                            // If value class has GC fields, inform the inliner. It may choose to
                            // bail out on the inline.
                            DWORD typeFlags = info.compCompHnd->getClassAttribs(resolvedToken.hClass);
                            if ((typeFlags & CORINFO_FLG_CONTAINS_GC_PTR) != 0)
                            {
                                compInlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_HAS_GC_STRUCT);
                                if (compInlineResult->IsFailure())
                                {
                                    return;
                                }

                                // Do further notification in the case where the call site is rare;
                                // some policies do not track the relative hotness of call sites for
                                // "always" inline cases.
                                if (impInlineInfo->iciBlock->isRunRarely())
                                {
                                    compInlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_RARE_GC_STRUCT);
                                    if (compInlineResult->IsFailure())
                                    {
                                        return;
                                    }
                                }
                            }
                        }

                        CorInfoType jitTyp = info.compCompHnd->asCorInfoType(resolvedToken.hClass);

                        if (impIsPrimitive(jitTyp))
                        {
                            lvaTable[lclNum].lvType = JITtype2varType(jitTyp);
                        }
                        else
                        {
                            // The local variable itself is the allocated space.
                            // Here we need unsafe value cls check, since the address of struct is taken for further use
                            // and potentially exploitable.
                            lvaSetStruct(lclNum, resolvedToken.hClass, true /* unsafe value cls check */);
                        }

                        bool bbInALoop  = impBlockIsInALoop(block);
                        bool bbIsReturn = (block->bbJumpKind == BBJ_RETURN) &&
                                          (!compIsForInlining() || (impInlineInfo->iciBlock->bbJumpKind == BBJ_RETURN));
                        LclVarDsc* const lclDsc = lvaGetDesc(lclNum);
                        if (fgVarNeedsExplicitZeroInit(lclNum, bbInALoop, bbIsReturn))
                        {
                            // Append a tree to zero-out the temp
                            newObjThisPtr = gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, lclDsc->TypeGet());

                            newObjThisPtr = gtNewBlkOpNode(newObjThisPtr,    // Dest
                                                           gtNewIconNode(0), // Value
                                                           false,            // isVolatile
                                                           false);           // not copyBlock
                            impAppendTree(newObjThisPtr, CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);
                        }
                        else
                        {
                            JITDUMP("\nSuppressing zero-init for V%02u -- expect to zero in prolog\n", lclNum);
                            lclDsc->lvSuppressedZeroInit = 1;
                            compSuppressedZeroInit       = true;
                        }

                        // The constructor may store "this", with subsequent code mutating the underlying local
                        // through the captured reference. To correctly spill the node we'll push onto the stack
                        // in such a case, we must mark the temp as potentially aliased.
                        lclDsc->lvHasLdAddrOp = true;

                        // Obtain the address of the temp
                        newObjThisPtr =
                            gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_BYREF, gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, lvaTable[lclNum].TypeGet()));
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        // If we're newing up a finalizable object, spill anything that can cause exceptions.
                        //
                        bool            hasSideEffects = false;
                        CorInfoHelpFunc newHelper =
                            info.compCompHnd->getNewHelper(&resolvedToken, info.compMethodHnd, &hasSideEffects);

                        if (hasSideEffects)
                        {
                            JITDUMP("\nSpilling stack for finalizable newobj\n");
                            impSpillSideEffects(true, CHECK_SPILL_ALL DEBUGARG("finalizable newobj spill"));
                        }

                        const bool useParent = true;
                        op1                  = gtNewAllocObjNode(&resolvedToken, useParent);
                        if (op1 == nullptr)
                        {
                            return;
                        }

                        // Remember that this basic block contains 'new' of an object
                        block->bbFlags |= BBF_HAS_NEWOBJ;
                        optMethodFlags |= OMF_HAS_NEWOBJ;

                        // Append the assignment to the temp/local. Dont need to spill
                        // at all as we are just calling an EE-Jit helper which can only
                        // cause an (async) OutOfMemoryException.

                        // We assign the newly allocated object (by a GT_ALLOCOBJ node)
                        // to a temp. Note that the pattern "temp = allocObj" is required
                        // by ObjectAllocator phase to be able to determine GT_ALLOCOBJ nodes
                        // without exhaustive walk over all expressions.

                        impAssignTempGen(lclNum, op1, CHECK_SPILL_NONE);

                        assert(lvaTable[lclNum].lvSingleDef == 0);
                        lvaTable[lclNum].lvSingleDef = 1;
                        JITDUMP("Marked V%02u as a single def local\n", lclNum);
                        lvaSetClass(lclNum, resolvedToken.hClass, true /* is Exact */);

                        newObjThisPtr = gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, TYP_REF);
                    }
                }
                goto CALL;

            case CEE_CALLI:

                /* CALLI does not respond to CONSTRAINED */
                prefixFlags &= ~PREFIX_CONSTRAINED;

                FALLTHROUGH;

            case CEE_CALLVIRT:
            case CEE_CALL:

                // We can't call getCallInfo on the token from a CALLI, but we need it in
                // many other places.  We unfortunately embed that knowledge here.
                if (opcode != CEE_CALLI)
                {
                    _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Method);

                    eeGetCallInfo(&resolvedToken,
                                  (prefixFlags & PREFIX_CONSTRAINED) ? &constrainedResolvedToken : nullptr,
                                  // this is how impImportCall invokes getCallInfo
                                  combine(combine(CORINFO_CALLINFO_ALLOWINSTPARAM, CORINFO_CALLINFO_SECURITYCHECKS),
                                          (opcode == CEE_CALLVIRT) ? CORINFO_CALLINFO_CALLVIRT : CORINFO_CALLINFO_NONE),
                                  &callInfo);
                }
                else
                {
                    // Suppress uninitialized use warning.
                    memset(&resolvedToken, 0, sizeof(resolvedToken));
                    memset(&callInfo, 0, sizeof(callInfo));

                    resolvedToken.token        = getU4LittleEndian(codeAddr);
                    resolvedToken.tokenContext = impTokenLookupContextHandle;
                    resolvedToken.tokenScope   = info.compScopeHnd;
                }

            CALL: // memberRef should be set.
                // newObjThisPtr should be set for CEE_NEWOBJ

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);
                constraintCall = (prefixFlags & PREFIX_CONSTRAINED) != 0;

                bool newBBcreatedForTailcallStress;
                bool passedStressModeValidation;

                newBBcreatedForTailcallStress = false;
                passedStressModeValidation    = true;

                if (compIsForInlining())
                {
                    if (compDonotInline())
                    {
                        return;
                    }
                    // We rule out inlinees with explicit tail calls in fgMakeBasicBlocks.
                    assert((prefixFlags & PREFIX_TAILCALL_EXPLICIT) == 0);
                }
                else
                {
                    if (compTailCallStress())
                    {
                        // Have we created a new BB after the "call" instruction in fgMakeBasicBlocks()?
                        // Tail call stress only recognizes call+ret patterns and forces them to be
                        // explicit tail prefixed calls.  Also fgMakeBasicBlocks() under tail call stress
                        // doesn't import 'ret' opcode following the call into the basic block containing
                        // the call instead imports it to a new basic block.  Note that fgMakeBasicBlocks()
                        // is already checking that there is an opcode following call and hence it is
                        // safe here to read next opcode without bounds check.
                        newBBcreatedForTailcallStress =
                            impOpcodeIsCallOpcode(opcode) && // Current opcode is a CALL, (not a CEE_NEWOBJ). So, don't
                                                             // make it jump to RET.
                            (OPCODE)getU1LittleEndian(codeAddr + sz) == CEE_RET; // Next opcode is a CEE_RET

                        bool hasTailPrefix = (prefixFlags & PREFIX_TAILCALL_EXPLICIT);
                        if (newBBcreatedForTailcallStress && !hasTailPrefix)
                        {
                            // Do a more detailed evaluation of legality
                            const bool passedConstraintCheck =
                                verCheckTailCallConstraint(opcode, &resolvedToken,
                                                           constraintCall ? &constrainedResolvedToken : nullptr);

                            // Avoid setting compHasBackwardsJump = true via tail call stress if the method cannot have
                            // patchpoints.
                            //
                            const bool mayHavePatchpoints = opts.jitFlags->IsSet(JitFlags::JIT_FLAG_TIER0) &&
                                                            (JitConfig.TC_OnStackReplacement() > 0) &&
                                                            compCanHavePatchpoints();
                            if (passedConstraintCheck && (mayHavePatchpoints || compHasBackwardJump))
                            {
                                // Now check with the runtime
                                CORINFO_METHOD_HANDLE declaredCalleeHnd = callInfo.hMethod;
                                bool                  isVirtual         = (callInfo.kind == CORINFO_VIRTUALCALL_STUB) ||
                                                 (callInfo.kind == CORINFO_VIRTUALCALL_VTABLE);
                                CORINFO_METHOD_HANDLE exactCalleeHnd = isVirtual ? nullptr : declaredCalleeHnd;
                                if (info.compCompHnd->canTailCall(info.compMethodHnd, declaredCalleeHnd, exactCalleeHnd,
                                                                  hasTailPrefix)) // Is it legal to do tailcall?
                                {
                                    // Stress the tailcall.
                                    JITDUMP(" (Tailcall stress: prefixFlags |= PREFIX_TAILCALL_EXPLICIT)");
                                    prefixFlags |= PREFIX_TAILCALL_EXPLICIT;
                                    prefixFlags |= PREFIX_TAILCALL_STRESS;
                                }
                                else
                                {
                                    // Runtime disallows this tail call
                                    JITDUMP(" (Tailcall stress: runtime preventing tailcall)");
                                    passedStressModeValidation = false;
                                }
                            }
                            else
                            {
                                // Constraints disallow this tail call
                                JITDUMP(" (Tailcall stress: constraint check failed)");
                                passedStressModeValidation = false;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }

                // This is split up to avoid goto flow warnings.
                bool isRecursive;
                isRecursive = !compIsForInlining() && (callInfo.hMethod == info.compMethodHnd);

                // If we've already disqualified this call as a tail call under tail call stress,
                // don't consider it for implicit tail calling either.
                //
                // When not running under tail call stress, we may mark this call as an implicit
                // tail call candidate. We'll do an "equivalent" validation during impImportCall.
                //
                // Note that when running under tail call stress, a call marked as explicit
                // tail prefixed will not be considered for implicit tail calling.
                if (passedStressModeValidation &&
                    impIsImplicitTailCallCandidate(opcode, codeAddr + sz, codeEndp, prefixFlags, isRecursive))
                {
                    if (compIsForInlining())
                    {
#if FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT_SHARED_RETURN
                        // Are we inlining at an implicit tail call site? If so the we can flag
                        // implicit tail call sites in the inline body. These call sites
                        // often end up in non BBJ_RETURN blocks, so only flag them when
                        // we're able to handle shared returns.
                        if (impInlineInfo->iciCall->IsImplicitTailCall())
                        {
                            JITDUMP("\n (Inline Implicit Tail call: prefixFlags |= PREFIX_TAILCALL_IMPLICIT)");
                            prefixFlags |= PREFIX_TAILCALL_IMPLICIT;
                        }
#endif // FEATURE_TAILCALL_OPT_SHARED_RETURN
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        JITDUMP("\n (Implicit Tail call: prefixFlags |= PREFIX_TAILCALL_IMPLICIT)");
                        prefixFlags |= PREFIX_TAILCALL_IMPLICIT;
                    }
                }

                // Treat this call as tail call for verification only if "tail" prefixed (i.e. explicit tail call).
                explicitTailCall = (prefixFlags & PREFIX_TAILCALL_EXPLICIT) != 0;
                readonlyCall     = (prefixFlags & PREFIX_READONLY) != 0;

                if (opcode != CEE_CALLI && opcode != CEE_NEWOBJ)
                {
                    // All calls and delegates need a security callout.
                    // For delegates, this is the call to the delegate constructor, not the access check on the
                    // LD(virt)FTN.
                    impHandleAccessAllowed(callInfo.accessAllowed, &callInfo.callsiteCalloutHelper);
                }

                callTyp = impImportCall(opcode, &resolvedToken, constraintCall ? &constrainedResolvedToken : nullptr,
                                        newObjThisPtr, prefixFlags, &callInfo, opcodeOffs);
                if (compDonotInline())
                {
                    // We do not check fails after lvaGrabTemp. It is covered with CoreCLR_13272 issue.
                    assert((callTyp == TYP_UNDEF) ||
                           (compInlineResult->GetObservation() == InlineObservation::CALLSITE_TOO_MANY_LOCALS));
                    return;
                }

                if (explicitTailCall || newBBcreatedForTailcallStress) // If newBBcreatedForTailcallStress is true, we
                                                                       // have created a new BB after the "call"
                // instruction in fgMakeBasicBlocks(). So we need to jump to RET regardless.
                {
                    assert(!compIsForInlining());
                    goto RET;
                }

                break;

            case CEE_LDFLD:
            case CEE_LDSFLD:
            case CEE_LDFLDA:
            case CEE_LDSFLDA:
            {

                bool isLoadAddress = (opcode == CEE_LDFLDA || opcode == CEE_LDSFLDA);
                bool isLoadStatic  = (opcode == CEE_LDSFLD || opcode == CEE_LDSFLDA);

                /* Get the CP_Fieldref index */
                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Field);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                int aflags = isLoadAddress ? CORINFO_ACCESS_ADDRESS : CORINFO_ACCESS_GET;

                GenTree*             obj     = nullptr;
                CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE objType = nullptr; // used for fields

                if ((opcode == CEE_LDFLD) || (opcode == CEE_LDFLDA))
                {
                    StackEntry se = impPopStack();
                    objType       = se.seTypeInfo.GetClassHandle();
                    obj           = se.val;

                    if (impIsThis(obj))
                    {
                        aflags |= CORINFO_ACCESS_THIS;
                    }
                }

                eeGetFieldInfo(&resolvedToken, (CORINFO_ACCESS_FLAGS)aflags, &fieldInfo);

                // Figure out the type of the member.  We always call canAccessField, so you always need this
                // handle
                CorInfoType ciType = fieldInfo.fieldType;
                clsHnd             = fieldInfo.structType;

                lclTyp = JITtype2varType(ciType);

                if (compIsForInlining())
                {
                    switch (fieldInfo.fieldAccessor)
                    {
                        case CORINFO_FIELD_INSTANCE_HELPER:
                        case CORINFO_FIELD_INSTANCE_ADDR_HELPER:
                        case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_ADDR_HELPER:
                        case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_TLS:

                            compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLEE_LDFLD_NEEDS_HELPER);
                            return;

                        case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_GENERICS_STATIC_HELPER:
                        case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_READYTORUN_HELPER:
                            /* We may be able to inline the field accessors in specific instantiations of generic
                             * methods */
                            compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_LDFLD_NEEDS_HELPER);
                            return;

                        default:
                            break;
                    }

                    if (!isLoadAddress && (fieldInfo.fieldFlags & CORINFO_FLG_FIELD_STATIC) && lclTyp == TYP_STRUCT &&
                        clsHnd)
                    {
                        if ((info.compCompHnd->getTypeForPrimitiveValueClass(clsHnd) == CORINFO_TYPE_UNDEF) &&
                            !(info.compFlags & CORINFO_FLG_FORCEINLINE))
                        {
                            // Loading a static valuetype field usually will cause a JitHelper to be called
                            // for the static base. This will bloat the code.
                            compInlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_LDFLD_STATIC_VALUECLASS);

                            if (compInlineResult->IsFailure())
                            {
                                return;
                            }
                        }
                    }
                }

                tiRetVal = verMakeTypeInfo(ciType, clsHnd);
                if (isLoadAddress)
                {
                    tiRetVal.MakeByRef();
                }
                else
                {
                    tiRetVal.NormaliseForStack();
                }

                // Perform this check always to ensure that we get field access exceptions even with
                // SkipVerification.
                impHandleAccessAllowed(fieldInfo.accessAllowed, &fieldInfo.accessCalloutHelper);

                // Raise InvalidProgramException if static load accesses non-static field
                if (isLoadStatic && ((fieldInfo.fieldFlags & CORINFO_FLG_FIELD_STATIC) == 0))
                {
                    BADCODE("static access on an instance field");
                }

                // We are using ldfld/a on a static field. We allow it, but need to get side-effect from obj.
                if ((fieldInfo.fieldFlags & CORINFO_FLG_FIELD_STATIC) && obj != nullptr)
                {
                    if (obj->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT)
                    {
                        obj = gtUnusedValNode(obj);
                        impAppendTree(obj, CHECK_SPILL_ALL, impCurStmtDI);
                    }
                    obj = nullptr;
                }

                /* Preserve 'small' int types */
                if (!varTypeIsSmall(lclTyp))
                {
                    lclTyp = genActualType(lclTyp);
                }

                bool usesHelper = false;

                switch (fieldInfo.fieldAccessor)
                {
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_INSTANCE:
#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_INSTANCE_WITH_BASE:
#endif
                    {
                        // If the object is a struct, what we really want is
                        // for the field to operate on the address of the struct.
                        if (varTypeIsStruct(obj))
                        {
                            if (opcode != CEE_LDFLD)
                            {
                                BADCODE3("Unexpected opcode (has to be LDFLD)", ": %02X", (int)opcode);
                            }
                            if (objType == nullptr)
                            {
                                BADCODE("top of stack must be a value type");
                            }
                            obj = impGetStructAddr(obj, objType, CHECK_SPILL_ALL, true);
                        }

                        DWORD typeFlags = info.compCompHnd->getClassAttribs(resolvedToken.hClass);

                        // TODO-ADDR: use FIELD_ADDR for all fields, not just those of classes.
                        //
                        if (isLoadAddress && ((typeFlags & CORINFO_FLG_VALUECLASS) == 0))
                        {
                            op1 = gtNewFieldAddrNode(varTypeIsGC(obj) ? TYP_BYREF : TYP_I_IMPL, resolvedToken.hField,
                                                     obj, fieldInfo.offset);
                        }
                        else
                        {
                            op1 = gtNewFieldRef(lclTyp, resolvedToken.hField, obj, fieldInfo.offset);
                        }

#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
                        if (fieldInfo.fieldAccessor == CORINFO_FIELD_INSTANCE_WITH_BASE)
                        {
                            op1->AsField()->gtFieldLookup = fieldInfo.fieldLookup;
                        }
#endif

                        if (fgAddrCouldBeNull(obj))
                        {
                            op1->gtFlags |= GTF_EXCEPT;
                        }

                        if (StructHasOverlappingFields(typeFlags))
                        {
                            op1->AsField()->gtFldMayOverlap = true;
                        }

                        // Wrap it in a address of operator if necessary.
                        if (isLoadAddress && op1->OperIs(GT_FIELD))
                        {
                            op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, varTypeIsGC(obj) ? TYP_BYREF : TYP_I_IMPL, op1);
                        }

                        if (!isLoadAddress && compIsForInlining() &&
                            impInlineIsGuaranteedThisDerefBeforeAnySideEffects(nullptr, nullptr, obj,
                                                                               impInlineInfo->inlArgInfo))
                        {
                            impInlineInfo->thisDereferencedFirst = true;
                        }
                    }
                    break;

                    case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_TLS:
#ifdef TARGET_X86
                        // Legacy TLS access is implemented as intrinsic on x86 only
                        op1 = gtNewFieldAddrNode(TYP_I_IMPL, resolvedToken.hField, nullptr, fieldInfo.offset);
                        op1->gtFlags |= GTF_FLD_TLS; // fgMorphExpandTlsField will handle the transformation.

                        if (!isLoadAddress)
                        {
                            if (varTypeIsStruct(lclTyp))
                            {
                                op1 = gtNewObjNode(fieldInfo.structType, op1);
                                op1->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_NONFAULTING;
                            }
                            else
                            {
                                op1 = gtNewIndir(lclTyp, op1, GTF_IND_NONFAULTING);
                                op1->gtFlags |= GTF_GLOB_REF;
                            }
                        }
                        break;
#else
                        fieldInfo.fieldAccessor = CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_ADDR_HELPER;
                        FALLTHROUGH;
#endif
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_ADDR_HELPER:
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_INSTANCE_HELPER:
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_INSTANCE_ADDR_HELPER:
                        op1 = gtNewRefCOMfield(obj, &resolvedToken, (CORINFO_ACCESS_FLAGS)aflags, &fieldInfo, lclTyp,
                                               clsHnd, nullptr);
                        usesHelper = true;
                        break;

                    case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_SHARED_STATIC_HELPER:
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_ADDRESS:
                        // Replace static read-only fields with constant if possible
                        if ((aflags & CORINFO_ACCESS_GET) && (fieldInfo.fieldFlags & CORINFO_FLG_FIELD_FINAL))
                        {
                            GenTree* newTree = impImportStaticReadOnlyField(resolvedToken.hField, resolvedToken.hClass);

                            if (newTree != nullptr)
                            {
                                op1 = newTree;
                                goto FIELD_DONE;
                            }
                        }
                        FALLTHROUGH;

                    case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_RVA_ADDRESS:
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_GENERICS_STATIC_HELPER:
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_READYTORUN_HELPER:
                        op1 = impImportStaticFieldAccess(&resolvedToken, (CORINFO_ACCESS_FLAGS)aflags, &fieldInfo,
                                                         lclTyp);
                        break;

                    case CORINFO_FIELD_INTRINSIC_ZERO:
                    {
                        assert(aflags & CORINFO_ACCESS_GET);
                        // Widen to stack type
                        lclTyp = genActualType(lclTyp);
                        op1    = gtNewIconNode(0, lclTyp);
                        goto FIELD_DONE;
                    }
                    break;

                    case CORINFO_FIELD_INTRINSIC_EMPTY_STRING:
                    {
                        assert(aflags & CORINFO_ACCESS_GET);

                        // Import String.Empty as "" (GT_CNS_STR with a fake SconCPX = 0)
                        op1 = gtNewSconNode(EMPTY_STRING_SCON, nullptr);
                        goto FIELD_DONE;
                    }
                    break;

                    case CORINFO_FIELD_INTRINSIC_ISLITTLEENDIAN:
                    {
                        assert(aflags & CORINFO_ACCESS_GET);
                        // Widen to stack type
                        lclTyp = genActualType(lclTyp);
#if BIGENDIAN
                        op1 = gtNewIconNode(0, lclTyp);
#else
                        op1                     = gtNewIconNode(1, lclTyp);
#endif
                        goto FIELD_DONE;
                    }
                    break;

                    default:
                        assert(!"Unexpected fieldAccessor");
                }

                if (!isLoadAddress)
                {

                    if (prefixFlags & PREFIX_VOLATILE)
                    {
                        op1->gtFlags |= GTF_ORDER_SIDEEFF; // Prevent this from being reordered

                        if (!usesHelper)
                        {
                            assert(op1->OperIs(GT_FIELD, GT_IND, GT_OBJ));
                            op1->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_VOLATILE;
                        }
                    }

                    if ((prefixFlags & PREFIX_UNALIGNED) && !varTypeIsByte(lclTyp))
                    {
                        if (!usesHelper)
                        {
                            assert(op1->OperIs(GT_FIELD, GT_IND, GT_OBJ));
                            op1->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_UNALIGNED;
                        }
                    }
                }

                // Check if the class needs explicit initialization.
                if (fieldInfo.fieldFlags & CORINFO_FLG_FIELD_INITCLASS)
                {
                    GenTree* helperNode = impInitClass(&resolvedToken);
                    if (compDonotInline())
                    {
                        return;
                    }
                    if (helperNode != nullptr)
                    {
                        op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, op1->TypeGet(), helperNode, op1);
                    }
                }

            FIELD_DONE:
                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
            }
            break;

            case CEE_STFLD:
            case CEE_STSFLD:
            {

                bool isStoreStatic = (opcode == CEE_STSFLD);

                CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE fieldClsHnd; // class of the field (if it's a ref type)

                /* Get the CP_Fieldref index */

                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Field);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                int      aflags = CORINFO_ACCESS_SET;
                GenTree* obj    = nullptr;

                // Pull the value from the stack.
                StackEntry se = impPopStack();
                op2           = se.val;
                clsHnd        = se.seTypeInfo.GetClassHandle();

                if (opcode == CEE_STFLD)
                {
                    obj = impPopStack().val;

                    if (impIsThis(obj))
                    {
                        aflags |= CORINFO_ACCESS_THIS;
                    }
                }

                eeGetFieldInfo(&resolvedToken, (CORINFO_ACCESS_FLAGS)aflags, &fieldInfo);

                // Figure out the type of the member.  We always call canAccessField, so you always need this
                // handle
                CorInfoType ciType = fieldInfo.fieldType;
                fieldClsHnd        = fieldInfo.structType;

                lclTyp = JITtype2varType(ciType);

                if (compIsForInlining())
                {
                    /* Is this a 'special' (COM) field? or a TLS ref static field?, field stored int GC heap? or
                     * per-inst static? */

                    switch (fieldInfo.fieldAccessor)
                    {
                        case CORINFO_FIELD_INSTANCE_HELPER:
                        case CORINFO_FIELD_INSTANCE_ADDR_HELPER:
                        case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_ADDR_HELPER:
                        case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_TLS:

                            compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLEE_STFLD_NEEDS_HELPER);
                            return;

                        case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_GENERICS_STATIC_HELPER:
                        case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_READYTORUN_HELPER:
                            /* We may be able to inline the field accessors in specific instantiations of generic
                             * methods */
                            compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_STFLD_NEEDS_HELPER);
                            return;

                        default:
                            break;
                    }
                }

                impHandleAccessAllowed(fieldInfo.accessAllowed, &fieldInfo.accessCalloutHelper);

                // Raise InvalidProgramException if static store accesses non-static field
                if (isStoreStatic && ((fieldInfo.fieldFlags & CORINFO_FLG_FIELD_STATIC) == 0))
                {
                    BADCODE("static access on an instance field");
                }

                // We are using stfld on a static field.
                // We allow it, but need to eval any side-effects for obj
                if ((fieldInfo.fieldFlags & CORINFO_FLG_FIELD_STATIC) && obj != nullptr)
                {
                    if (obj->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT)
                    {
                        obj = gtUnusedValNode(obj);
                        impAppendTree(obj, CHECK_SPILL_ALL, impCurStmtDI);
                    }
                    obj = nullptr;
                }

                /* Preserve 'small' int types */
                if (!varTypeIsSmall(lclTyp))
                {
                    lclTyp = genActualType(lclTyp);
                }

                switch (fieldInfo.fieldAccessor)
                {
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_INSTANCE:
#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_INSTANCE_WITH_BASE:
#endif
                    {
                        /* Create the data member node */
                        op1             = gtNewFieldRef(lclTyp, resolvedToken.hField, obj, fieldInfo.offset);
                        DWORD typeFlags = info.compCompHnd->getClassAttribs(resolvedToken.hClass);
                        if (StructHasOverlappingFields(typeFlags))
                        {
                            op1->AsField()->gtFldMayOverlap = true;
                        }

#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
                        if (fieldInfo.fieldAccessor == CORINFO_FIELD_INSTANCE_WITH_BASE)
                        {
                            op1->AsField()->gtFieldLookup = fieldInfo.fieldLookup;
                        }
#endif

                        if (fgAddrCouldBeNull(obj))
                        {
                            op1->gtFlags |= GTF_EXCEPT;
                        }

                        if (compIsForInlining() &&
                            impInlineIsGuaranteedThisDerefBeforeAnySideEffects(op2, nullptr, obj,
                                                                               impInlineInfo->inlArgInfo))
                        {
                            impInlineInfo->thisDereferencedFirst = true;
                        }
                    }
                    break;

                    case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_TLS:
#ifdef TARGET_X86
                        // Legacy TLS access is implemented as intrinsic on x86 only.
                        op1 = gtNewFieldAddrNode(TYP_I_IMPL, resolvedToken.hField, nullptr, fieldInfo.offset);
                        op1->gtFlags |= GTF_FLD_TLS; // fgMorphExpandTlsField will handle the transformation.

                        if (varTypeIsStruct(lclTyp))
                        {
                            op1 = gtNewObjNode(fieldInfo.structType, op1);
                            op1->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_NONFAULTING;
                        }
                        else
                        {
                            op1 = gtNewIndir(lclTyp, op1, GTF_IND_NONFAULTING);
                            op1->gtFlags |= GTF_GLOB_REF;
                        }
                        break;
#else
                        fieldInfo.fieldAccessor = CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_ADDR_HELPER;
                        FALLTHROUGH;
#endif
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_ADDR_HELPER:
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_INSTANCE_HELPER:
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_INSTANCE_ADDR_HELPER:
                        op1 = gtNewRefCOMfield(obj, &resolvedToken, (CORINFO_ACCESS_FLAGS)aflags, &fieldInfo, lclTyp,
                                               clsHnd, op2);
                        goto SPILL_APPEND;

                    case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_ADDRESS:
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_RVA_ADDRESS:
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_SHARED_STATIC_HELPER:
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_GENERICS_STATIC_HELPER:
                    case CORINFO_FIELD_STATIC_READYTORUN_HELPER:
                        op1 = impImportStaticFieldAccess(&resolvedToken, (CORINFO_ACCESS_FLAGS)aflags, &fieldInfo,
                                                         lclTyp);
                        break;

                    default:
                        assert(!"Unexpected fieldAccessor");
                }

                if (lclTyp != TYP_STRUCT)
                {
                    assert(op1->OperIs(GT_FIELD, GT_IND));

                    if (prefixFlags & PREFIX_VOLATILE)
                    {
                        op1->gtFlags |= GTF_ORDER_SIDEEFF; // Prevent this from being reordered
                        op1->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_VOLATILE;
                    }
                    if ((prefixFlags & PREFIX_UNALIGNED) && !varTypeIsByte(lclTyp))
                    {
                        op1->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_UNALIGNED;
                    }

                    // Currently, *all* TYP_REF statics are stored inside an "object[]" array that itself
                    // resides on the managed heap, and so we can use an unchecked write barrier for this
                    // store. Likewise if we're storing to a field of an on-heap object.
                    if ((lclTyp == TYP_REF) &&
                        (((fieldInfo.fieldFlags & CORINFO_FLG_FIELD_STATIC) != 0) || obj->TypeIs(TYP_REF)))
                    {
                        static_assert_no_msg(GTF_FLD_TGT_HEAP == GTF_IND_TGT_HEAP);
                        op1->gtFlags |= GTF_FLD_TGT_HEAP;
                    }

                    /* V4.0 allows assignment of i4 constant values to i8 type vars when IL verifier is bypassed (full
                       trust apps). The reason this works is that JIT stores an i4 constant in Gentree union during
                       importation and reads from the union as if it were a long during code generation. Though this
                       can potentially read garbage, one can get lucky to have this working correctly.

                       This code pattern is generated by Dev10 MC++ compiler while storing to fields when compiled with
                       /O2 switch (default when compiling retail configs in Dev10) and a customer app has taken a
                       dependency on it. To be backward compatible, we will explicitly add an upward cast here so that
                       it works correctly always.

                       Note that this is limited to x86 alone as there is no back compat to be addressed for Arm JIT
                       for V4.0.
                    */
                    CLANG_FORMAT_COMMENT_ANCHOR;

#ifndef TARGET_64BIT
                    // In UWP6.0 and beyond (post-.NET Core 2.0), we decided to let this cast from int to long be
                    // generated for ARM as well as x86, so the following IR will be accepted:
                    // STMTx (IL 0x... ???)
                    //   *  ASG long
                    //   +--*  LCL_VAR   long
                    //   \--*  CNS_INT   int    2

                    if ((op1->TypeGet() != op2->TypeGet()) && op2->OperIsConst() && varTypeIsIntOrI(op2->TypeGet()) &&
                        varTypeIsLong(op1->TypeGet()))
                    {
                        op2 = gtNewCastNode(op1->TypeGet(), op2, false, op1->TypeGet());
                    }
#endif

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
                    // Automatic upcast for a GT_CNS_INT into TYP_I_IMPL
                    if ((op2->OperGet() == GT_CNS_INT) && varTypeIsI(lclTyp) && !varTypeIsI(op2->gtType))
                    {
                        op2->gtType = TYP_I_IMPL;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        // Allow a downcast of op2 from TYP_I_IMPL into a 32-bit Int for x86 JIT compatibility
                        //
                        if (varTypeIsI(op2->gtType) && (genActualType(lclTyp) == TYP_INT))
                        {
                            op2 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_INT, op2, false, TYP_INT);
                        }
                        // Allow an upcast of op2 from a 32-bit Int into TYP_I_IMPL for x86 JIT compatibility
                        //
                        if (varTypeIsI(lclTyp) && (genActualType(op2->gtType) == TYP_INT))
                        {
                            op2 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, op2, false, TYP_I_IMPL);
                        }
                    }
#endif

                    // Insert an implicit FLOAT<->DOUBLE cast if needed.
                    op2 = impImplicitR4orR8Cast(op2, op1->TypeGet());

                    op1 = gtNewAssignNode(op1, op2);
                }

                // Check if the class needs explicit initialization.
                if (fieldInfo.fieldFlags & CORINFO_FLG_FIELD_INITCLASS)
                {
                    GenTree* helperNode = impInitClass(&resolvedToken);
                    if (compDonotInline())
                    {
                        return;
                    }
                    if (helperNode != nullptr)
                    {
                        op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, op1->TypeGet(), helperNode, op1);
                    }
                }

                if (lclTyp == TYP_STRUCT)
                {
                    op1 = impAssignStruct(op1, op2, clsHnd, CHECK_SPILL_ALL);
                }
                goto SPILL_APPEND;
            }

            case CEE_NEWARR:
            {

                /* Get the class type index operand */

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Newarr);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                if (!opts.IsReadyToRun())
                {
                    // Need to restore array classes before creating array objects on the heap
                    op1 = impTokenToHandle(&resolvedToken, nullptr, true /*mustRestoreHandle*/);
                    if (op1 == nullptr)
                    { // compDonotInline()
                        return;
                    }
                }

                tiRetVal = verMakeTypeInfo(resolvedToken.hClass);

                accessAllowedResult =
                    info.compCompHnd->canAccessClass(&resolvedToken, info.compMethodHnd, &calloutHelper);
                impHandleAccessAllowed(accessAllowedResult, &calloutHelper);

                /* Form the arglist: array class handle, size */
                op2 = impPopStack().val;
                assertImp(genActualTypeIsIntOrI(op2->gtType));

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
                // The array helper takes a native int for array length.
                // So if we have an int, explicitly extend it to be a native int.
                if (genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) != TYP_I_IMPL)
                {
                    if (op2->IsIntegralConst())
                    {
                        op2->gtType = TYP_I_IMPL;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        bool isUnsigned = false;
                        op2             = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, op2, isUnsigned, TYP_I_IMPL);
                    }
                }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT

#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
                if (opts.IsReadyToRun())
                {
                    op1 = impReadyToRunHelperToTree(&resolvedToken, CORINFO_HELP_READYTORUN_NEWARR_1, TYP_REF, nullptr,
                                                    op2);
                    usingReadyToRunHelper = (op1 != nullptr);

                    if (!usingReadyToRunHelper)
                    {
                        // TODO: ReadyToRun: When generic dictionary lookups are necessary, replace the lookup call
                        // and the newarr call with a single call to a dynamic R2R cell that will:
                        //      1) Load the context
                        //      2) Perform the generic dictionary lookup and caching, and generate the appropriate stub
                        //      3) Allocate the new array
                        // Reason: performance (today, we'll always use the slow helper for the R2R generics case)

                        // Need to restore array classes before creating array objects on the heap
                        op1 = impTokenToHandle(&resolvedToken, nullptr, true /*mustRestoreHandle*/);
                        if (op1 == nullptr)
                        { // compDonotInline()
                            return;
                        }
                    }
                }

                if (!usingReadyToRunHelper)
#endif
                {
                    /* Create a call to 'new' */

                    // Note that this only works for shared generic code because the same helper is used for all
                    // reference array types
                    op1 =
                        gtNewHelperCallNode(info.compCompHnd->getNewArrHelper(resolvedToken.hClass), TYP_REF, op1, op2);
                }

                op1->AsCall()->compileTimeHelperArgumentHandle = (CORINFO_GENERIC_HANDLE)resolvedToken.hClass;

                // Remember that this function contains 'new' of an SD array.
                optMethodFlags |= OMF_HAS_NEWARRAY;

                /* Push the result of the call on the stack */

                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);

                callTyp = TYP_REF;
            }
            break;

            case CEE_LOCALLOC:
                // We don't allow locallocs inside handlers
                if (block->hasHndIndex())
                {
                    BADCODE("Localloc can't be inside handler");
                }

                // Get the size to allocate

                op2 = impPopStack().val;
                assertImp(genActualTypeIsIntOrI(op2->gtType));

                if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth != 0)
                {
                    BADCODE("Localloc can only be used when the stack is empty");
                }

                // If the localloc is not in a loop and its size is a small constant,
                // create a new local var of TYP_BLK and return its address.
                {
                    bool convertedToLocal = false;

                    // Need to aggressively fold here, as even fixed-size locallocs
                    // will have casts in the way.
                    op2 = gtFoldExpr(op2);

                    if (op2->IsIntegralConst())
                    {
                        const ssize_t allocSize = op2->AsIntCon()->IconValue();

                        bool bbInALoop = impBlockIsInALoop(block);

                        if (allocSize == 0)
                        {
                            // Result is nullptr
                            JITDUMP("Converting stackalloc of 0 bytes to push null unmanaged pointer\n");
                            op1              = gtNewIconNode(0, TYP_I_IMPL);
                            convertedToLocal = true;
                        }
                        else if ((allocSize > 0) && !bbInALoop)
                        {
                            // Get the size threshold for local conversion
                            ssize_t maxSize = DEFAULT_MAX_LOCALLOC_TO_LOCAL_SIZE;

#ifdef DEBUG
                            // Optionally allow this to be modified
                            maxSize = JitConfig.JitStackAllocToLocalSize();
#endif // DEBUG

                            if (allocSize <= maxSize)
                            {
                                const unsigned stackallocAsLocal = lvaGrabTemp(false DEBUGARG("stackallocLocal"));
                                JITDUMP("Converting stackalloc of %zd bytes to new local V%02u\n", allocSize,
                                        stackallocAsLocal);
                                lvaTable[stackallocAsLocal].lvType           = TYP_BLK;
                                lvaTable[stackallocAsLocal].lvExactSize      = (unsigned)allocSize;
                                lvaTable[stackallocAsLocal].lvHasLdAddrOp    = true;
                                lvaTable[stackallocAsLocal].lvIsUnsafeBuffer = true;
                                op1              = gtNewLclvNode(stackallocAsLocal, TYP_BLK);
                                op1              = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_I_IMPL, op1);
                                convertedToLocal = true;

                                if (!this->opts.compDbgEnC)
                                {
                                    // Ensure we have stack security for this method.
                                    // Reorder layout since the converted localloc is treated as an unsafe buffer.
                                    setNeedsGSSecurityCookie();
                                    compGSReorderStackLayout = true;
                                }
                            }
                        }
                    }

                    if (!convertedToLocal)
                    {
                        // Bail out if inlining and the localloc was not converted.
                        //
                        // Note we might consider allowing the inline, if the call
                        // site is not in a loop.
                        if (compIsForInlining())
                        {
                            InlineObservation obs = op2->IsIntegralConst()
                                                        ? InlineObservation::CALLEE_LOCALLOC_TOO_LARGE
                                                        : InlineObservation::CALLSITE_LOCALLOC_SIZE_UNKNOWN;
                            compInlineResult->NoteFatal(obs);
                            return;
                        }

                        op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_LCLHEAP, TYP_I_IMPL, op2);
                        // May throw a stack overflow exception. Obviously, we don't want locallocs to be CSE'd.
                        op1->gtFlags |= (GTF_EXCEPT | GTF_DONT_CSE);

                        // Ensure we have stack security for this method.
                        setNeedsGSSecurityCookie();

                        /* The FP register may not be back to the original value at the end
                           of the method, even if the frame size is 0, as localloc may
                           have modified it. So we will HAVE to reset it */
                        compLocallocUsed = true;
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        compLocallocOptimized = true;
                    }
                }

                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                break;

            case CEE_ISINST:
            {
                /* Get the type token */
                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Casting);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                if (!opts.IsReadyToRun())
                {
                    op2 = impTokenToHandle(&resolvedToken, nullptr, false);
                    if (op2 == nullptr)
                    { // compDonotInline()
                        return;
                    }
                }

                accessAllowedResult =
                    info.compCompHnd->canAccessClass(&resolvedToken, info.compMethodHnd, &calloutHelper);
                impHandleAccessAllowed(accessAllowedResult, &calloutHelper);

                op1 = impPopStack().val;

                GenTree* optTree = impOptimizeCastClassOrIsInst(op1, &resolvedToken, false);

                if (optTree != nullptr)
                {
                    impPushOnStack(optTree, tiRetVal);
                }
                else
                {

#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
                    if (opts.IsReadyToRun())
                    {
                        GenTreeCall* opLookup =
                            impReadyToRunHelperToTree(&resolvedToken, CORINFO_HELP_READYTORUN_ISINSTANCEOF, TYP_REF,
                                                      nullptr, op1);
                        usingReadyToRunHelper = (opLookup != nullptr);
                        op1                   = (usingReadyToRunHelper ? opLookup : op1);

                        if (!usingReadyToRunHelper)
                        {
                            // TODO: ReadyToRun: When generic dictionary lookups are necessary, replace the lookup call
                            // and the isinstanceof_any call with a single call to a dynamic R2R cell that will:
                            //      1) Load the context
                            //      2) Perform the generic dictionary lookup and caching, and generate the appropriate
                            //      stub
                            //      3) Perform the 'is instance' check on the input object
                            // Reason: performance (today, we'll always use the slow helper for the R2R generics case)

                            op2 = impTokenToHandle(&resolvedToken, nullptr, false);
                            if (op2 == nullptr)
                            { // compDonotInline()
                                return;
                            }
                        }
                    }

                    if (!usingReadyToRunHelper)
#endif
                    {
                        op1 = impCastClassOrIsInstToTree(op1, op2, &resolvedToken, false, opcodeOffs);
                    }
                    if (compDonotInline())
                    {
                        return;
                    }

                    impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                }
                break;
            }

            case CEE_REFANYVAL:
            {

                // get the class handle and make a ICON node out of it

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                op2 = impTokenToHandle(&resolvedToken);
                if (op2 == nullptr)
                { // compDonotInline()
                    return;
                }

                op1 = impPopStack().val;
                // make certain it is normalized;
                op1 = impNormStructVal(op1, impGetRefAnyClass(), CHECK_SPILL_ALL);

                // Call helper GETREFANY(classHandle, op1);
                GenTreeCall* helperCall   = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_GETREFANY, TYP_BYREF);
                NewCallArg   clsHandleArg = NewCallArg::Primitive(op2);
                NewCallArg   typedRefArg  = NewCallArg::Struct(op1, TYP_STRUCT, impGetRefAnyClass());
                helperCall->gtArgs.PushFront(this, clsHandleArg, typedRefArg);
                helperCall->gtFlags |= (op1->gtFlags | op2->gtFlags) & GTF_ALL_EFFECT;
                op1 = helperCall;

                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                break;
            }
            case CEE_REFANYTYPE:

                op1 = impPopStack().val;

                // make certain it is normalized;
                op1 = impNormStructVal(op1, impGetRefAnyClass(), CHECK_SPILL_ALL);

                if (op1->gtOper == GT_OBJ)
                {
                    // Get the address of the refany
                    op1 = op1->AsOp()->gtOp1;

                    // Fetch the type from the correct slot
                    op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_BYREF, op1,
                                        gtNewIconNode(OFFSETOF__CORINFO_TypedReference__type, TYP_I_IMPL));
                    op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_BYREF, op1);
                }
                else
                {
                    assertImp(op1->gtOper == GT_MKREFANY);

                    // The pointer may have side-effects
                    if (op1->AsOp()->gtOp1->gtFlags & GTF_SIDE_EFFECT)
                    {
                        impAppendTree(op1->AsOp()->gtOp1, CHECK_SPILL_ALL, impCurStmtDI);
#ifdef DEBUG
                        impNoteLastILoffs();
#endif
                    }

                    // We already have the class handle
                    op1 = op1->AsOp()->gtOp2;
                }

                // convert native TypeHandle to RuntimeTypeHandle
                {
                    op1 = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_TYPEHANDLE_TO_RUNTIMETYPEHANDLE_MAYBENULL, TYP_STRUCT, op1);

                    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE classHandle = impGetTypeHandleClass();

                    // The handle struct is returned in register
                    op1->AsCall()->gtReturnType = GetRuntimeHandleUnderlyingType();
                    op1->AsCall()->gtRetClsHnd  = classHandle;
#if FEATURE_MULTIREG_RET
                    op1->AsCall()->InitializeStructReturnType(this, classHandle, op1->AsCall()->GetUnmanagedCallConv());
#endif

                    tiRetVal = typeInfo(TI_STRUCT, classHandle);
                }

                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                break;

            case CEE_LDTOKEN:
            {
                /* Get the Class index */
                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));
                lastLoadToken = codeAddr;
                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Ldtoken);

                tokenType = info.compCompHnd->getTokenTypeAsHandle(&resolvedToken);

                op1 = impTokenToHandle(&resolvedToken, nullptr, true);
                if (op1 == nullptr)
                { // compDonotInline()
                    return;
                }

                helper = CORINFO_HELP_TYPEHANDLE_TO_RUNTIMETYPEHANDLE;
                assert(resolvedToken.hClass != nullptr);

                if (resolvedToken.hMethod != nullptr)
                {
                    helper = CORINFO_HELP_METHODDESC_TO_STUBRUNTIMEMETHOD;
                }
                else if (resolvedToken.hField != nullptr)
                {
                    helper = CORINFO_HELP_FIELDDESC_TO_STUBRUNTIMEFIELD;
                }

                op1 = gtNewHelperCallNode(helper, TYP_STRUCT, op1);

                // The handle struct is returned in register and
                // it could be consumed both as `TYP_STRUCT` and `TYP_REF`.
                op1->AsCall()->gtReturnType = GetRuntimeHandleUnderlyingType();
#if FEATURE_MULTIREG_RET
                op1->AsCall()->InitializeStructReturnType(this, tokenType, op1->AsCall()->GetUnmanagedCallConv());
#endif
                op1->AsCall()->gtRetClsHnd = tokenType;

                tiRetVal = verMakeTypeInfo(tokenType);
                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
            }
            break;

            case CEE_UNBOX:
            case CEE_UNBOX_ANY:
            {
                /* Get the Class index */
                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                bool runtimeLookup;
                op2 = impTokenToHandle(&resolvedToken, &runtimeLookup);
                if (op2 == nullptr)
                {
                    assert(compDonotInline());
                    return;
                }

                // Run this always so we can get access exceptions even with SkipVerification.
                accessAllowedResult =
                    info.compCompHnd->canAccessClass(&resolvedToken, info.compMethodHnd, &calloutHelper);
                impHandleAccessAllowed(accessAllowedResult, &calloutHelper);

                if (opcode == CEE_UNBOX_ANY && !eeIsValueClass(resolvedToken.hClass))
                {
                    JITDUMP("\n Importing UNBOX.ANY(refClass) as CASTCLASS\n");
                    op1 = impPopStack().val;
                    goto CASTCLASS;
                }

                /* Pop the object and create the unbox helper call */
                /* You might think that for UNBOX_ANY we need to push a different */
                /* (non-byref) type, but here we're making the tiRetVal that is used */
                /* for the intermediate pointer which we then transfer onto the OBJ */
                /* instruction.  OBJ then creates the appropriate tiRetVal. */

                op1 = impPopStack().val;
                assertImp(op1->gtType == TYP_REF);

                helper = info.compCompHnd->getUnBoxHelper(resolvedToken.hClass);
                assert(helper == CORINFO_HELP_UNBOX || helper == CORINFO_HELP_UNBOX_NULLABLE);

                // Check legality and profitability of inline expansion for unboxing.
                const bool canExpandInline    = (helper == CORINFO_HELP_UNBOX);
                const bool shouldExpandInline = !compCurBB->isRunRarely() && opts.OptimizationEnabled();

                if (canExpandInline && shouldExpandInline)
                {
                    // See if we know anything about the type of op1, the object being unboxed.
                    bool                 isExact   = false;
                    bool                 isNonNull = false;
                    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE clsHnd    = gtGetClassHandle(op1, &isExact, &isNonNull);

                    // We can skip the "exact" bit here as we are comparing to a value class.
                    // compareTypesForEquality should bail on comparisons for shared value classes.
                    if (clsHnd != NO_CLASS_HANDLE)
                    {
                        const TypeCompareState compare =
                            info.compCompHnd->compareTypesForEquality(resolvedToken.hClass, clsHnd);

                        if (compare == TypeCompareState::Must)
                        {
                            JITDUMP("\nOptimizing %s (%s) -- type test will succeed\n",
                                    opcode == CEE_UNBOX ? "UNBOX" : "UNBOX.ANY", eeGetClassName(clsHnd));

                            // For UNBOX, null check (if necessary), and then leave the box payload byref on the stack.
                            if (opcode == CEE_UNBOX)
                            {
                                GenTree* cloneOperand;
                                op1 = impCloneExpr(op1, &cloneOperand, NO_CLASS_HANDLE, CHECK_SPILL_ALL,
                                                   nullptr DEBUGARG("optimized unbox clone"));

                                GenTree* boxPayloadOffset = gtNewIconNode(TARGET_POINTER_SIZE, TYP_I_IMPL);
                                GenTree* boxPayloadAddress =
                                    gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_BYREF, cloneOperand, boxPayloadOffset);
                                GenTree* nullcheck = gtNewNullCheck(op1, block);
                                GenTree* result    = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_BYREF, nullcheck, boxPayloadAddress);
                                impPushOnStack(result, tiRetVal);
                                break;
                            }

                            // For UNBOX.ANY load the struct from the box payload byref (the load will nullcheck)
                            assert(opcode == CEE_UNBOX_ANY);
                            GenTree* boxPayloadOffset  = gtNewIconNode(TARGET_POINTER_SIZE, TYP_I_IMPL);
                            GenTree* boxPayloadAddress = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_BYREF, op1, boxPayloadOffset);
                            impPushOnStack(boxPayloadAddress, tiRetVal);
                            oper = GT_OBJ;
                            goto OBJ;
                        }
                        else
                        {
                            JITDUMP("\nUnable to optimize %s -- can't resolve type comparison\n",
                                    opcode == CEE_UNBOX ? "UNBOX" : "UNBOX.ANY");
                        }
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        JITDUMP("\nUnable to optimize %s -- class for [%06u] not known\n",
                                opcode == CEE_UNBOX ? "UNBOX" : "UNBOX.ANY", dspTreeID(op1));
                    }

                    JITDUMP("\n Importing %s as inline sequence\n", opcode == CEE_UNBOX ? "UNBOX" : "UNBOX.ANY");
                    // we are doing normal unboxing
                    // inline the common case of the unbox helper
                    // UNBOX(exp) morphs into
                    // clone = pop(exp);
                    // ((*clone == typeToken) ? nop : helper(clone, typeToken));
                    // push(clone + TARGET_POINTER_SIZE)
                    //
                    GenTree* cloneOperand;
                    op1 = impCloneExpr(op1, &cloneOperand, NO_CLASS_HANDLE, CHECK_SPILL_ALL,
                                       nullptr DEBUGARG("inline UNBOX clone1"));
                    op1 = gtNewMethodTableLookup(op1);

                    GenTree* condBox = gtNewOperNode(GT_EQ, TYP_INT, op1, op2);

                    op1 = impCloneExpr(cloneOperand, &cloneOperand, NO_CLASS_HANDLE, CHECK_SPILL_ALL,
                                       nullptr DEBUGARG("inline UNBOX clone2"));
                    op2 = impTokenToHandle(&resolvedToken);
                    if (op2 == nullptr)
                    { // compDonotInline()
                        return;
                    }
                    op1 = gtNewHelperCallNode(helper, TYP_VOID, op2, op1);

                    op1 = new (this, GT_COLON) GenTreeColon(TYP_VOID, gtNewNothingNode(), op1);
                    op1 = gtNewQmarkNode(TYP_VOID, condBox, op1->AsColon());

                    // QMARK nodes cannot reside on the evaluation stack. Because there
                    // may be other trees on the evaluation stack that side-effect the
                    // sources of the UNBOX operation we must spill the stack.

                    impAppendTree(op1, CHECK_SPILL_ALL, impCurStmtDI);

                    // Create the address-expression to reference past the object header
                    // to the beginning of the value-type. Today this means adjusting
                    // past the base of the objects vtable field which is pointer sized.

                    op2 = gtNewIconNode(TARGET_POINTER_SIZE, TYP_I_IMPL);
                    op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_BYREF, cloneOperand, op2);
                }
                else
                {
                    JITDUMP("\n Importing %s as helper call because %s\n", opcode == CEE_UNBOX ? "UNBOX" : "UNBOX.ANY",
                            canExpandInline ? "want smaller code or faster jitting" : "inline expansion not legal");

                    // Don't optimize, just call the helper and be done with it
                    op1 = gtNewHelperCallNode(helper,
                                              (var_types)((helper == CORINFO_HELP_UNBOX) ? TYP_BYREF : TYP_STRUCT), op2,
                                              op1);
                    if (op1->gtType == TYP_STRUCT)
                    {
                        op1->AsCall()->gtRetClsHnd = resolvedToken.hClass;
                    }
                }

                assert((helper == CORINFO_HELP_UNBOX && op1->gtType == TYP_BYREF) || // Unbox helper returns a byref.
                       (helper == CORINFO_HELP_UNBOX_NULLABLE &&
                        varTypeIsStruct(op1)) // UnboxNullable helper returns a struct.
                       );

                /*
                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                  | \ helper  |                         |                              |
                  |   \       |                         |                              |
                  |     \     | CORINFO_HELP_UNBOX      | CORINFO_HELP_UNBOX_NULLABLE  |
                  |       \   | (which returns a BYREF) | (which returns a STRUCT)     |                              |
                  | opcode  \ |                         |                              |
                  |---------------------------------------------------------------------
                  | UNBOX     | push the BYREF          | spill the STRUCT to a local, |
                  |           |                         | push the BYREF to this local |
                  |---------------------------------------------------------------------
                  | UNBOX_ANY | push a GT_OBJ of        | push the STRUCT              |
                  |           | the BYREF               | For Linux when the           |
                  |           |                         |  struct is returned in two   |
                  |           |                         |  registers create a temp     |
                  |           |                         |  which address is passed to  |
                  |           |                         |  the unbox_nullable helper.  |
                  |---------------------------------------------------------------------
                */

                if (opcode == CEE_UNBOX)
                {
                    if (helper == CORINFO_HELP_UNBOX_NULLABLE)
                    {
                        // Unbox nullable helper returns a struct type.
                        // We need to spill it to a temp so than can take the address of it.
                        // Here we need unsafe value cls check, since the address of struct is taken to be used
                        // further along and potetially be exploitable.

                        unsigned tmp = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("UNBOXing a nullable"));
                        lvaSetStruct(tmp, resolvedToken.hClass, true /* unsafe value cls check */);

                        op2 = gtNewLclvNode(tmp, TYP_STRUCT);
                        op1 = impAssignStruct(op2, op1, resolvedToken.hClass, CHECK_SPILL_ALL);
                        assert(op1->gtType == TYP_VOID); // We must be assigning the return struct to the temp.

                        op2 = gtNewLclvNode(tmp, TYP_STRUCT);
                        op2 = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_BYREF, op2);
                        op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_BYREF, op1, op2);
                    }

                    assert(op1->gtType == TYP_BYREF);
                }
                else
                {
                    assert(opcode == CEE_UNBOX_ANY);

                    if (helper == CORINFO_HELP_UNBOX)
                    {
                        // Normal unbox helper returns a TYP_BYREF.
                        impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                        oper = GT_OBJ;
                        goto OBJ;
                    }

                    assert(helper == CORINFO_HELP_UNBOX_NULLABLE && "Make sure the helper is nullable!");

#if FEATURE_MULTIREG_RET

                    if (varTypeIsStruct(op1) &&
                        IsMultiRegReturnedType(resolvedToken.hClass, CorInfoCallConvExtension::Managed))
                    {
                        // Unbox nullable helper returns a TYP_STRUCT.
                        // For the multi-reg case we need to spill it to a temp so that
                        // we can pass the address to the unbox_nullable jit helper.

                        unsigned tmp = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("UNBOXing a register returnable nullable"));
                        lvaTable[tmp].lvIsMultiRegArg = true;
                        lvaSetStruct(tmp, resolvedToken.hClass, true /* unsafe value cls check */);

                        op2 = gtNewLclvNode(tmp, TYP_STRUCT);
                        op1 = impAssignStruct(op2, op1, resolvedToken.hClass, CHECK_SPILL_ALL);
                        assert(op1->gtType == TYP_VOID); // We must be assigning the return struct to the temp.

                        op2 = gtNewLclvNode(tmp, TYP_STRUCT);
                        op2 = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADDR, TYP_BYREF, op2);
                        op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_COMMA, TYP_BYREF, op1, op2);

                        // In this case the return value of the unbox helper is TYP_BYREF.
                        // Make sure the right type is placed on the operand type stack.
                        impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);

                        // Load the struct.
                        oper = GT_OBJ;

                        assert(op1->gtType == TYP_BYREF);

                        goto OBJ;
                    }
                    else

#endif // !FEATURE_MULTIREG_RET

                    {
                        // If non register passable struct we have it materialized in the RetBuf.
                        assert(op1->gtType == TYP_STRUCT);
                        tiRetVal = verMakeTypeInfo(resolvedToken.hClass);
                        assert(tiRetVal.IsValueClass());
                    }
                }

                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
            }
            break;

            case CEE_BOX:
            {
                /* Get the Class index */
                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Box);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                accessAllowedResult =
                    info.compCompHnd->canAccessClass(&resolvedToken, info.compMethodHnd, &calloutHelper);
                impHandleAccessAllowed(accessAllowedResult, &calloutHelper);

                // Note BOX can be used on things that are not value classes, in which
                // case we get a NOP.  However the verifier's view of the type on the
                // stack changes (in generic code a 'T' becomes a 'boxed T')
                if (!eeIsValueClass(resolvedToken.hClass))
                {
                    JITDUMP("\n Importing BOX(refClass) as NOP\n");
                    verCurrentState.esStack[verCurrentState.esStackDepth - 1].seTypeInfo = tiRetVal;
                    break;
                }

                bool isByRefLike =
                    (info.compCompHnd->getClassAttribs(resolvedToken.hClass) & CORINFO_FLG_BYREF_LIKE) != 0;
                if (isByRefLike)
                {
                    // For ByRefLike types we are required to either fold the
                    // recognized patterns in impBoxPatternMatch or otherwise
                    // throw InvalidProgramException at runtime. In either case
                    // we will need to spill side effects of the expression.
                    impSpillSideEffects(false, CHECK_SPILL_ALL DEBUGARG("Required for box of ByRefLike type"));
                }

                // Look ahead for box idioms
                int matched = impBoxPatternMatch(&resolvedToken, codeAddr + sz, codeEndp,
                                                 isByRefLike ? BoxPatterns::IsByRefLike : BoxPatterns::None);
                if (matched >= 0)
                {
                    // Skip the matched IL instructions
                    sz += matched;
                    break;
                }

                if (isByRefLike)
                {
                    // ByRefLike types are supported in boxing scenarios when the instruction can be elided
                    // due to a recognized pattern above. If the pattern is not recognized, the code is invalid.
                    BADCODE("ByRefLike types cannot be boxed");
                }
                else
                {
                    impImportAndPushBox(&resolvedToken);
                    if (compDonotInline())
                    {
                        return;
                    }
                }
            }
            break;

            case CEE_SIZEOF:

                /* Get the Class index */
                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                op1 = gtNewIconNode(info.compCompHnd->getClassSize(resolvedToken.hClass));
                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                break;

            case CEE_CASTCLASS:

                /* Get the Class index */

                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Casting);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                if (!opts.IsReadyToRun())
                {
                    op2 = impTokenToHandle(&resolvedToken, nullptr, false);
                    if (op2 == nullptr)
                    { // compDonotInline()
                        return;
                    }
                }

                accessAllowedResult =
                    info.compCompHnd->canAccessClass(&resolvedToken, info.compMethodHnd, &calloutHelper);
                impHandleAccessAllowed(accessAllowedResult, &calloutHelper);

                op1 = impPopStack().val;

            /* Pop the address and create the 'checked cast' helper call */

            // At this point we expect typeRef to contain the token, op1 to contain the value being cast,
            // and op2 to contain code that creates the type handle corresponding to typeRef
            CASTCLASS:
            {
                GenTree* optTree = impOptimizeCastClassOrIsInst(op1, &resolvedToken, true);

                if (optTree != nullptr)
                {
                    impPushOnStack(optTree, tiRetVal);
                }
                else
                {

#ifdef FEATURE_READYTORUN
                    if (opts.IsReadyToRun())
                    {
                        GenTreeCall* opLookup =
                            impReadyToRunHelperToTree(&resolvedToken, CORINFO_HELP_READYTORUN_CHKCAST, TYP_REF, nullptr,
                                                      op1);
                        usingReadyToRunHelper = (opLookup != nullptr);
                        op1                   = (usingReadyToRunHelper ? opLookup : op1);

                        if (!usingReadyToRunHelper)
                        {
                            // TODO: ReadyToRun: When generic dictionary lookups are necessary, replace the lookup call
                            // and the chkcastany call with a single call to a dynamic R2R cell that will:
                            //      1) Load the context
                            //      2) Perform the generic dictionary lookup and caching, and generate the appropriate
                            //      stub
                            //      3) Check the object on the stack for the type-cast
                            // Reason: performance (today, we'll always use the slow helper for the R2R generics case)

                            op2 = impTokenToHandle(&resolvedToken, nullptr, false);
                            if (op2 == nullptr)
                            { // compDonotInline()
                                return;
                            }
                        }
                    }

                    if (!usingReadyToRunHelper)
#endif
                    {
                        op1 = impCastClassOrIsInstToTree(op1, op2, &resolvedToken, true, opcodeOffs);
                    }
                    if (compDonotInline())
                    {
                        return;
                    }

                    /* Push the result back on the stack */
                    impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                }
            }
            break;

            case CEE_THROW:

                // Any block with a throw is rarely executed.
                block->bbSetRunRarely();

                // Pop the exception object and create the 'throw' helper call
                op1 = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_THROW, TYP_VOID, impPopStack().val);

            // Fall through to clear out the eval stack.

            EVAL_APPEND:
                if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth > 0)
                {
                    impEvalSideEffects();
                }

                assert(verCurrentState.esStackDepth == 0);

                goto APPEND;

            case CEE_RETHROW:

                assert(!compIsForInlining());

                if (info.compXcptnsCount == 0)
                {
                    BADCODE("rethrow outside catch");
                }

                /* Create the 'rethrow' helper call */

                op1 = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_RETHROW, TYP_VOID);

                goto EVAL_APPEND;

            case CEE_INITOBJ:

                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                lclTyp = JITtype2varType(info.compCompHnd->asCorInfoType(resolvedToken.hClass));
                if (lclTyp != TYP_STRUCT)
                {
                    op2 = gtNewZeroConNode(genActualType(lclTyp));
                    goto STIND_VALUE;
                }

                op1 = impPopStack().val;
                op1 = gtNewStructVal(typGetObjLayout(resolvedToken.hClass), op1);
                op2 = gtNewIconNode(0);

                op1 = gtNewBlkOpNode(op1, op2, (prefixFlags & PREFIX_VOLATILE) != 0, false);
                goto SPILL_APPEND;

            case CEE_INITBLK:

                op3 = impPopStack().val; // Size
                op2 = impPopStack().val; // Value
                op1 = impPopStack().val; // Dst addr

                if (op3->IsCnsIntOrI())
                {
                    size = (unsigned)op3->AsIntConCommon()->IconValue();
                    op1  = new (this, GT_BLK) GenTreeBlk(GT_BLK, TYP_STRUCT, op1, typGetBlkLayout(size));
                    op1  = gtNewBlkOpNode(op1, op2, (prefixFlags & PREFIX_VOLATILE) != 0, false);
                }
                else
                {
                    if (!op2->IsIntegralConst(0))
                    {
                        op2 = gtNewOperNode(GT_INIT_VAL, TYP_INT, op2);
                    }

                    op1  = new (this, GT_STORE_DYN_BLK) GenTreeStoreDynBlk(op1, op2, op3);
                    size = 0;

                    if ((prefixFlags & PREFIX_VOLATILE) != 0)
                    {
                        op1->gtFlags |= GTF_BLK_VOLATILE;
                    }
                }
                goto SPILL_APPEND;

            case CEE_CPBLK:

                op3 = impPopStack().val; // Size
                op2 = impPopStack().val; // Src addr
                op1 = impPopStack().val; // Dst addr

                if (op3->IsCnsIntOrI())
                {
                    size = static_cast<unsigned>(op3->AsIntConCommon()->IconValue());

                    op1 = gtNewBlockVal(op1, size);
                    op2 = gtNewBlockVal(op2, size);
                    op1 = gtNewBlkOpNode(op1, op2, (prefixFlags & PREFIX_VOLATILE) != 0, /* isCopyBlock */ true);
                }
                else
                {
                    op2 = gtNewOperNode(GT_IND, TYP_STRUCT, op2);
                    op1 = new (this, GT_STORE_DYN_BLK) GenTreeStoreDynBlk(op1, op2, op3);

                    if ((prefixFlags & PREFIX_VOLATILE) != 0)
                    {
                        op1->gtFlags |= GTF_BLK_VOLATILE;
                    }
                }
                goto SPILL_APPEND;

            case CEE_CPOBJ:
            {
                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                lclTyp = JITtype2varType(info.compCompHnd->asCorInfoType(resolvedToken.hClass));

                if (lclTyp != TYP_STRUCT)
                {
                    op1 = impPopStack().val; // address to load from

                    op1 = gtNewIndir(lclTyp, op1);
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_GLOB_REF;

                    impPushOnStack(op1, typeInfo());
                    goto STIND;
                }

                op2 = impPopStack().val; // Src addr
                op1 = impPopStack().val; // Dest addr

                ClassLayout* layout = typGetObjLayout(resolvedToken.hClass);
                op1                 = gtNewStructVal(layout, op1);
                op2                 = gtNewStructVal(layout, op2);
                if (op1->OperIs(GT_OBJ))
                {
                    gtSetObjGcInfo(op1->AsObj());
                }
                op1 = gtNewBlkOpNode(op1, op2, ((prefixFlags & PREFIX_VOLATILE) != 0), /* isCopyBlock */ true);
                goto SPILL_APPEND;
            }

            case CEE_STOBJ:
            {
                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                lclTyp = JITtype2varType(info.compCompHnd->asCorInfoType(resolvedToken.hClass));

                if (lclTyp != TYP_STRUCT)
                {
                    goto STIND;
                }

                op2 = impPopStack().val; // Value
                op1 = impPopStack().val; // Ptr

                assertImp(varTypeIsStruct(op2));

                op1 = impAssignStructPtr(op1, op2, resolvedToken.hClass, CHECK_SPILL_ALL);

                if (op1->OperIsBlkOp() && (prefixFlags & PREFIX_UNALIGNED))
                {
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_BLK_UNALIGNED;
                }
                goto SPILL_APPEND;
            }

            case CEE_MKREFANY:

                assert(!compIsForInlining());

                // Being lazy here. Refanys are tricky in terms of gc tracking.
                // Since it is uncommon, just don't perform struct promotion in any method that contains mkrefany.

                JITDUMP("disabling struct promotion because of mkrefany\n");
                fgNoStructPromotion = true;

                oper = GT_MKREFANY;
                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

                op2 = impTokenToHandle(&resolvedToken, nullptr, true);
                if (op2 == nullptr)
                { // compDonotInline()
                    return;
                }

                accessAllowedResult =
                    info.compCompHnd->canAccessClass(&resolvedToken, info.compMethodHnd, &calloutHelper);
                impHandleAccessAllowed(accessAllowedResult, &calloutHelper);

                op1 = impPopStack().val;

                // @SPECVIOLATION: TYP_INT should not be allowed here by a strict reading of the spec.
                // But JIT32 allowed it, so we continue to allow it.
                assertImp(op1->TypeGet() == TYP_BYREF || op1->TypeGet() == TYP_I_IMPL || op1->TypeGet() == TYP_INT);

                // MKREFANY returns a struct.  op2 is the class token.
                op1 = gtNewOperNode(oper, TYP_STRUCT, op1, op2);

                impPushOnStack(op1, verMakeTypeInfo(impGetRefAnyClass()));
                break;

            case CEE_LDOBJ:
            {
                oper = GT_OBJ;
                assertImp(sz == sizeof(unsigned));

                _impResolveToken(CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class);

                JITDUMP(" %08X", resolvedToken.token);

            OBJ:
                lclTyp   = JITtype2varType(info.compCompHnd->asCorInfoType(resolvedToken.hClass));
                tiRetVal = verMakeTypeInfo(resolvedToken.hClass);

                if (lclTyp != TYP_STRUCT)
                {
                    goto LDIND;
                }

                op1 = impPopStack().val;

                assertImp((genActualType(op1) == TYP_I_IMPL) || op1->TypeIs(TYP_BYREF));

                op1 = gtNewObjNode(resolvedToken.hClass, op1);
                op1->gtFlags |= GTF_EXCEPT;

                if (prefixFlags & PREFIX_UNALIGNED)
                {
                    op1->gtFlags |= GTF_IND_UNALIGNED;
                }

                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                break;
            }

            case CEE_LDLEN:
                op1 = impPopStack().val;
                if (opts.OptimizationEnabled())
                {
                    /* Use GT_ARR_LENGTH operator so rng check opts see this */
                    GenTreeArrLen* arrLen = gtNewArrLen(TYP_INT, op1, OFFSETOF__CORINFO_Array__length, block);

                    op1 = arrLen;
                }
                else
                {
                    /* Create the expression "*(array_addr + ArrLenOffs)" */
                    op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_ADD, TYP_BYREF, op1,
                                        gtNewIconNode(OFFSETOF__CORINFO_Array__length, TYP_I_IMPL));
                    op1 = gtNewIndir(TYP_INT, op1);
                }

                /* Push the result back on the stack */
                impPushOnStack(op1, tiRetVal);
                break;

            case CEE_BREAK:
                op1 = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_USER_BREAKPOINT, TYP_VOID);
                goto SPILL_APPEND;

            case CEE_NOP:
                if (opts.compDbgCode)
                {
                    op1 = new (this, GT_NO_OP) GenTree(GT_NO_OP, TYP_VOID);
                    goto SPILL_APPEND;
                }
                break;

            /******************************** NYI *******************************/

            case 0xCC:
                OutputDebugStringA("CLR: Invalid x86 breakpoint in IL stream\n");
                FALLTHROUGH;

            case CEE_ILLEGAL:
            case CEE_MACRO_END:

            default:
                if (compIsForInlining())
                {
                    compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLEE_COMPILATION_ERROR);
                    return;
                }

                BADCODE3("unknown opcode", ": %02X", (int)opcode);
        }

        codeAddr += sz;
        prevOpcode = opcode;

        prefixFlags = 0;
    }

    return;
#undef _impResolveToken
}
#ifdef _PREFAST_
#pragma warning(pop)
#endif

// Push a local/argument treeon the operand stack
void Compiler::impPushVar(GenTree* op, typeInfo tiRetVal)
{
    tiRetVal.NormaliseForStack();
    impPushOnStack(op, tiRetVal);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impCreateLocal: create a GT_LCL_VAR node to access a local that might need to be normalized on load
//
// Arguments:
//     lclNum -- The index into lvaTable
//     offset -- The offset to associate with the node
//
// Returns:
//     The node
//
GenTreeLclVar* Compiler::impCreateLocalNode(unsigned lclNum DEBUGARG(IL_OFFSET offset))
{
    var_types lclTyp;

    if (lvaTable[lclNum].lvNormalizeOnLoad())
    {
        lclTyp = lvaGetRealType(lclNum);
    }
    else
    {
        lclTyp = lvaGetActualType(lclNum);
    }

    return gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, lclTyp DEBUGARG(offset));
}

// Load a local/argument on the operand stack
// lclNum is an index into lvaTable *NOT* the arg/lcl index in the IL
void Compiler::impLoadVar(unsigned lclNum, IL_OFFSET offset)
{
    impPushVar(impCreateLocalNode(lclNum DEBUGARG(offset)), verMakeTypeInfoForLocal(lclNum));
}

// Load an argument on the operand stack
// Shared by the various CEE_LDARG opcodes
// ilArgNum is the argument index as specified in IL.
// It will be mapped to the correct lvaTable index
void Compiler::impLoadArg(unsigned ilArgNum, IL_OFFSET offset)
{
    Verify(ilArgNum < info.compILargsCount, "bad arg num");

    if (compIsForInlining())
    {
        if (ilArgNum >= info.compArgsCount)
        {
            compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLEE_BAD_ARGUMENT_NUMBER);
            return;
        }

        impPushVar(impInlineFetchArg(ilArgNum, impInlineInfo->inlArgInfo, impInlineInfo->lclVarInfo),
                   impInlineInfo->lclVarInfo[ilArgNum].lclVerTypeInfo);
    }
    else
    {
        if (ilArgNum >= info.compArgsCount)
        {
            BADCODE("Bad IL");
        }

        unsigned lclNum = compMapILargNum(ilArgNum); // account for possible hidden param

        if (lclNum == info.compThisArg)
        {
            lclNum = lvaArg0Var;
        }

        impLoadVar(lclNum, offset);
    }
}

// Load a local on the operand stack
// Shared by the various CEE_LDLOC opcodes
// ilLclNum is the local index as specified in IL.
// It will be mapped to the correct lvaTable index
void Compiler::impLoadLoc(unsigned ilLclNum, IL_OFFSET offset)
{
    if (compIsForInlining())
    {
        if (ilLclNum >= info.compMethodInfo->locals.numArgs)
        {
            compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLEE_BAD_LOCAL_NUMBER);
            return;
        }

        // Get the local type
        var_types lclTyp = impInlineInfo->lclVarInfo[ilLclNum + impInlineInfo->argCnt].lclTypeInfo;

        typeInfo tiRetVal = impInlineInfo->lclVarInfo[ilLclNum + impInlineInfo->argCnt].lclVerTypeInfo;

        /* Have we allocated a temp for this local? */

        unsigned lclNum = impInlineFetchLocal(ilLclNum DEBUGARG("Inline ldloc first use temp"));

        // All vars of inlined methods should be !lvNormalizeOnLoad()

        assert(!lvaTable[lclNum].lvNormalizeOnLoad());
        lclTyp = genActualType(lclTyp);

        impPushVar(gtNewLclvNode(lclNum, lclTyp), tiRetVal);
    }
    else
    {
        if (ilLclNum >= info.compMethodInfo->locals.numArgs)
        {
            BADCODE("Bad IL");
        }

        unsigned lclNum = info.compArgsCount + ilLclNum;

        impLoadVar(lclNum, offset);
    }
}

#ifdef TARGET_ARM
/**************************************************************************************
 *
 *  When assigning a vararg call src to a HFA lcl dest, mark that we cannot promote the
 *  dst struct, because struct promotion will turn it into a float/double variable while
 *  the rhs will be an int/long variable. We don't code generate assignment of int into
 *  a float, but there is nothing that might prevent us from doing so. The tree however
 *  would like: (=, (typ_float, typ_int)) or (GT_TRANSFER, (typ_float, typ_int))
 *
 *  tmpNum - the lcl dst variable num that is a struct.
 *  src    - the src tree assigned to the dest that is a struct/int (when varargs call.)
 *  hClass - the type handle for the struct variable.
 *
 *  TODO-ARM-CQ: [301608] This is a rare scenario with varargs and struct promotion coming into play,
 *        however, we could do a codegen of transferring from int to float registers
 *        (transfer, not a cast.)
 *
 */
void Compiler::impMarkLclDstNotPromotable(unsigned tmpNum, GenTree* src, CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE hClass)
{
    if (src->gtOper == GT_CALL && src->AsCall()->IsVarargs() && IsHfa(hClass))
    {
        int       hfaSlots = GetHfaCount(hClass);
        var_types hfaType  = GetHfaType(hClass);

        // If we have varargs we morph the method's return type to be "int" irrespective of its original
        // type: struct/float at importer because the ABI calls out return in integer registers.
        // We don't want struct promotion to replace an expression like this:
        //   lclFld_int = callvar_int() into lclFld_float = callvar_int();
        // This means an int is getting assigned to a float without a cast. Prevent the promotion.
        if ((hfaType == TYP_DOUBLE && hfaSlots == sizeof(double) / REGSIZE_BYTES) ||
            (hfaType == TYP_FLOAT && hfaSlots == sizeof(float) / REGSIZE_BYTES))
        {
            // Make sure this struct type stays as struct so we can receive the call in a struct.
            lvaTable[tmpNum].lvIsMultiRegRet = true;
        }
    }
}
#endif // TARGET_ARM

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impAssignMultiRegTypeToVar: ensure calls that return structs in multiple
//    registers return values to suitable temps.
//
// Arguments:
//     op -- call returning a struct in registers
//     hClass -- class handle for struct
//
// Returns:
//     Tree with reference to struct local to use as call return value.

GenTree* Compiler::impAssignMultiRegTypeToVar(GenTree*             op,
                                              CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE hClass DEBUGARG(CorInfoCallConvExtension callConv))
{
    unsigned tmpNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("Return value temp for multireg return"));
    impAssignTempGen(tmpNum, op, hClass, CHECK_SPILL_ALL);
    GenTree* ret = gtNewLclvNode(tmpNum, lvaTable[tmpNum].lvType);

    // TODO-1stClassStructs: Handle constant propagation and CSE-ing of multireg returns.
    ret->gtFlags |= GTF_DONT_CSE;

    assert(IsMultiRegReturnedType(hClass, callConv) || op->IsMultiRegNode());

    // Set "lvIsMultiRegRet" to block promotion under "!lvaEnregMultiRegVars".
    lvaTable[tmpNum].lvIsMultiRegRet = true;

    return ret;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impReturnInstruction: import a return or an explicit tail call
//
// Arguments:
//     prefixFlags -- active IL prefixes
//     opcode -- [in, out] IL opcode
//
// Returns:
//     True if import was successful (may fail for some inlinees)
//
bool Compiler::impReturnInstruction(int prefixFlags, OPCODE& opcode)
{
    const bool isTailCall = (prefixFlags & PREFIX_TAILCALL) != 0;

#ifdef DEBUG
    // If we are importing an inlinee and have GC ref locals we always
    // need to have a spill temp for the return value.  This temp
    // should have been set up in advance, over in fgFindBasicBlocks.
    if (compIsForInlining() && impInlineInfo->HasGcRefLocals() && (info.compRetType != TYP_VOID))
    {
        assert(lvaInlineeReturnSpillTemp != BAD_VAR_NUM);
    }
#endif // DEBUG

    GenTree*             op2       = nullptr;
    GenTree*             op1       = nullptr;
    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE retClsHnd = nullptr;

    if (info.compRetType != TYP_VOID)
    {
        StackEntry se = impPopStack();
        retClsHnd     = se.seTypeInfo.GetClassHandle();
        op2           = se.val;

        if (!compIsForInlining())
        {
            impBashVarAddrsToI(op2);
            op2 = impImplicitIorI4Cast(op2, info.compRetType);
            op2 = impImplicitR4orR8Cast(op2, info.compRetType);

            assertImp((genActualType(op2->TypeGet()) == genActualType(info.compRetType)) ||
                      ((op2->TypeGet() == TYP_I_IMPL) && (info.compRetType == TYP_BYREF)) ||
                      ((op2->TypeGet() == TYP_BYREF) && (info.compRetType == TYP_I_IMPL)) ||
                      (varTypeIsFloating(op2->gtType) && varTypeIsFloating(info.compRetType)) ||
                      (varTypeIsStruct(op2) && varTypeIsStruct(info.compRetType)));

#ifdef DEBUG
            if (!isTailCall && opts.compGcChecks && (info.compRetType == TYP_REF))
            {
                // DDB 3483  : JIT Stress: early termination of GC ref's life time in exception code path
                // VSW 440513: Incorrect gcinfo on the return value under COMPlus_JitGCChecks=1 for methods with
                // one-return BB.

                assert(op2->gtType == TYP_REF);

                // confirm that the argument is a GC pointer (for debugging (GC stress))
                op2 = gtNewHelperCallNode(CORINFO_HELP_CHECK_OBJ, TYP_REF, op2);

                if (verbose)
                {
                    printf("\ncompGcChecks tree:\n");
                    gtDispTree(op2);
                }
            }
#endif
        }
        else
        {
            if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth != 0)
            {
                assert(compIsForInlining());
                JITDUMP("CALLSITE_COMPILATION_ERROR: inlinee's stack is not empty.");
                compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_COMPILATION_ERROR);
                return false;
            }

#ifdef DEBUG
            if (verbose)
            {
                printf("\n\n    Inlinee Return expression (before normalization)  =>\n");
                gtDispTree(op2);
            }
#endif

            InlineCandidateInfo* inlCandInfo = impInlineInfo->inlineCandidateInfo;
            GenTreeRetExpr*      inlRetExpr  = inlCandInfo->retExpr;
            // Make sure the type matches the original call.

            var_types returnType       = genActualType(op2->gtType);
            var_types originalCallType = inlCandInfo->fncRetType;
            if ((returnType != originalCallType) && (originalCallType == TYP_STRUCT))
            {
                originalCallType = impNormStructType(inlCandInfo->methInfo.args.retTypeClass);
            }

            if (returnType != originalCallType)
            {
                // Allow TYP_BYREF to be returned as TYP_I_IMPL and vice versa.
                if (((returnType == TYP_BYREF) && (originalCallType == TYP_I_IMPL)) ||
                    ((returnType == TYP_I_IMPL) && (originalCallType == TYP_BYREF)))
                {
                    JITDUMP("Allowing return type mismatch: have %s, needed %s\n", varTypeName(returnType),
                            varTypeName(originalCallType));
                }
                else
                {
                    JITDUMP("Return type mismatch: have %s, needed %s\n", varTypeName(returnType),
                            varTypeName(originalCallType));
                    compInlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_RETURN_TYPE_MISMATCH);
                    return false;
                }
            }

            // Below, we are going to set impInlineInfo->retExpr to the tree with the return
            // expression. At this point, retExpr could already be set if there are multiple
            // return blocks (meaning fgNeedReturnSpillTemp() == true) and one of
            // the other blocks already set it. If there is only a single return block,
            // retExpr shouldn't be set. However, this is not true if we reimport a block
            // with a return. In that case, retExpr will be set, then the block will be
            // reimported, but retExpr won't get cleared as part of setting the block to
            // be reimported. The reimported retExpr value should be the same, so even if
            // we don't unconditionally overwrite it, it shouldn't matter.
            if (info.compRetNativeType != TYP_STRUCT)
            {
                // compRetNativeType is not TYP_STRUCT.
                // This implies it could be either a scalar type or SIMD vector type or
                // a struct type that can be normalized to a scalar type.

                if (varTypeIsStruct(info.compRetType))
                {
                    noway_assert(info.compRetBuffArg == BAD_VAR_NUM);
                    // Handle calls with "fake" return buffers.
                    op2 = impFixupStructReturnType(op2);
                }
                else
                {
                    // Do we have to normalize?
                    var_types fncRealRetType = JITtype2varType(info.compMethodInfo->args.retType);
                    // For RET_EXPR get the type info from the call. Regardless
                    // of whether it ends up inlined or not normalization will
                    // happen as part of that function's codegen.
                    GenTree* returnedTree = op2->OperIs(GT_RET_EXPR) ? op2->AsRetExpr()->gtInlineCandidate : op2;
                    if ((varTypeIsSmall(returnedTree->TypeGet()) || varTypeIsSmall(fncRealRetType)) &&
                        fgCastNeeded(returnedTree, fncRealRetType))
                    {
                        // Small-typed return values are normalized by the callee
                        op2 = gtNewCastNode(TYP_INT, op2, false, fncRealRetType);
                    }
                }

                if (fgNeedReturnSpillTemp())
                {
                    assert(info.compRetNativeType != TYP_VOID &&
                           (fgMoreThanOneReturnBlock() || impInlineInfo->HasGcRefLocals()));

                    // If this method returns a ref type, track the actual types seen in the returns.
                    if (info.compRetType == TYP_REF)
                    {
                        bool                 isExact      = false;
                        bool                 isNonNull    = false;
                        CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE returnClsHnd = gtGetClassHandle(op2, &isExact, &isNonNull);

                        if (inlRetExpr->gtSubstExpr == nullptr)
                        {
                            // This is the first return, so best known type is the type
                            // of this return value.
                            impInlineInfo->retExprClassHnd        = returnClsHnd;
                            impInlineInfo->retExprClassHndIsExact = isExact;
                        }
                        else if (impInlineInfo->retExprClassHnd != returnClsHnd)
                        {
                            // This return site type differs from earlier seen sites,
                            // so reset the info and we'll fall back to using the method's
                            // declared return type for the return spill temp.
                            impInlineInfo->retExprClassHnd        = nullptr;
                            impInlineInfo->retExprClassHndIsExact = false;
                        }
                    }

                    impAssignTempGen(lvaInlineeReturnSpillTemp, op2, se.seTypeInfo.GetClassHandle(), CHECK_SPILL_ALL);

                    var_types lclRetType = lvaGetDesc(lvaInlineeReturnSpillTemp)->lvType;
                    GenTree*  tmpOp2     = gtNewLclvNode(lvaInlineeReturnSpillTemp, lclRetType);

                    op2 = tmpOp2;
#ifdef DEBUG
                    if (inlRetExpr->gtSubstExpr != nullptr)
                    {
                        // Some other block(s) have seen the CEE_RET first.
                        // Better they spilled to the same temp.
                        assert(inlRetExpr->gtSubstExpr->gtOper == GT_LCL_VAR);
                        assert(inlRetExpr->gtSubstExpr->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum() ==
                               op2->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum());
                    }
#endif
                }

#ifdef DEBUG
                if (verbose)
                {
                    printf("\n\n    Inlinee Return expression (after normalization) =>\n");
                    gtDispTree(op2);
                }
#endif

                // Report the return expression
                inlRetExpr->gtSubstExpr = op2;
            }
            else
            {
                // compRetNativeType is TYP_STRUCT.
                // This implies that struct return via RetBuf arg or multi-reg struct return.

                GenTreeCall* iciCall = impInlineInfo->iciCall->AsCall();

                // Assign the inlinee return into a spill temp.
                if (fgNeedReturnSpillTemp())
                {
                    // in this case we have to insert multiple struct copies to the temp
                    // and the retexpr is just the temp.
                    assert(info.compRetNativeType != TYP_VOID);
                    assert(fgMoreThanOneReturnBlock() || impInlineInfo->HasGcRefLocals());

                    impAssignTempGen(lvaInlineeReturnSpillTemp, op2, se.seTypeInfo.GetClassHandle(), CHECK_SPILL_ALL);
                }

                if (compMethodReturnsMultiRegRetType())
                {
                    assert(!iciCall->ShouldHaveRetBufArg());

                    if (fgNeedReturnSpillTemp())
                    {
                        if (inlRetExpr->gtSubstExpr == nullptr)
                        {
                            // The inlinee compiler has figured out the type of the temp already. Use it here.
                            inlRetExpr->gtSubstExpr =
                                gtNewLclvNode(lvaInlineeReturnSpillTemp, lvaTable[lvaInlineeReturnSpillTemp].lvType);
                        }
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        inlRetExpr->gtSubstExpr = op2;
                    }
                }
                else // The struct was to be returned via a return buffer.
                {
                    assert(iciCall->gtArgs.HasRetBuffer());
                    GenTree* dest = gtCloneExpr(iciCall->gtArgs.GetRetBufferArg()->GetEarlyNode());

                    if (fgNeedReturnSpillTemp())
                    {
                        // If this is the first return we have seen set the retExpr.
                        if (inlRetExpr->gtSubstExpr == nullptr)
                        {
                            inlRetExpr->gtSubstExpr =
                                impAssignStructPtr(dest, gtNewLclvNode(lvaInlineeReturnSpillTemp, info.compRetType),
                                                   retClsHnd, CHECK_SPILL_ALL);
                        }
                    }
                    else
                    {
                        inlRetExpr->gtSubstExpr = impAssignStructPtr(dest, op2, retClsHnd, CHECK_SPILL_ALL);
                    }
                }
            }

            // If gtSubstExpr is an arbitrary tree then we may need to
            // propagate mandatory "IR presence" flags (e.g. BBF_HAS_IDX_LEN)
            // to the BB it ends up in.
            inlRetExpr->gtSubstBB = fgNeedReturnSpillTemp() ? nullptr : compCurBB;
        }
    }

    if (compIsForInlining())
    {
        return true;
    }

    if (info.compRetBuffArg != BAD_VAR_NUM)
    {
        // Assign value to return buff (first param)
        GenTree* retBuffAddr =
            gtNewLclvNode(info.compRetBuffArg, TYP_BYREF DEBUGARG(impCurStmtDI.GetLocation().GetOffset()));

        op2 = impAssignStructPtr(retBuffAddr, op2, retClsHnd, CHECK_SPILL_ALL);
        impAppendTree(op2, CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);

        // There are cases where the address of the implicit RetBuf should be returned explicitly.
        //
        if (compMethodReturnsRetBufAddr())
        {
            op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_RETURN, TYP_BYREF, gtNewLclvNode(info.compRetBuffArg, TYP_BYREF));
        }
        else
        {
            op1 = new (this, GT_RETURN) GenTreeOp(GT_RETURN, TYP_VOID);
        }
    }
    else if (varTypeIsStruct(info.compRetType))
    {
#if !FEATURE_MULTIREG_RET
        // For both ARM architectures the HFA native types are maintained as structs.
        // Also on System V AMD64 the multireg structs returns are also left as structs.
        noway_assert(info.compRetNativeType != TYP_STRUCT);
#endif
        op2 = impFixupStructReturnType(op2);
        op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_RETURN, genActualType(info.compRetType), op2);
    }
    else if (info.compRetType != TYP_VOID)
    {
        op1 = gtNewOperNode(GT_RETURN, genActualType(info.compRetType), op2);
    }
    else
    {
        op1 = new (this, GT_RETURN) GenTreeOp(GT_RETURN, TYP_VOID);
    }

    // We must have imported a tailcall and jumped to RET
    if (isTailCall)
    {
        assert(verCurrentState.esStackDepth == 0 && impOpcodeIsCallOpcode(opcode));

        opcode = CEE_RET; // To prevent trying to spill if CALL_SITE_BOUNDARIES

        // impImportCall() would have already appended TYP_VOID calls
        if (info.compRetType == TYP_VOID)
        {
            return true;
        }
    }

    impAppendTree(op1, CHECK_SPILL_NONE, impCurStmtDI);
#ifdef DEBUG
    // Remember at which BC offset the tree was finished
    impNoteLastILoffs();
#endif
    return true;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *  Mark the block as unimported.
 *  Note that the caller is responsible for calling impImportBlockPending(),
 *  with the appropriate stack-state
 */

inline void Compiler::impReimportMarkBlock(BasicBlock* block)
{
#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose && (block->bbFlags & BBF_IMPORTED))
    {
        printf("\n" FMT_BB " will be reimported\n", block->bbNum);
    }
#endif

    block->bbFlags &= ~BBF_IMPORTED;
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *  Mark the successors of the given block as unimported.
 *  Note that the caller is responsible for calling impImportBlockPending()
 *  for all the successors, with the appropriate stack-state.
 */

void Compiler::impReimportMarkSuccessors(BasicBlock* block)
{
    for (BasicBlock* const succBlock : block->Succs())
    {
        impReimportMarkBlock(succBlock);
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Filter wrapper to handle only passed in exception code
 *  from it).
 */

LONG FilterVerificationExceptions(PEXCEPTION_POINTERS pExceptionPointers, LPVOID lpvParam)
{
    if (pExceptionPointers->ExceptionRecord->ExceptionCode == SEH_VERIFICATION_EXCEPTION)
    {
        return EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER;
    }

    return EXCEPTION_CONTINUE_SEARCH;
}

void Compiler::impVerifyEHBlock(BasicBlock* block, bool isTryStart)
{
    assert(block->hasTryIndex());
    assert(!compIsForInlining());

    unsigned  tryIndex = block->getTryIndex();
    EHblkDsc* HBtab    = ehGetDsc(tryIndex);

    if (isTryStart)
    {
        assert(block->bbFlags & BBF_TRY_BEG);

        // The Stack must be empty
        //
        if (block->bbStkDepth != 0)
        {
            BADCODE("Evaluation stack must be empty on entry into a try block");
        }
    }

    // Save the stack contents, we'll need to restore it later
    //
    SavedStack blockState;
    impSaveStackState(&blockState, false);

    while (HBtab != nullptr)
    {
        // Recursively process the handler block, if we haven't already done so.
        BasicBlock* hndBegBB = HBtab->ebdHndBeg;

        if (((hndBegBB->bbFlags & BBF_IMPORTED) == 0) && (impGetPendingBlockMember(hndBegBB) == 0))
        {
            //  Construct the proper verification stack state
            //   either empty or one that contains just
            //   the Exception Object that we are dealing with
            //
            verCurrentState.esStackDepth = 0;

            if (handlerGetsXcptnObj(hndBegBB->bbCatchTyp))
            {
                CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE clsHnd;

                if (HBtab->HasFilter())
                {
                    clsHnd = impGetObjectClass();
                }
                else
                {
                    CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN resolvedToken;

                    resolvedToken.tokenContext = impTokenLookupContextHandle;
                    resolvedToken.tokenScope   = info.compScopeHnd;
                    resolvedToken.token        = HBtab->ebdTyp;
                    resolvedToken.tokenType    = CORINFO_TOKENKIND_Class;
                    info.compCompHnd->resolveToken(&resolvedToken);

                    clsHnd = resolvedToken.hClass;
                }

                // push catch arg the stack, spill to a temp if necessary
                // Note: can update HBtab->ebdHndBeg!
                hndBegBB = impPushCatchArgOnStack(hndBegBB, clsHnd, false);
            }

            // Queue up the handler for importing
            //
            impImportBlockPending(hndBegBB);
        }

        // Process the filter block, if we haven't already done so.
        if (HBtab->HasFilter())
        {
            /* @VERIFICATION : Ideally the end of filter state should get
               propagated to the catch handler, this is an incompleteness,
               but is not a security/compliance issue, since the only
               interesting state is the 'thisInit' state.
            */

            BasicBlock* filterBB = HBtab->ebdFilter;

            if (((filterBB->bbFlags & BBF_IMPORTED) == 0) && (impGetPendingBlockMember(filterBB) == 0))
            {
                verCurrentState.esStackDepth = 0;

                // push catch arg the stack, spill to a temp if necessary
                // Note: can update HBtab->ebdFilter!
                const bool isSingleBlockFilter = (filterBB->bbNext == hndBegBB);
                filterBB = impPushCatchArgOnStack(filterBB, impGetObjectClass(), isSingleBlockFilter);

                impImportBlockPending(filterBB);
            }
        }

        // Now process our enclosing try index (if any)
        //
        tryIndex = HBtab->ebdEnclosingTryIndex;
        if (tryIndex == EHblkDsc::NO_ENCLOSING_INDEX)
        {
            HBtab = nullptr;
        }
        else
        {
            HBtab = ehGetDsc(tryIndex);
        }
    }

    // Restore the stack contents
    impRestoreStackState(&blockState);
}

//***************************************************************
// Import the instructions for the given basic block.  Perform
// verification, throwing an exception on failure.  Push any successor blocks that are enabled for the first
// time, or whose verification pre-state is changed.

#ifdef _PREFAST_
#pragma warning(push)
#pragma warning(disable : 21000) // Suppress PREFast warning about overly large function
#endif
void Compiler::impImportBlock(BasicBlock* block)
{
    // BBF_INTERNAL blocks only exist during importation due to EH canonicalization. We need to
    // handle them specially. In particular, there is no IL to import for them, but we do need
    // to mark them as imported and put their successors on the pending import list.
    if (block->bbFlags & BBF_INTERNAL)
    {
        JITDUMP("Marking BBF_INTERNAL block " FMT_BB " as BBF_IMPORTED\n", block->bbNum);
        block->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;

        for (BasicBlock* const succBlock : block->Succs())
        {
            impImportBlockPending(succBlock);
        }

        return;
    }

    bool markImport;

    assert(block);

    /* Make the block globally available */

    compCurBB = block;

#ifdef DEBUG
    /* Initialize the debug variables */
    impCurOpcName = "unknown";
    impCurOpcOffs = block->bbCodeOffs;
#endif

    /* Set the current stack state to the merged result */
    verResetCurrentState(block, &verCurrentState);

    /* Now walk the code and import the IL into GenTrees */

    struct FilterVerificationExceptionsParam
    {
        Compiler*   pThis;
        BasicBlock* block;
    };
    FilterVerificationExceptionsParam param;

    param.pThis = this;
    param.block = block;

    PAL_TRY(FilterVerificationExceptionsParam*, pParam, &param)
    {
        /* @VERIFICATION : For now, the only state propagation from try
           to it's handler is "thisInit" state (stack is empty at start of try).
           In general, for state that we track in verification, we need to
           model the possibility that an exception might happen at any IL
           instruction, so we really need to merge all states that obtain
           between IL instructions in a try block into the start states of
           all handlers.

           However we do not allow the 'this' pointer to be uninitialized when
           entering most kinds try regions (only try/fault are allowed to have
           an uninitialized this pointer on entry to the try)

           Fortunately, the stack is thrown away when an exception
           leads to a handler, so we don't have to worry about that.
           We DO, however, have to worry about the "thisInit" state.
           But only for the try/fault case.

           The only allowed transition is from TIS_Uninit to TIS_Init.

           So for a try/fault region for the fault handler block
           we will merge the start state of the try begin
           and the post-state of each block that is part of this try region
        */

        // merge the start state of the try begin
        //
        if (pParam->block->bbFlags & BBF_TRY_BEG)
        {
            pParam->pThis->impVerifyEHBlock(pParam->block, true);
        }

        pParam->pThis->impImportBlockCode(pParam->block);

        // As discussed above:
        // merge the post-state of each block that is part of this try region
        //
        if (pParam->block->hasTryIndex())
        {
            pParam->pThis->impVerifyEHBlock(pParam->block, false);
        }
    }
    PAL_EXCEPT_FILTER(FilterVerificationExceptions)
    {
        verHandleVerificationFailure(block DEBUGARG(false));
    }
    PAL_ENDTRY

    if (compDonotInline())
    {
        return;
    }

    assert(!compDonotInline());

    markImport = false;

SPILLSTACK:

    unsigned    baseTmp             = NO_BASE_TMP; // input temps assigned to successor blocks
    bool        reimportSpillClique = false;
    BasicBlock* tgtBlock            = nullptr;

    /* If the stack is non-empty, we might have to spill its contents */

    if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth != 0)
    {
        impBoxTemp = BAD_VAR_NUM; // if a box temp is used in a block that leaves something
                                  // on the stack, its lifetime is hard to determine, simply
                                  // don't reuse such temps.

        Statement* addStmt = nullptr;

        /* Do the successors of 'block' have any other predecessors ?
           We do not want to do some of the optimizations related to multiRef
           if we can reimport blocks */

        unsigned multRef = impCanReimport ? unsigned(~0) : 0;

        switch (block->bbJumpKind)
        {
            case BBJ_COND:

                addStmt = impExtractLastStmt();

                assert(addStmt->GetRootNode()->gtOper == GT_JTRUE);

                /* Note if the next block has more than one ancestor */

                multRef |= block->bbNext->bbRefs;

                /* Does the next block have temps assigned? */

                baseTmp  = block->bbNext->bbStkTempsIn;
                tgtBlock = block->bbNext;

                if (baseTmp != NO_BASE_TMP)
                {
                    break;
                }

                /* Try the target of the jump then */

                multRef |= block->bbJumpDest->bbRefs;
                baseTmp  = block->bbJumpDest->bbStkTempsIn;
                tgtBlock = block->bbJumpDest;
                break;

            case BBJ_ALWAYS:
                multRef |= block->bbJumpDest->bbRefs;
                baseTmp  = block->bbJumpDest->bbStkTempsIn;
                tgtBlock = block->bbJumpDest;
                break;

            case BBJ_NONE:
                multRef |= block->bbNext->bbRefs;
                baseTmp  = block->bbNext->bbStkTempsIn;
                tgtBlock = block->bbNext;
                break;

            case BBJ_SWITCH:
                addStmt = impExtractLastStmt();
                assert(addStmt->GetRootNode()->gtOper == GT_SWITCH);

                for (BasicBlock* const tgtBlock : block->SwitchTargets())
                {
                    multRef |= tgtBlock->bbRefs;

                    // Thanks to spill cliques, we should have assigned all or none
                    assert((baseTmp == NO_BASE_TMP) || (baseTmp == tgtBlock->bbStkTempsIn));
                    baseTmp = tgtBlock->bbStkTempsIn;
                    if (multRef > 1)
                    {
                        break;
                    }
                }
                break;

            case BBJ_CALLFINALLY:
            case BBJ_EHCATCHRET:
            case BBJ_RETURN:
            case BBJ_EHFINALLYRET:
            case BBJ_EHFILTERRET:
            case BBJ_THROW:
                BADCODE("can't have 'unreached' end of BB with non-empty stack");
                break;

            default:
                noway_assert(!"Unexpected bbJumpKind");
                break;
        }

        assert(multRef >= 1);

        /* Do we have a base temp number? */

        bool newTemps = (baseTmp == NO_BASE_TMP);

        if (newTemps)
        {
            /* Grab enough temps for the whole stack */
            baseTmp = impGetSpillTmpBase(block);
        }

        /* Spill all stack entries into temps */
        unsigned level, tempNum;

        JITDUMP("\nSpilling stack entries into temps\n");
        for (level = 0, tempNum = baseTmp; level < verCurrentState.esStackDepth; level++, tempNum++)
        {
            GenTree* tree = verCurrentState.esStack[level].val;

            /* VC generates code where it pushes a byref from one branch, and an int (ldc.i4 0) from
               the other. This should merge to a byref in unverifiable code.
               However, if the branch which leaves the TYP_I_IMPL on the stack is imported first, the
               successor would be imported assuming there was a TYP_I_IMPL on
               the stack. Thus the value would not get GC-tracked. Hence,
               change the temp to TYP_BYREF and reimport the successors.
               Note: We should only allow this in unverifiable code.
            */
            if (tree->gtType == TYP_BYREF && lvaTable[tempNum].lvType == TYP_I_IMPL)
            {
                lvaTable[tempNum].lvType = TYP_BYREF;
                impReimportMarkSuccessors(block);
                markImport = true;
            }

#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
            if (genActualType(tree->gtType) == TYP_I_IMPL && lvaTable[tempNum].lvType == TYP_INT)
            {
                // Some other block in the spill clique set this to "int", but now we have "native int".
                // Change the type and go back to re-import any blocks that used the wrong type.
                lvaTable[tempNum].lvType = TYP_I_IMPL;
                reimportSpillClique      = true;
            }
            else if (genActualType(tree->gtType) == TYP_INT && lvaTable[tempNum].lvType == TYP_I_IMPL)
            {
                // Spill clique has decided this should be "native int", but this block only pushes an "int".
                // Insert a sign-extension to "native int" so we match the clique.
                verCurrentState.esStack[level].val = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, tree, false, TYP_I_IMPL);
            }

            // Consider the case where one branch left a 'byref' on the stack and the other leaves
            // an 'int'. On 32-bit, this is allowed (in non-verifiable code) since they are the same
            // size. JIT64 managed to make this work on 64-bit. For compatibility, we support JIT64
            // behavior instead of asserting and then generating bad code (where we save/restore the
            // low 32 bits of a byref pointer to an 'int' sized local). If the 'int' side has been
            // imported already, we need to change the type of the local and reimport the spill clique.
            // If the 'byref' side has imported, we insert a cast from int to 'native int' to match
            // the 'byref' size.
            if (genActualType(tree->gtType) == TYP_BYREF && lvaTable[tempNum].lvType == TYP_INT)
            {
                // Some other block in the spill clique set this to "int", but now we have "byref".
                // Change the type and go back to re-import any blocks that used the wrong type.
                lvaTable[tempNum].lvType = TYP_BYREF;
                reimportSpillClique      = true;
            }
            else if (genActualType(tree->gtType) == TYP_INT && lvaTable[tempNum].lvType == TYP_BYREF)
            {
                // Spill clique has decided this should be "byref", but this block only pushes an "int".
                // Insert a sign-extension to "native int" so we match the clique size.
                verCurrentState.esStack[level].val = gtNewCastNode(TYP_I_IMPL, tree, false, TYP_I_IMPL);
            }

#endif // TARGET_64BIT

            if (tree->gtType == TYP_DOUBLE && lvaTable[tempNum].lvType == TYP_FLOAT)
            {
                // Some other block in the spill clique set this to "float", but now we have "double".
                // Change the type and go back to re-import any blocks that used the wrong type.
                lvaTable[tempNum].lvType = TYP_DOUBLE;
                reimportSpillClique      = true;
            }
            else if (tree->gtType == TYP_FLOAT && lvaTable[tempNum].lvType == TYP_DOUBLE)
            {
                // Spill clique has decided this should be "double", but this block only pushes a "float".
                // Insert a cast to "double" so we match the clique.
                verCurrentState.esStack[level].val = gtNewCastNode(TYP_DOUBLE, tree, false, TYP_DOUBLE);
            }

            /* If addStmt has a reference to tempNum (can only happen if we
               are spilling to the temps already used by a previous block),
               we need to spill addStmt */

            if (addStmt != nullptr && !newTemps && gtHasRef(addStmt->GetRootNode(), tempNum))
            {
                GenTree* addTree = addStmt->GetRootNode();

                if (addTree->gtOper == GT_JTRUE)
                {
                    GenTree* relOp = addTree->AsOp()->gtOp1;
                    assert(relOp->OperIsCompare());

                    var_types type = genActualType(relOp->AsOp()->gtOp1->TypeGet());

                    if (gtHasRef(relOp->AsOp()->gtOp1, tempNum))
                    {
                        unsigned temp = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("spill addStmt JTRUE ref Op1"));
                        impAssignTempGen(temp, relOp->AsOp()->gtOp1, level);
                        type                 = genActualType(lvaTable[temp].TypeGet());
                        relOp->AsOp()->gtOp1 = gtNewLclvNode(temp, type);
                    }

                    if (gtHasRef(relOp->AsOp()->gtOp2, tempNum))
                    {
                        unsigned temp = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("spill addStmt JTRUE ref Op2"));
                        impAssignTempGen(temp, relOp->AsOp()->gtOp2, level);
                        type                 = genActualType(lvaTable[temp].TypeGet());
                        relOp->AsOp()->gtOp2 = gtNewLclvNode(temp, type);
                    }
                }
                else
                {
                    assert(addTree->gtOper == GT_SWITCH && genActualTypeIsIntOrI(addTree->AsOp()->gtOp1->TypeGet()));

                    unsigned temp = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("spill addStmt SWITCH"));
                    impAssignTempGen(temp, addTree->AsOp()->gtOp1, level);
                    addTree->AsOp()->gtOp1 = gtNewLclvNode(temp, genActualType(addTree->AsOp()->gtOp1->TypeGet()));
                }
            }

            /* Spill the stack entry, and replace with the temp */

            if (!impSpillStackEntry(level, tempNum
#ifdef DEBUG
                                    ,
                                    true, "Spill Stack Entry"
#endif
                                    ))
            {
                if (markImport)
                {
                    BADCODE("bad stack state");
                }

                // Oops. Something went wrong when spilling. Bad code.
                verHandleVerificationFailure(block DEBUGARG(true));

                goto SPILLSTACK;
            }
        }

        /* Put back the 'jtrue'/'switch' if we removed it earlier */

        if (addStmt != nullptr)
        {
            impAppendStmt(addStmt, CHECK_SPILL_NONE);
        }
    }

    // Some of the append/spill logic works on compCurBB

    assert(compCurBB == block);

    /* Save the tree list in the block */
    impEndTreeList(block);

    // impEndTreeList sets BBF_IMPORTED on the block
    // We do *NOT* want to set it later than this because
    // impReimportSpillClique might clear it if this block is both a
    // predecessor and successor in the current spill clique
    assert(block->bbFlags & BBF_IMPORTED);

    // If we had a int/native int, or float/double collision, we need to re-import
    if (reimportSpillClique)
    {
        // This will re-import all the successors of block (as well as each of their predecessors)
        impReimportSpillClique(block);

        // For blocks that haven't been imported yet, we still need to mark them as pending import.
        for (BasicBlock* const succ : block->Succs())
        {
            if ((succ->bbFlags & BBF_IMPORTED) == 0)
            {
                impImportBlockPending(succ);
            }
        }
    }
    else // the normal case
    {
        // otherwise just import the successors of block

        /* Does this block jump to any other blocks? */
        for (BasicBlock* const succ : block->Succs())
        {
            impImportBlockPending(succ);
        }
    }
}
#ifdef _PREFAST_
#pragma warning(pop)
#endif

/*****************************************************************************/
//
// Ensures that "block" is a member of the list of BBs waiting to be imported, pushing it on the list if
// necessary (and ensures that it is a member of the set of BB's on the list, by setting its byte in
// impPendingBlockMembers).  Merges the current verification state into the verification state of "block"
// (its "pre-state").

void Compiler::impImportBlockPending(BasicBlock* block)
{
#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\nimpImportBlockPending for " FMT_BB "\n", block->bbNum);
    }
#endif

    // We will add a block to the pending set if it has not already been imported (or needs to be re-imported),
    // or if it has, but merging in a predecessor's post-state changes the block's pre-state.
    // (When we're doing verification, we always attempt the merge to detect verification errors.)

    // If the block has not been imported, add to pending set.
    bool addToPending = ((block->bbFlags & BBF_IMPORTED) == 0);

    // Initialize bbEntryState just the first time we try to add this block to the pending list
    // Just because bbEntryState is NULL, doesn't mean the pre-state wasn't previously set
    // We use NULL to indicate the 'common' state to avoid memory allocation
    if ((block->bbEntryState == nullptr) && ((block->bbFlags & (BBF_IMPORTED | BBF_FAILED_VERIFICATION)) == 0) &&
        (impGetPendingBlockMember(block) == 0))
    {
        verInitBBEntryState(block, &verCurrentState);
        assert(block->bbStkDepth == 0);
        block->bbStkDepth = static_cast<unsigned short>(verCurrentState.esStackDepth);
        assert(addToPending);
        assert(impGetPendingBlockMember(block) == 0);
    }
    else
    {
        // The stack should have the same height on entry to the block from all its predecessors.
        if (block->bbStkDepth != verCurrentState.esStackDepth)
        {
#ifdef DEBUG
            char buffer[400];
            sprintf_s(buffer, sizeof(buffer),
                      "Block at offset %4.4x to %4.4x in %0.200s entered with different stack depths.\n"
                      "Previous depth was %d, current depth is %d",
                      block->bbCodeOffs, block->bbCodeOffsEnd, info.compFullName, block->bbStkDepth,
                      verCurrentState.esStackDepth);
            buffer[400 - 1] = 0;
            NO_WAY(buffer);
#else
            NO_WAY("Block entered with different stack depths");
#endif
        }

        if (!addToPending)
        {
            return;
        }

        if (block->bbStkDepth > 0)
        {
            // We need to fix the types of any spill temps that might have changed:
            //   int->native int, float->double, int->byref, etc.
            impRetypeEntryStateTemps(block);
        }

        // OK, we must add to the pending list, if it's not already in it.
        if (impGetPendingBlockMember(block) != 0)
        {
            return;
        }
    }

    // Get an entry to add to the pending list

    PendingDsc* dsc;

    if (impPendingFree)
    {
        // We can reuse one of the freed up dscs.
        dsc            = impPendingFree;
        impPendingFree = dsc->pdNext;
    }
    else
    {
        // We have to create a new dsc
        dsc = new (this, CMK_Unknown) PendingDsc;
    }

    dsc->pdBB                 = block;
    dsc->pdSavedStack.ssDepth = verCurrentState.esStackDepth;

    // Save the stack trees for later

    if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth)
    {
        impSaveStackState(&dsc->pdSavedStack, false);
    }

    // Add the entry to the pending list

    dsc->pdNext    = impPendingList;
    impPendingList = dsc;
    impSetPendingBlockMember(block, 1); // And indicate that it's now a member of the set.

    // Various assertions require us to now to consider the block as not imported (at least for
    // the final time...)
    block->bbFlags &= ~BBF_IMPORTED;

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose && 0)
    {
        printf("Added PendingDsc - %08p for " FMT_BB "\n", dspPtr(dsc), block->bbNum);
    }
#endif
}

/*****************************************************************************/
//
// Ensures that "block" is a member of the list of BBs waiting to be imported, pushing it on the list if
// necessary (and ensures that it is a member of the set of BB's on the list, by setting its byte in
// impPendingBlockMembers).  Does *NOT* change the existing "pre-state" of the block.

void Compiler::impReimportBlockPending(BasicBlock* block)
{
    JITDUMP("\nimpReimportBlockPending for " FMT_BB, block->bbNum);

    assert(block->bbFlags & BBF_IMPORTED);

    // OK, we must add to the pending list, if it's not already in it.
    if (impGetPendingBlockMember(block) != 0)
    {
        return;
    }

    // Get an entry to add to the pending list

    PendingDsc* dsc;

    if (impPendingFree)
    {
        // We can reuse one of the freed up dscs.
        dsc            = impPendingFree;
        impPendingFree = dsc->pdNext;
    }
    else
    {
        // We have to create a new dsc
        dsc = new (this, CMK_ImpStack) PendingDsc;
    }

    dsc->pdBB = block;

    if (block->bbEntryState)
    {
        dsc->pdSavedStack.ssDepth = block->bbEntryState->esStackDepth;
        dsc->pdSavedStack.ssTrees = block->bbEntryState->esStack;
    }
    else
    {
        dsc->pdSavedStack.ssDepth = 0;
        dsc->pdSavedStack.ssTrees = nullptr;
    }

    // Add the entry to the pending list

    dsc->pdNext    = impPendingList;
    impPendingList = dsc;
    impSetPendingBlockMember(block, 1); // And indicate that it's now a member of the set.

    // Various assertions require us to now to consider the block as not imported (at least for
    // the final time...)
    block->bbFlags &= ~BBF_IMPORTED;

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose && 0)
    {
        printf("Added PendingDsc - %08p for " FMT_BB "\n", dspPtr(dsc), block->bbNum);
    }
#endif
}

void* Compiler::BlockListNode::operator new(size_t sz, Compiler* comp)
{
    if (comp->impBlockListNodeFreeList == nullptr)
    {
        return comp->getAllocator(CMK_BasicBlock).allocate<BlockListNode>(1);
    }
    else
    {
        BlockListNode* res             = comp->impBlockListNodeFreeList;
        comp->impBlockListNodeFreeList = res->m_next;
        return res;
    }
}

void Compiler::FreeBlockListNode(Compiler::BlockListNode* node)
{
    node->m_next             = impBlockListNodeFreeList;
    impBlockListNodeFreeList = node;
}

void Compiler::impWalkSpillCliqueFromPred(BasicBlock* block, SpillCliqueWalker* callback)
{
    bool toDo = true;

    noway_assert(!fgComputePredsDone);
    if (!fgCheapPredsValid)
    {
        fgComputeCheapPreds();
    }

    BlockListNode* succCliqueToDo = nullptr;
    BlockListNode* predCliqueToDo = new (this) BlockListNode(block);
    while (toDo)
    {
        toDo = false;
        // Look at the successors of every member of the predecessor to-do list.
        while (predCliqueToDo != nullptr)
        {
            BlockListNode* node = predCliqueToDo;
            predCliqueToDo      = node->m_next;
            BasicBlock* blk     = node->m_blk;
            FreeBlockListNode(node);

            for (BasicBlock* const succ : blk->Succs())
            {
                // If it's not already in the clique, add it, and also add it
                // as a member of the successor "toDo" set.
                if (impSpillCliqueGetMember(SpillCliqueSucc, succ) == 0)
                {
                    callback->Visit(SpillCliqueSucc, succ);
                    impSpillCliqueSetMember(SpillCliqueSucc, succ, 1);
                    succCliqueToDo = new (this) BlockListNode(succ, succCliqueToDo);
                    toDo           = true;
                }
            }
        }
        // Look at the predecessors of every member of the successor to-do list.
        while (succCliqueToDo != nullptr)
        {
            BlockListNode* node = succCliqueToDo;
            succCliqueToDo      = node->m_next;
            BasicBlock* blk     = node->m_blk;
            FreeBlockListNode(node);

            for (BasicBlockList* pred = blk->bbCheapPreds; pred != nullptr; pred = pred->next)
            {
                BasicBlock* predBlock = pred->block;
                // If it's not already in the clique, add it, and also add it
                // as a member of the predecessor "toDo" set.
                if (impSpillCliqueGetMember(SpillCliquePred, predBlock) == 0)
                {
                    callback->Visit(SpillCliquePred, predBlock);
                    impSpillCliqueSetMember(SpillCliquePred, predBlock, 1);
                    predCliqueToDo = new (this) BlockListNode(predBlock, predCliqueToDo);
                    toDo           = true;
                }
            }
        }
    }

    // If this fails, it means we didn't walk the spill clique properly and somehow managed
    // miss walking back to include the predecessor we started from.
    // This most likely cause: missing or out of date bbPreds
    assert(impSpillCliqueGetMember(SpillCliquePred, block) != 0);
}

void Compiler::SetSpillTempsBase::Visit(SpillCliqueDir predOrSucc, BasicBlock* blk)
{
    if (predOrSucc == SpillCliqueSucc)
    {
        assert(blk->bbStkTempsIn == NO_BASE_TMP); // Should not already be a member of a clique as a successor.
        blk->bbStkTempsIn = m_baseTmp;
    }
    else
    {
        assert(predOrSucc == SpillCliquePred);
        assert(blk->bbStkTempsOut == NO_BASE_TMP); // Should not already be a member of a clique as a predecessor.
        blk->bbStkTempsOut = m_baseTmp;
    }
}

void Compiler::ReimportSpillClique::Visit(SpillCliqueDir predOrSucc, BasicBlock* blk)
{
    // For Preds we could be a little smarter and just find the existing store
    // and re-type it/add a cast, but that is complicated and hopefully very rare, so
    // just re-import the whole block (just like we do for successors)

    if (((blk->bbFlags & BBF_IMPORTED) == 0) && (m_pComp->impGetPendingBlockMember(blk) == 0))
    {
        // If we haven't imported this block and we're not going to (because it isn't on
        // the pending list) then just ignore it for now.

        // This block has either never been imported (EntryState == NULL) or it failed
        // verification. Neither state requires us to force it to be imported now.
        assert((blk->bbEntryState == nullptr) || (blk->bbFlags & BBF_FAILED_VERIFICATION));
        return;
    }

    // For successors we have a valid verCurrentState, so just mark them for reimport
    // the 'normal' way
    // Unlike predecessors, we *DO* need to reimport the current block because the
    // initial import had the wrong entry state types.
    // Similarly, blocks that are currently on the pending list, still need to call
    // impImportBlockPending to fixup their entry state.
    if (predOrSucc == SpillCliqueSucc)
    {
        m_pComp->impReimportMarkBlock(blk);

        // Set the current stack state to that of the blk->bbEntryState
        m_pComp->verResetCurrentState(blk, &m_pComp->verCurrentState);

        m_pComp->impImportBlockPending(blk);
    }
    else if ((blk != m_pComp->compCurBB) && ((blk->bbFlags & BBF_IMPORTED) != 0))
    {
        // As described above, we are only visiting predecessors so they can
        // add the appropriate casts, since we have already done that for the current
        // block, it does not need to be reimported.
        // Nor do we need to reimport blocks that are still pending, but not yet
        // imported.
        //
        // For predecessors, we have no state to seed the EntryState, so we just have
        // to assume the existing one is correct.
        // If the block is also a successor, it will get the EntryState properly
        // updated when it is visited as a successor in the above "if" block.
        assert(predOrSucc == SpillCliquePred);
        m_pComp->impReimportBlockPending(blk);
    }
}

// Re-type the incoming lclVar nodes to match the varDsc.
void Compiler::impRetypeEntryStateTemps(BasicBlock* blk)
{
    if (blk->bbEntryState != nullptr)
    {
        EntryState* es = blk->bbEntryState;
        for (unsigned level = 0; level < es->esStackDepth; level++)
        {
            GenTree* tree = es->esStack[level].val;
            if ((tree->gtOper == GT_LCL_VAR) || (tree->gtOper == GT_LCL_FLD))
            {
                es->esStack[level].val->gtType = lvaGetDesc(tree->AsLclVarCommon())->TypeGet();
            }
        }
    }
}

unsigned Compiler::impGetSpillTmpBase(BasicBlock* block)
{
    if (block->bbStkTempsOut != NO_BASE_TMP)
    {
        return block->bbStkTempsOut;
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\n*************** In impGetSpillTmpBase(" FMT_BB ")\n", block->bbNum);
    }
#endif // DEBUG

    // Otherwise, choose one, and propagate to all members of the spill clique.
    // Grab enough temps for the whole stack.
    unsigned baseTmp = lvaGrabTemps(verCurrentState.esStackDepth DEBUGARG("IL Stack Entries"));
    SetSpillTempsBase callback(baseTmp);

    // We do *NOT* need to reset the SpillClique*Members because a block can only be the predecessor
    // to one spill clique, and similarly can only be the successor to one spill clique
    impWalkSpillCliqueFromPred(block, &callback);

    return baseTmp;
}

void Compiler::impReimportSpillClique(BasicBlock* block)
{
#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("\n*************** In impReimportSpillClique(" FMT_BB ")\n", block->bbNum);
    }
#endif // DEBUG

    // If we get here, it is because this block is already part of a spill clique
    // and one predecessor had an outgoing live stack slot of type int, and this
    // block has an outgoing live stack slot of type native int.
    // We need to reset these before traversal because they have already been set
    // by the previous walk to determine all the members of the spill clique.
    impInlineRoot()->impSpillCliquePredMembers.Reset();
    impInlineRoot()->impSpillCliqueSuccMembers.Reset();

    ReimportSpillClique callback(this);

    impWalkSpillCliqueFromPred(block, &callback);
}

// Set the pre-state of "block" (which should not have a pre-state allocated) to
// a copy of "srcState", cloning tree pointers as required.
void Compiler::verInitBBEntryState(BasicBlock* block, EntryState* srcState)
{
    if (srcState->esStackDepth == 0)
    {
        block->bbEntryState = nullptr;
        return;
    }

    block->bbEntryState = getAllocator(CMK_Unknown).allocate<EntryState>(1);

    // block->bbEntryState.esRefcount = 1;

    block->bbEntryState->esStackDepth = srcState->esStackDepth;

    if (srcState->esStackDepth > 0)
    {
        block->bbSetStack(new (this, CMK_Unknown) StackEntry[srcState->esStackDepth]);
        unsigned stackSize = srcState->esStackDepth * sizeof(StackEntry);

        memcpy(block->bbEntryState->esStack, srcState->esStack, stackSize);
        for (unsigned level = 0; level < srcState->esStackDepth; level++)
        {
            GenTree* tree                           = srcState->esStack[level].val;
            block->bbEntryState->esStack[level].val = gtCloneExpr(tree);
        }
    }
}

/*
 * Resets the current state to the state at the start of the basic block
 */
void Compiler::verResetCurrentState(BasicBlock* block, EntryState* destState)
{
    if (block->bbEntryState == nullptr)
    {
        destState->esStackDepth = 0;
        return;
    }

    destState->esStackDepth = block->bbEntryState->esStackDepth;

    if (destState->esStackDepth > 0)
    {
        unsigned stackSize = destState->esStackDepth * sizeof(StackEntry);

        memcpy(destState->esStack, block->bbStackOnEntry(), stackSize);
    }
}

unsigned BasicBlock::bbStackDepthOnEntry() const
{
    return (bbEntryState ? bbEntryState->esStackDepth : 0);
}

void BasicBlock::bbSetStack(void* stackBuffer)
{
    assert(bbEntryState);
    assert(stackBuffer);
    bbEntryState->esStack = (StackEntry*)stackBuffer;
}

StackEntry* BasicBlock::bbStackOnEntry() const
{
    assert(bbEntryState);
    return bbEntryState->esStack;
}

void Compiler::verInitCurrentState()
{
    // initialize stack info
    verCurrentState.esStackDepth = 0;
    assert(verCurrentState.esStack != nullptr);

    // copy current state to entry state of first BB
    verInitBBEntryState(fgFirstBB, &verCurrentState);
}

Compiler* Compiler::impInlineRoot()
{
    if (impInlineInfo == nullptr)
    {
        return this;
    }
    else
    {
        return impInlineInfo->InlineRoot;
    }
}

BYTE Compiler::impSpillCliqueGetMember(SpillCliqueDir predOrSucc, BasicBlock* blk)
{
    if (predOrSucc == SpillCliquePred)
    {
        return impInlineRoot()->impSpillCliquePredMembers.Get(blk->bbInd());
    }
    else
    {
        assert(predOrSucc == SpillCliqueSucc);
        return impInlineRoot()->impSpillCliqueSuccMembers.Get(blk->bbInd());
    }
}

void Compiler::impSpillCliqueSetMember(SpillCliqueDir predOrSucc, BasicBlock* blk, BYTE val)
{
    if (predOrSucc == SpillCliquePred)
    {
        impInlineRoot()->impSpillCliquePredMembers.Set(blk->bbInd(), val);
    }
    else
    {
        assert(predOrSucc == SpillCliqueSucc);
        impInlineRoot()->impSpillCliqueSuccMembers.Set(blk->bbInd(), val);
    }
}

/*****************************************************************************
 *
 *  Convert the instrs ("import") into our internal format (trees). The
 *  basic flowgraph has already been constructed and is passed in.
 */

void Compiler::impImport()
{
#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        printf("*************** In impImport() for %s\n", info.compFullName);
    }
#endif

    Compiler* inlineRoot = impInlineRoot();

    if (info.compMaxStack <= SMALL_STACK_SIZE)
    {
        impStkSize = SMALL_STACK_SIZE;
    }
    else
    {
        impStkSize = info.compMaxStack;
    }

    if (this == inlineRoot)
    {
        // Allocate the stack contents
        verCurrentState.esStack = new (this, CMK_ImpStack) StackEntry[impStkSize];
    }
    else
    {
        // This is the inlinee compiler, steal the stack from the inliner compiler
        // (after ensuring that it is large enough).
        if (inlineRoot->impStkSize < impStkSize)
        {
            inlineRoot->impStkSize              = impStkSize;
            inlineRoot->verCurrentState.esStack = new (this, CMK_ImpStack) StackEntry[impStkSize];
        }

        verCurrentState.esStack = inlineRoot->verCurrentState.esStack;
    }

    // initialize the entry state at start of method
    verInitCurrentState();

    // Initialize stuff related to figuring "spill cliques" (see spec comment for impGetSpillTmpBase).
    if (this == inlineRoot) // These are only used on the root of the inlining tree.
    {
        // We have initialized these previously, but to size 0.  Make them larger.
        impPendingBlockMembers.Init(getAllocator(), fgBBNumMax * 2);
        impSpillCliquePredMembers.Init(getAllocator(), fgBBNumMax * 2);
        impSpillCliqueSuccMembers.Init(getAllocator(), fgBBNumMax * 2);
    }
    inlineRoot->impPendingBlockMembers.Reset(fgBBNumMax * 2);
    inlineRoot->impSpillCliquePredMembers.Reset(fgBBNumMax * 2);
    inlineRoot->impSpillCliqueSuccMembers.Reset(fgBBNumMax * 2);
    impBlockListNodeFreeList = nullptr;

#ifdef DEBUG
    impLastILoffsStmt   = nullptr;
    impNestedStackSpill = false;
#endif
    impBoxTemp = BAD_VAR_NUM;

    impPendingList = impPendingFree = nullptr;

    // Skip leading internal blocks.
    // These can arise from needing a leading scratch BB, from EH normalization, and from OSR entry redirects.
    //
    BasicBlock* entryBlock = fgFirstBB;

    while (entryBlock->bbFlags & BBF_INTERNAL)
    {
        JITDUMP("Marking leading BBF_INTERNAL block " FMT_BB " as BBF_IMPORTED\n", entryBlock->bbNum);
        entryBlock->bbFlags |= BBF_IMPORTED;

        if (entryBlock->bbJumpKind == BBJ_NONE)
        {
            entryBlock = entryBlock->bbNext;
        }
        else if (opts.IsOSR() && (entryBlock->bbJumpKind == BBJ_ALWAYS))
        {
            entryBlock = entryBlock->bbJumpDest;
        }
        else
        {
            assert(!"unexpected bbJumpKind in entry sequence");
        }
    }

    // Note for OSR we'd like to be able to verify this block must be
    // stack empty, but won't know that until we've imported...so instead
    // we'll BADCODE out if we mess up.
    //
    // (the concern here is that the runtime asks us to OSR a
    // different IL version than the one that matched the method that
    // triggered OSR).  This should not happen but I might have the
    // IL versioning stuff wrong.
    //
    // TODO: we also currently expect this block to be a join point,
    // which we should verify over when we find jump targets.
    impImportBlockPending(entryBlock);

    /* Import blocks in the worker-list until there are no more */

    while (impPendingList)
    {
        /* Remove the entry at the front of the list */

        PendingDsc* dsc = impPendingList;
        impPendingList  = impPendingList->pdNext;
        impSetPendingBlockMember(dsc->pdBB, 0);

        /* Restore the stack state */

        verCurrentState.esStackDepth = dsc->pdSavedStack.ssDepth;
        if (verCurrentState.esStackDepth)
        {
            impRestoreStackState(&dsc->pdSavedStack);
        }

        /* Add the entry to the free list for reuse */

        dsc->pdNext    = impPendingFree;
        impPendingFree = dsc;

        /* Now import the block */

        if (dsc->pdBB->bbFlags & BBF_FAILED_VERIFICATION)
        {
            verConvertBBToThrowVerificationException(dsc->pdBB DEBUGARG(true));
            impEndTreeList(dsc->pdBB);
        }
        else
        {
            impImportBlock(dsc->pdBB);

            if (compDonotInline())
            {
                return;
            }
            if (compIsForImportOnly())
            {
                return;
            }
        }
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose && info.compXcptnsCount)
    {
        printf("\nAfter impImport() added block for try,catch,finally");
        fgDispBasicBlocks();
        printf("\n");
    }

    // Used in impImportBlockPending() for STRESS_CHK_REIMPORT
    for (BasicBlock* const block : Blocks())
    {
        block->bbFlags &= ~BBF_VISITED;
    }
#endif
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impIsInvariant: check if a tree (created during import) is invariant.
//
// Arguments:
//   tree -- The tree
//
// Returns:
//   true if it is invariant
//
// Remarks:
//   This is a variant of GenTree::IsInvariant that is more suitable for use
//   during import. Unlike that function, this one handles GT_FIELD nodes.
//
bool Compiler::impIsInvariant(const GenTree* tree)
{
    return tree->OperIsConst() || impIsAddressInLocal(tree);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impIsAddressInLocal:
//   Check to see if the tree is the address of a local or
//   the address of a field in a local.
// Arguments:
//     tree -- The tree
//     lclVarTreeOut -- [out] the local that this points into
//
// Returns:
//     true if it points into a local
//
// Remarks:
//   This is a variant of GenTree::IsLocalAddrExpr that is more suitable for
//   use during import. Unlike that function, this one handles GT_FIELD nodes.
//
bool Compiler::impIsAddressInLocal(const GenTree* tree, GenTree** lclVarTreeOut)
{
    if (tree->gtOper != GT_ADDR)
    {
        return false;
    }

    GenTree* op = tree->AsOp()->gtOp1;
    while (op->gtOper == GT_FIELD)
    {
        op = op->AsField()->GetFldObj();
        if (op && op->gtOper == GT_ADDR) // Skip static fields where op will be NULL.
        {
            op = op->AsOp()->gtOp1;
        }
        else
        {
            return false;
        }
    }

    if (op->gtOper == GT_LCL_VAR)
    {
        if (lclVarTreeOut != nullptr)
        {
            *lclVarTreeOut = op;
        }
        return true;
    }
    else
    {
        return false;
    }
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impMakeDiscretionaryInlineObservations: make observations that help
// determine the profitability of a discretionary inline
//
// Arguments:
//    pInlineInfo -- InlineInfo for the inline, or null for the prejit root
//    inlineResult -- InlineResult accumulating information about this inline
//
// Notes:
//    If inlining or prejitting the root, this method also makes
//    various observations about the method that factor into inline
//    decisions. It sets `compNativeSizeEstimate` as a side effect.

void Compiler::impMakeDiscretionaryInlineObservations(InlineInfo* pInlineInfo, InlineResult* inlineResult)
{
    assert((pInlineInfo != nullptr && compIsForInlining()) || // Perform the actual inlining.
           (pInlineInfo == nullptr && !compIsForInlining())   // Calculate the static inlining hint for ngen.
           );

    // If we're really inlining, we should just have one result in play.
    assert((pInlineInfo == nullptr) || (inlineResult == pInlineInfo->inlineResult));

    // If this is a "forceinline" method, the JIT probably shouldn't have gone
    // to the trouble of estimating the native code size. Even if it did, it
    // shouldn't be relying on the result of this method.
    assert(inlineResult->GetObservation() == InlineObservation::CALLEE_IS_DISCRETIONARY_INLINE);

    // Note if the caller contains NEWOBJ or NEWARR.
    Compiler* rootCompiler = impInlineRoot();

    if ((rootCompiler->optMethodFlags & OMF_HAS_NEWARRAY) != 0)
    {
        inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLER_HAS_NEWARRAY);
    }

    if ((rootCompiler->optMethodFlags & OMF_HAS_NEWOBJ) != 0)
    {
        inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLER_HAS_NEWOBJ);
    }

    bool calleeIsStatic  = (info.compFlags & CORINFO_FLG_STATIC) != 0;
    bool isSpecialMethod = (info.compFlags & CORINFO_FLG_CONSTRUCTOR) != 0;

    if (isSpecialMethod)
    {
        if (calleeIsStatic)
        {
            inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_IS_CLASS_CTOR);
        }
        else
        {
            inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_IS_INSTANCE_CTOR);
        }
    }
    else if (!calleeIsStatic)
    {
        // Callee is an instance method.
        //
        // Check if the callee has the same 'this' as the root.
        if (pInlineInfo != nullptr)
        {
            GenTree* thisArg = pInlineInfo->iciCall->AsCall()->gtArgs.GetThisArg()->GetNode();
            assert(thisArg);
            bool isSameThis = impIsThis(thisArg);
            inlineResult->NoteBool(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_IS_SAME_THIS, isSameThis);
        }
    }

    bool callsiteIsGeneric = (rootCompiler->info.compMethodInfo->args.sigInst.methInstCount != 0) ||
                             (rootCompiler->info.compMethodInfo->args.sigInst.classInstCount != 0);

    bool calleeIsGeneric = (info.compMethodInfo->args.sigInst.methInstCount != 0) ||
                           (info.compMethodInfo->args.sigInst.classInstCount != 0);

    if (!callsiteIsGeneric && calleeIsGeneric)
    {
        inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_NONGENERIC_CALLS_GENERIC);
    }

    // Inspect callee's arguments (and the actual values at the callsite for them)
    CORINFO_SIG_INFO        sig    = info.compMethodInfo->args;
    CORINFO_ARG_LIST_HANDLE sigArg = sig.args;

    CallArg* argUse = pInlineInfo == nullptr ? nullptr : pInlineInfo->iciCall->AsCall()->gtArgs.Args().begin().GetArg();

    for (unsigned i = 0; i < info.compMethodInfo->args.numArgs; i++)
    {
        if ((argUse != nullptr) && (argUse->GetWellKnownArg() == WellKnownArg::ThisPointer))
        {
            argUse = argUse->GetNext();
        }

        CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE sigClass;
        CorInfoType          corType = strip(info.compCompHnd->getArgType(&sig, sigArg, &sigClass));
        GenTree*             argNode = argUse == nullptr ? nullptr : argUse->GetEarlyNode();

        if (corType == CORINFO_TYPE_CLASS)
        {
            sigClass = info.compCompHnd->getArgClass(&sig, sigArg);
        }
        else if (corType == CORINFO_TYPE_VALUECLASS)
        {
            inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_ARG_STRUCT);
        }
        else if (corType == CORINFO_TYPE_BYREF)
        {
            sigClass = info.compCompHnd->getArgClass(&sig, sigArg);
            corType  = info.compCompHnd->getChildType(sigClass, &sigClass);
        }

        if (argNode != nullptr)
        {
            bool                 isExact   = false;
            bool                 isNonNull = false;
            CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE argCls    = gtGetClassHandle(argNode, &isExact, &isNonNull);
            if (argCls != nullptr)
            {
                const bool isArgValueType = eeIsValueClass(argCls);
                // Exact class of the arg is known
                if (isExact && !isArgValueType)
                {
                    inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_ARG_EXACT_CLS);
                    if ((argCls != sigClass) && (sigClass != nullptr))
                    {
                        // .. but the signature accepts a less concrete type.
                        inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_ARG_EXACT_CLS_SIG_IS_NOT);
                    }
                }
                // Arg is a reference type in the signature and a boxed value type was passed.
                else if (isArgValueType && (corType == CORINFO_TYPE_CLASS))
                {
                    inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_ARG_BOXED);
                }
            }

            if (argNode->OperIsConst())
            {
                inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_ARG_CONST);
            }
            argUse = argUse->GetNext();
        }
        sigArg = info.compCompHnd->getArgNext(sigArg);
    }

    // Note if the callee's return type is a value type
    if (info.compMethodInfo->args.retType == CORINFO_TYPE_VALUECLASS)
    {
        inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_RETURNS_STRUCT);
    }

    // Note if the callee's class is a promotable struct
    if ((info.compClassAttr & CORINFO_FLG_VALUECLASS) != 0)
    {
        assert(structPromotionHelper != nullptr);
        if (structPromotionHelper->CanPromoteStructType(info.compClassHnd))
        {
            inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_CLASS_PROMOTABLE);
        }
        inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_CLASS_VALUETYPE);
    }

#ifdef FEATURE_SIMD

    // Note if this method is has SIMD args or return value
    if (pInlineInfo != nullptr && pInlineInfo->hasSIMDTypeArgLocalOrReturn)
    {
        inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_HAS_SIMD);
    }

#endif // FEATURE_SIMD

    // Roughly classify callsite frequency.
    InlineCallsiteFrequency frequency = InlineCallsiteFrequency::UNUSED;

    // If this is a prejit root, or a maximally hot block...
    if ((pInlineInfo == nullptr) || (pInlineInfo->iciBlock->isMaxBBWeight()))
    {
        frequency = InlineCallsiteFrequency::HOT;
    }
    // No training data.  Look for loop-like things.
    // We consider a recursive call loop-like.  Do not give the inlining boost to the method itself.
    // However, give it to things nearby.
    else if ((pInlineInfo->iciBlock->bbFlags & BBF_BACKWARD_JUMP) &&
             (pInlineInfo->fncHandle != pInlineInfo->inlineCandidateInfo->ilCallerHandle))
    {
        frequency = InlineCallsiteFrequency::LOOP;
    }
    else if (pInlineInfo->iciBlock->hasProfileWeight() && (pInlineInfo->iciBlock->bbWeight > BB_ZERO_WEIGHT))
    {
        frequency = InlineCallsiteFrequency::WARM;
    }
    // Now modify the multiplier based on where we're called from.
    else if (pInlineInfo->iciBlock->isRunRarely() || ((info.compFlags & FLG_CCTOR) == FLG_CCTOR))
    {
        frequency = InlineCallsiteFrequency::RARE;
    }
    else
    {
        frequency = InlineCallsiteFrequency::BORING;
    }

    // Also capture the block weight of the call site.
    //
    // In the prejit root case, assume at runtime there might be a hot call site
    // for this method, so we won't prematurely conclude this method should never
    // be inlined.
    //
    weight_t weight = 0;

    if (pInlineInfo != nullptr)
    {
        weight = pInlineInfo->iciBlock->bbWeight;
    }
    else
    {
        const weight_t prejitHotCallerWeight = 1000000.0;
        weight                               = prejitHotCallerWeight;
    }

    inlineResult->NoteInt(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_FREQUENCY, static_cast<int>(frequency));
    inlineResult->NoteInt(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_WEIGHT, (int)(weight));

    bool   hasProfile  = false;
    double profileFreq = 0.0;

    // If the call site has profile data, report the relative frequency of the site.
    //
    if ((pInlineInfo != nullptr) && rootCompiler->fgHaveSufficientProfileWeights())
    {
        const weight_t callSiteWeight = pInlineInfo->iciBlock->bbWeight;
        const weight_t entryWeight    = rootCompiler->fgFirstBB->bbWeight;
        profileFreq                   = fgProfileWeightsEqual(entryWeight, 0.0) ? 0.0 : callSiteWeight / entryWeight;
        hasProfile                    = true;

        assert(callSiteWeight >= 0);
        assert(entryWeight >= 0);
    }
    else if (pInlineInfo == nullptr)
    {
        // Simulate a hot callsite for PrejitRoot mode.
        hasProfile  = true;
        profileFreq = 1.0;
    }

    inlineResult->NoteBool(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_HAS_PROFILE_WEIGHTS, hasProfile);
    inlineResult->NoteDouble(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_PROFILE_FREQUENCY, profileFreq);
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impCanInlineIL: screen inline candate based on info from the method header
//
// Arguments:
//   fncHandle -- inline candidate method
//   methInfo -- method info from VN
//   forceInline -- true if method is marked with AggressiveInlining
//   inlineResult -- ongoing inline evaluation
//
void Compiler::impCanInlineIL(CORINFO_METHOD_HANDLE fncHandle,
                              CORINFO_METHOD_INFO*  methInfo,
                              bool                  forceInline,
                              InlineResult*         inlineResult)
{
    unsigned codeSize = methInfo->ILCodeSize;

    // We shouldn't have made up our minds yet...
    assert(!inlineResult->IsDecided());

    if (methInfo->EHcount)
    {
        inlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLEE_HAS_EH);
        return;
    }

    if ((methInfo->ILCode == nullptr) || (codeSize == 0))
    {
        inlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLEE_HAS_NO_BODY);
        return;
    }

    // For now we don't inline varargs (import code can't handle it)

    if (methInfo->args.isVarArg())
    {
        inlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLEE_HAS_MANAGED_VARARGS);
        return;
    }

    // Reject if it has too many locals.
    // This is currently an implementation limit due to fixed-size arrays in the
    // inline info, rather than a performance heuristic.

    inlineResult->NoteInt(InlineObservation::CALLEE_NUMBER_OF_LOCALS, methInfo->locals.numArgs);

    if (methInfo->locals.numArgs > MAX_INL_LCLS)
    {
        inlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLEE_TOO_MANY_LOCALS);
        return;
    }

    // Make sure there aren't too many arguments.
    // This is currently an implementation limit due to fixed-size arrays in the
    // inline info, rather than a performance heuristic.

    inlineResult->NoteInt(InlineObservation::CALLEE_NUMBER_OF_ARGUMENTS, methInfo->args.numArgs);

    if (methInfo->args.numArgs > MAX_INL_ARGS)
    {
        inlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLEE_TOO_MANY_ARGUMENTS);
        return;
    }

    // Note force inline state

    inlineResult->NoteBool(InlineObservation::CALLEE_IS_FORCE_INLINE, forceInline);

    // Note IL code size

    inlineResult->NoteInt(InlineObservation::CALLEE_IL_CODE_SIZE, codeSize);

    if (inlineResult->IsFailure())
    {
        return;
    }

    // Make sure maxstack is not too big

    inlineResult->NoteInt(InlineObservation::CALLEE_MAXSTACK, methInfo->maxStack);

    if (inlineResult->IsFailure())
    {
        return;
    }
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impInlineRecordArgInfo: record information about an inline candidate argument
//
// Arguments:
//   pInlineInfo - inline info for the inline candidate
//   arg - the caller argument
//   argNum - logical index of this argument
//   inlineResult - result of ongoing inline evaluation
//
// Notes:
//
//   Checks for various inline blocking conditions and makes notes in
//   the inline info arg table about the properties of the actual. These
//   properties are used later by impInlineFetchArg to determine how best to
//   pass the argument into the inlinee.

void Compiler::impInlineRecordArgInfo(InlineInfo*   pInlineInfo,
                                      CallArg*      arg,
                                      unsigned      argNum,
                                      InlineResult* inlineResult)
{
    InlArgInfo* inlCurArgInfo = &pInlineInfo->inlArgInfo[argNum];

    inlCurArgInfo->arg = arg;
    GenTree* curArgVal = arg->GetNode();

    assert(!curArgVal->OperIs(GT_RET_EXPR));

    if (curArgVal->gtOper == GT_MKREFANY)
    {
        inlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_ARG_IS_MKREFANY);
        return;
    }

    GenTree*   lclVarTree;
    const bool isAddressInLocal = impIsAddressInLocal(curArgVal, &lclVarTree);
    if (isAddressInLocal)
    {
        LclVarDsc* varDsc = lvaGetDesc(lclVarTree->AsLclVarCommon());

        if (varTypeIsStruct(lclVarTree))
        {
            inlCurArgInfo->argIsByRefToStructLocal = true;
#ifdef FEATURE_SIMD
            if (varDsc->lvSIMDType)
            {
                pInlineInfo->hasSIMDTypeArgLocalOrReturn = true;
            }
#endif // FEATURE_SIMD
        }

        // Spilling code relies on correct aliasability annotations.
        assert(varDsc->lvHasLdAddrOp || varDsc->IsAddressExposed());
    }

    if (curArgVal->gtFlags & GTF_ALL_EFFECT)
    {
        inlCurArgInfo->argHasGlobRef = (curArgVal->gtFlags & GTF_GLOB_REF) != 0;
        inlCurArgInfo->argHasSideEff = (curArgVal->gtFlags & (GTF_ALL_EFFECT & ~GTF_GLOB_REF)) != 0;
    }

    if (curArgVal->gtOper == GT_LCL_VAR)
    {
        inlCurArgInfo->argIsLclVar = true;

        /* Remember the "original" argument number */
        INDEBUG(curArgVal->AsLclVar()->gtLclILoffs = argNum;)
    }

    if (impIsInvariant(curArgVal))
    {
        inlCurArgInfo->argIsInvariant = true;
        if (inlCurArgInfo->argIsThis && (curArgVal->gtOper == GT_CNS_INT) && (curArgVal->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal == 0))
        {
            // Abort inlining at this call site
            inlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_ARG_HAS_NULL_THIS);
            return;
        }
    }
    else
    {
        if (curArgVal->IsHelperCall() && gtIsTypeHandleToRuntimeTypeHelper(curArgVal->AsCall()) &&
            (gtGetHelperArgClassHandle(curArgVal->AsCall()->gtArgs.GetArgByIndex(0)->GetEarlyNode()) !=
             NO_CLASS_HANDLE))
        {
            inlCurArgInfo->argIsInvariant = true;
            inlCurArgInfo->argHasSideEff  = false;
        }
    }

    bool isExact              = false;
    bool isNonNull            = false;
    inlCurArgInfo->argIsExact = (gtGetClassHandle(curArgVal, &isExact, &isNonNull) != NO_CLASS_HANDLE) && isExact;

    // If the arg is a local that is address-taken, we can't safely
    // directly substitute it into the inlinee.
    //
    // Previously we'd accomplish this by setting "argHasLdargaOp" but
    // that has a stronger meaning: that the arg value can change in
    // the method body. Using that flag prevents type propagation,
    // which is safe in this case.
    //
    // Instead mark the arg as having a caller local ref.
    if (!inlCurArgInfo->argIsInvariant && gtHasLocalsWithAddrOp(curArgVal))
    {
        inlCurArgInfo->argHasCallerLocalRef = true;
    }

#ifdef DEBUG
    if (verbose)
    {
        if (inlCurArgInfo->argIsThis)
        {
            printf("thisArg:");
        }
        else
        {
            printf("\nArgument #%u:", argNum);
        }
        if (inlCurArgInfo->argIsLclVar)
        {
            printf(" is a local var");
        }
        if (inlCurArgInfo->argIsInvariant)
        {
            printf(" is a constant or invariant");
        }
        if (inlCurArgInfo->argHasGlobRef)
        {
            printf(" has global refs");
        }
        if (inlCurArgInfo->argHasCallerLocalRef)
        {
            printf(" has caller local ref");
        }
        if (inlCurArgInfo->argHasSideEff)
        {
            printf(" has side effects");
        }
        if (inlCurArgInfo->argHasLdargaOp)
        {
            printf(" has ldarga effect");
        }
        if (inlCurArgInfo->argHasStargOp)
        {
            printf(" has starg effect");
        }
        if (inlCurArgInfo->argIsByRefToStructLocal)
        {
            printf(" is byref to a struct local");
        }

        printf("\n");
        gtDispTree(curArgVal);
        printf("\n");
    }
#endif
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impInlineInitVars: setup inline information for inlinee args and locals
//
// Arguments:
//    pInlineInfo - inline info for the inline candidate
//
// Notes:
//    This method primarily adds caller-supplied info to the inlArgInfo
//    and sets up the lclVarInfo table.
//
//    For args, the inlArgInfo records properties of the actual argument
//    including the tree node that produces the arg value. This node is
//    usually the tree node present at the call, but may also differ in
//    various ways:
//    - when the call arg is a GT_RET_EXPR, we search back through the ret
//      expr chain for the actual node. Note this will either be the original
//      call (which will be a failed inline by this point), or the return
//      expression from some set of inlines.
//    - when argument type casting is needed the necessary casts are added
//      around the argument node.
//    - if an argument can be simplified by folding then the node here is the
//      folded value.
//
//   The method may make observations that lead to marking this candidate as
//   a failed inline. If this happens the initialization is abandoned immediately
//   to try and reduce the jit time cost for a failed inline.

void Compiler::impInlineInitVars(InlineInfo* pInlineInfo)
{
    assert(!compIsForInlining());

    GenTreeCall*         call         = pInlineInfo->iciCall;
    CORINFO_METHOD_INFO* methInfo     = &pInlineInfo->inlineCandidateInfo->methInfo;
    unsigned             clsAttr      = pInlineInfo->inlineCandidateInfo->clsAttr;
    InlArgInfo*          inlArgInfo   = pInlineInfo->inlArgInfo;
    InlLclVarInfo*       lclVarInfo   = pInlineInfo->lclVarInfo;
    InlineResult*        inlineResult = pInlineInfo->inlineResult;

    /* init the argument struct */
    memset(inlArgInfo, 0, (MAX_INL_ARGS + 1) * sizeof(inlArgInfo[0]));

    unsigned ilArgCnt = 0;
    for (CallArg& arg : call->gtArgs.Args())
    {
        switch (arg.GetWellKnownArg())
        {
            case WellKnownArg::ThisPointer:
                inlArgInfo[ilArgCnt].argIsThis = true;
                break;
            case WellKnownArg::RetBuffer:
            case WellKnownArg::InstParam:
                // These do not appear in the table of inline arg info; do not include them
                continue;
            default:
                break;
        }

        arg.SetEarlyNode(gtFoldExpr(arg.GetEarlyNode()));
        impInlineRecordArgInfo(pInlineInfo, &arg, ilArgCnt, inlineResult);

        if (inlineResult->IsFailure())
        {
            return;
        }

        ilArgCnt++;
    }

    /* Make sure we got the arg number right */
    assert(ilArgCnt == methInfo->args.totalILArgs());

#ifdef FEATURE_SIMD
    bool foundSIMDType = pInlineInfo->hasSIMDTypeArgLocalOrReturn;
#endif // FEATURE_SIMD

    /* We have typeless opcodes, get type information from the signature */

    CallArg* thisArg = call->gtArgs.GetThisArg();
    if (thisArg != nullptr)
    {
        lclVarInfo[0].lclVerTypeInfo = verMakeTypeInfo(pInlineInfo->inlineCandidateInfo->clsHandle);
        lclVarInfo[0].lclHasLdlocaOp = false;

#ifdef FEATURE_SIMD
        // We always want to check isSIMDClass, since we want to set foundSIMDType (to increase
        // the inlining multiplier) for anything in that assembly.
        // But we only need to normalize it if it is a TYP_STRUCT
        // (which we need to do even if we have already set foundSIMDType).
        if (!foundSIMDType && isSIMDorHWSIMDClass(&(lclVarInfo[0].lclVerTypeInfo)))
        {
            foundSIMDType = true;
        }
#endif // FEATURE_SIMD

        var_types sigType         = ((clsAttr & CORINFO_FLG_VALUECLASS) != 0) ? TYP_BYREF : TYP_REF;
        lclVarInfo[0].lclTypeInfo = sigType;

        GenTree* thisArgNode = thisArg->GetEarlyNode();

        assert(varTypeIsGC(thisArgNode->TypeGet()) ||     // "this" is managed
               ((thisArgNode->TypeGet() == TYP_I_IMPL) && // "this" is unmgd but the method's class doesnt care
                (clsAttr & CORINFO_FLG_VALUECLASS)));

        if (genActualType(thisArgNode->TypeGet()) != genActualType(sigType))
        {
            if (sigType == TYP_REF)
            {
                /* The argument cannot be bashed into a ref (see bug 750871) */
                inlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_ARG_NO_BASH_TO_REF);
                return;
            }

            /* This can only happen with byrefs <-> ints/shorts */

            assert(sigType == TYP_BYREF);
            assert((genActualType(thisArgNode->TypeGet()) == TYP_I_IMPL) || (thisArgNode->TypeGet() == TYP_BYREF));

            lclVarInfo[0].lclVerTypeInfo = typeInfo(varType2tiType(TYP_I_IMPL));
        }
    }

    /* Init the types of the arguments and make sure the types
     * from the trees match the types in the signature */

    CORINFO_ARG_LIST_HANDLE argLst;
    argLst = methInfo->args.args;

    // TODO-ARGS: We can presumably just use type info stored in CallArgs
    // instead of reiterating the signature.
    unsigned i;
    for (i = (thisArg ? 1 : 0); i < ilArgCnt; i++, argLst = info.compCompHnd->getArgNext(argLst))
    {
        var_types sigType = (var_types)eeGetArgType(argLst, &methInfo->args);

        lclVarInfo[i].lclVerTypeInfo = verParseArgSigToTypeInfo(&methInfo->args, argLst);

#ifdef FEATURE_SIMD
        if ((!foundSIMDType || (sigType == TYP_STRUCT)) && isSIMDorHWSIMDClass(&(lclVarInfo[i].lclVerTypeInfo)))
        {
            // If this is a SIMD class (i.e. in the SIMD assembly), then we will consider that we've
            // found a SIMD type, even if this may not be a type we recognize (the assumption is that
            // it is likely to use a SIMD type, and therefore we want to increase the inlining multiplier).
            foundSIMDType = true;
            if (sigType == TYP_STRUCT)
            {
                var_types structType = impNormStructType(lclVarInfo[i].lclVerTypeInfo.GetClassHandle());
                sigType              = structType;
            }
        }
#endif // FEATURE_SIMD

        lclVarInfo[i].lclTypeInfo    = sigType;
        lclVarInfo[i].lclHasLdlocaOp = false;

        // Does the tree type match the signature type?

        GenTree* inlArgNode = inlArgInfo[i].arg->GetNode();

        if (sigType == inlArgNode->gtType)
        {
            continue;
        }

        assert(impCheckImplicitArgumentCoercion(sigType, inlArgNode->gtType));
        assert(!varTypeIsStruct(inlArgNode->gtType) && !varTypeIsStruct(sigType));

        // In valid IL, this can only happen for short integer types or byrefs <-> [native] ints,
        // but in bad IL cases with caller-callee signature mismatches we can see other types.
        // Intentionally reject cases with mismatches so the jit is more flexible when
        // encountering bad IL.

        bool isPlausibleTypeMatch = (genActualType(sigType) == genActualType(inlArgNode->gtType)) ||
                                    (genActualTypeIsIntOrI(sigType) && inlArgNode->gtType == TYP_BYREF) ||
                                    (sigType == TYP_BYREF && genActualTypeIsIntOrI(inlArgNode->gtType));

        if (!isPlausibleTypeMatch)
        {
            inlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_ARG_TYPES_INCOMPATIBLE);
            return;
        }

        // The same size but different type of the arguments.
        GenTree** pInlArgNode = &inlArgInfo[i].arg->EarlyNodeRef();

        // Is it a narrowing or widening cast?
        // Widening casts are ok since the value computed is already
        // normalized to an int (on the IL stack)
        if (genTypeSize(inlArgNode->gtType) >= genTypeSize(sigType))
        {
            if (sigType == TYP_BYREF)
            {
                lclVarInfo[i].lclVerTypeInfo = typeInfo(varType2tiType(TYP_I_IMPL));
            }
            else if (inlArgNode->gtType == TYP_BYREF)
            {
                assert(varTypeIsIntOrI(sigType));

                /* If possible bash the BYREF to an int */
                if (inlArgNode->IsLocalAddrExpr() != nullptr)
                {
                    inlArgNode->gtType           = TYP_I_IMPL;
                    lclVarInfo[i].lclVerTypeInfo = typeInfo(varType2tiType(TYP_I_IMPL));
                }
                else
                {
                    // Arguments 'int <- byref' cannot be changed
                    inlineResult->NoteFatal(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_ARG_NO_BASH_TO_INT);
                    return;
                }
            }
            else if (genTypeSize(sigType) < TARGET_POINTER_SIZE)
            {
                // Narrowing cast.
                if (inlArgNode->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR))
                {
                    const unsigned lclNum = inlArgNode->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum();
                    if (!lvaTable[lclNum].lvNormalizeOnLoad() && sigType == lvaGetRealType(lclNum))
                    {
                        // We don't need to insert a cast here as the variable
                        // was assigned a normalized value of the right type.
                        continue;
                    }
                }

                inlArgNode = gtNewCastNode(TYP_INT, inlArgNode, false, sigType);

                inlArgInfo[i].argIsLclVar = false;
                // Try to fold the node in case we have constant arguments.
                if (inlArgInfo[i].argIsInvariant)
                {
                    inlArgNode = gtFoldExpr(inlArgNode);
                }
                *pInlArgNode = inlArgNode;
            }
#ifdef TARGET_64BIT
            else if (genTypeSize(genActualType(inlArgNode->gtType)) < genTypeSize(sigType))
            {
                // This should only happen for int -> native int widening
                inlArgNode = gtNewCastNode(genActualType(sigType), inlArgNode, false, sigType);

                inlArgInfo[i].argIsLclVar = false;

                // Try to fold the node in case we have constant arguments.
                if (inlArgInfo[i].argIsInvariant)
                {
                    inlArgNode = gtFoldExpr(inlArgNode);
                }
                *pInlArgNode = inlArgNode;
            }
#endif // TARGET_64BIT
        }
    }

    /* Init the types of the local variables */

    CORINFO_ARG_LIST_HANDLE localsSig;
    localsSig = methInfo->locals.args;

    for (i = 0; i < methInfo->locals.numArgs; i++)
    {
        bool      isPinned;
        var_types type = (var_types)eeGetArgType(localsSig, &methInfo->locals, &isPinned);

        lclVarInfo[i + ilArgCnt].lclHasLdlocaOp = false;
        lclVarInfo[i + ilArgCnt].lclTypeInfo    = type;

        if (varTypeIsGC(type))
        {
            if (isPinned)
            {
                JITDUMP("Inlinee local #%02u is pinned\n", i);
                lclVarInfo[i + ilArgCnt].lclIsPinned = true;

                // Pinned locals may cause inlines to fail.
                inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_HAS_PINNED_LOCALS);
                if (inlineResult->IsFailure())
                {
                    return;
                }
            }

            pInlineInfo->numberOfGcRefLocals++;
        }
        else if (isPinned)
        {
            JITDUMP("Ignoring pin on inlinee local #%02u -- not a GC type\n", i);
        }

        lclVarInfo[i + ilArgCnt].lclVerTypeInfo = verParseArgSigToTypeInfo(&methInfo->locals, localsSig);

        // If this local is a struct type with GC fields, inform the inliner. It may choose to bail
        // out on the inline.
        if (type == TYP_STRUCT)
        {
            CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE lclHandle = lclVarInfo[i + ilArgCnt].lclVerTypeInfo.GetClassHandle();
            DWORD                typeFlags = info.compCompHnd->getClassAttribs(lclHandle);
            if ((typeFlags & CORINFO_FLG_CONTAINS_GC_PTR) != 0)
            {
                inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLEE_HAS_GC_STRUCT);
                if (inlineResult->IsFailure())
                {
                    return;
                }

                // Do further notification in the case where the call site is rare; some policies do
                // not track the relative hotness of call sites for "always" inline cases.
                if (pInlineInfo->iciBlock->isRunRarely())
                {
                    inlineResult->Note(InlineObservation::CALLSITE_RARE_GC_STRUCT);
                    if (inlineResult->IsFailure())
                    {

                        return;
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        localsSig = info.compCompHnd->getArgNext(localsSig);

#ifdef FEATURE_SIMD
        if ((!foundSIMDType || (type == TYP_STRUCT)) && isSIMDorHWSIMDClass(&(lclVarInfo[i + ilArgCnt].lclVerTypeInfo)))
        {
            foundSIMDType = true;
            if (type == TYP_STRUCT)
            {
                var_types structType = impNormStructType(lclVarInfo[i + ilArgCnt].lclVerTypeInfo.GetClassHandle());
                lclVarInfo[i + ilArgCnt].lclTypeInfo = structType;
            }
        }
#endif // FEATURE_SIMD
    }

#ifdef FEATURE_SIMD
    if (!foundSIMDType && (call->AsCall()->gtRetClsHnd != nullptr) && isSIMDorHWSIMDClass(call->AsCall()->gtRetClsHnd))
    {
        foundSIMDType = true;
    }
    pInlineInfo->hasSIMDTypeArgLocalOrReturn = foundSIMDType;
#endif // FEATURE_SIMD
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impInlineFetchLocal: get a local var that represents an inlinee local
//
// Arguments:
//    lclNum -- number of the inlinee local
//    reason -- debug string describing purpose of the local var
//
// Returns:
//    Number of the local to use
//
// Notes:
//    This method is invoked only for locals actually used in the
//    inlinee body.
//
//    Allocates a new temp if necessary, and copies key properties
//    over from the inlinee local var info.

unsigned Compiler::impInlineFetchLocal(unsigned lclNum DEBUGARG(const char* reason))
{
    assert(compIsForInlining());

    unsigned tmpNum = impInlineInfo->lclTmpNum[lclNum];

    if (tmpNum == BAD_VAR_NUM)
    {
        const InlLclVarInfo& inlineeLocal = impInlineInfo->lclVarInfo[lclNum + impInlineInfo->argCnt];
        const var_types      lclTyp       = inlineeLocal.lclTypeInfo;

        // The lifetime of this local might span multiple BBs.
        // So it is a long lifetime local.
        impInlineInfo->lclTmpNum[lclNum] = tmpNum = lvaGrabTemp(false DEBUGARG(reason));

        // Copy over key info
        lvaTable[tmpNum].lvType                 = lclTyp;
        lvaTable[tmpNum].lvHasLdAddrOp          = inlineeLocal.lclHasLdlocaOp;
        lvaTable[tmpNum].lvPinned               = inlineeLocal.lclIsPinned;
        lvaTable[tmpNum].lvHasILStoreOp         = inlineeLocal.lclHasStlocOp;
        lvaTable[tmpNum].lvHasMultipleILStoreOp = inlineeLocal.lclHasMultipleStlocOp;

        // Copy over class handle for ref types. Note this may be a
        // shared type -- someday perhaps we can get the exact
        // signature and pass in a more precise type.
        if (lclTyp == TYP_REF)
        {
            assert(lvaTable[tmpNum].lvSingleDef == 0);

            lvaTable[tmpNum].lvSingleDef = !inlineeLocal.lclHasMultipleStlocOp && !inlineeLocal.lclHasLdlocaOp;
            if (lvaTable[tmpNum].lvSingleDef)
            {
                JITDUMP("Marked V%02u as a single def temp\n", tmpNum);
            }

            lvaSetClass(tmpNum, inlineeLocal.lclVerTypeInfo.GetClassHandleForObjRef());
        }

        if (inlineeLocal.lclVerTypeInfo.IsStruct())
        {
            if (varTypeIsStruct(lclTyp))
            {
                lvaSetStruct(tmpNum, inlineeLocal.lclVerTypeInfo.GetClassHandle(), true /* unsafe value cls check */);
            }
        }

#ifdef DEBUG
        // Sanity check that we're properly prepared for gc ref locals.
        if (varTypeIsGC(lclTyp))
        {
            // Since there are gc locals we should have seen them earlier
            // and if there was a return value, set up the spill temp.
            assert(impInlineInfo->HasGcRefLocals());
            assert((info.compRetNativeType == TYP_VOID) || fgNeedReturnSpillTemp());
        }
        else
        {
            // Make sure all pinned locals count as gc refs.
            assert(!inlineeLocal.lclIsPinned);
        }
#endif // DEBUG
    }

    return tmpNum;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impInlineFetchArg: return tree node for argument value in an inlinee
//
// Arguments:
//    lclNum -- argument number in inlinee IL
//    inlArgInfo -- argument info for inlinee
//    lclVarInfo -- var info for inlinee
//
// Returns:
//    Tree for the argument's value. Often an inlinee-scoped temp
//    GT_LCL_VAR but can be other tree kinds, if the argument
//    expression from the caller can be directly substituted into the
//    inlinee body.
//
// Notes:
//    Must be used only for arguments -- use impInlineFetchLocal for
//    inlinee locals.
//
//    Direct substitution is performed when the formal argument cannot
//    change value in the inlinee body (no starg or ldarga), and the
//    actual argument expression's value cannot be changed if it is
//    substituted it into the inlinee body.
//
//    Even if an inlinee-scoped temp is returned here, it may later be
//    "bashed" to a caller-supplied tree when arguments are actually
//    passed (see fgInlinePrependStatements). Bashing can happen if
//    the argument ends up being single use and other conditions are
//    met. So the contents of the tree returned here may not end up
//    being the ones ultimately used for the argument.
//
//    This method will side effect inlArgInfo. It should only be called
//    for actual uses of the argument in the inlinee.

GenTree* Compiler::impInlineFetchArg(unsigned lclNum, InlArgInfo* inlArgInfo, InlLclVarInfo* lclVarInfo)
{
    // Cache the relevant arg and lcl info for this argument.
    // We will modify argInfo but not lclVarInfo.
    InlArgInfo&          argInfo          = inlArgInfo[lclNum];
    const InlLclVarInfo& lclInfo          = lclVarInfo[lclNum];
    const bool           argCanBeModified = argInfo.argHasLdargaOp || argInfo.argHasStargOp;
    const var_types      lclTyp           = lclInfo.lclTypeInfo;
    GenTree*             op1              = nullptr;

    GenTree* argNode = argInfo.arg->GetNode();
    assert(!argNode->OperIs(GT_RET_EXPR));

    if (argInfo.argIsInvariant && !argCanBeModified)
    {
        // Directly substitute constants or addresses of locals
        //
        // Clone the constant. Note that we cannot directly use
        // argNode in the trees even if !argInfo.argIsUsed as this
        // would introduce aliasing between inlArgInfo[].argNode and
        // impInlineExpr. Then gtFoldExpr() could change it, causing
        // further references to the argument working off of the
        // bashed copy.
        op1 = gtCloneExpr(argNode);
        PREFIX_ASSUME(op1 != nullptr);
        argInfo.argTmpNum = BAD_VAR_NUM;

        // We may need to retype to ensure we match the callee's view of the type.
        // Otherwise callee-pass throughs of arguments can create return type
        // mismatches that block inlining.
        //
        // Note argument type mismatches that prevent inlining should
        // have been caught in impInlineInitVars.
        if (op1->TypeGet() != lclTyp)
        {
            op1->gtType = genActualType(lclTyp);
        }
    }
    else if (argInfo.argIsLclVar && !argCanBeModified && !argInfo.argHasCallerLocalRef)
    {
        // Directly substitute unaliased caller locals for args that cannot be modified
        //
        // Use the caller-supplied node if this is the first use.
        op1                = argNode;
        unsigned argLclNum = op1->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum();
        argInfo.argTmpNum  = argLclNum;

        // Use an equivalent copy if this is the second or subsequent
        // use.
        //
        // Note argument type mismatches that prevent inlining should
        // have been caught in impInlineInitVars. If inlining is not prevented
        // but a cast is necessary, we similarly expect it to have been inserted then.
        // So here we may have argument type mismatches that are benign, for instance
        // passing a TYP_SHORT local (eg. normalized-on-load) as a TYP_INT arg.
        // The exception is when the inlining means we should start tracking the argument.
        if (argInfo.argIsUsed || ((lclTyp == TYP_BYREF) && (op1->TypeGet() != TYP_BYREF)))
        {
            assert(op1->gtOper == GT_LCL_VAR);
            assert(lclNum == op1->AsLclVar()->gtLclILoffs);

            // Create a new lcl var node - remember the argument lclNum
            op1 = impCreateLocalNode(argLclNum DEBUGARG(op1->AsLclVar()->gtLclILoffs));
            // Start tracking things as a byref if the parameter is a byref.
            if (lclTyp == TYP_BYREF)
            {
                op1->gtType = TYP_BYREF;
            }
        }
    }
    else if (argInfo.argIsByRefToStructLocal && !argInfo.argHasStargOp)
    {
        /* Argument is a by-ref address to a struct, a normed struct, or its field.
           In these cases, don't spill the byref to a local, simply clone the tree and use it.
           This way we will increase the chance for this byref to be optimized away by
           a subsequent "dereference" operation.

           From Dev11 bug #139955: Argument node can also be TYP_I_IMPL if we've bashed the tree
           (in impInlineInitVars()), if the arg has argHasLdargaOp as well as argIsByRefToStructLocal.
           For example, if the caller is:
                ldloca.s   V_1  // V_1 is a local struct
                call       void Test.ILPart::RunLdargaOnPointerArg(int32*)
           and the callee being inlined has:
                .method public static void  RunLdargaOnPointerArg(int32* ptrToInts) cil managed
                    ldarga.s   ptrToInts
                    call       void Test.FourInts::NotInlined_SetExpectedValuesThroughPointerToPointer(int32**)
           then we change the argument tree (of "ldloca.s V_1") to TYP_I_IMPL to match the callee signature. We'll
           soon afterwards reject the inlining anyway, since the tree we return isn't a GT_LCL_VAR.
        */
        assert(argNode->TypeGet() == TYP_BYREF || argNode->TypeGet() == TYP_I_IMPL);
        op1 = gtCloneExpr(argNode);
    }
    else
    {
        /* Argument is a complex expression - it must be evaluated into a temp */

        if (argInfo.argHasTmp)
        {
            assert(argInfo.argIsUsed);
            assert(argInfo.argTmpNum < lvaCount);

            /* Create a new lcl var node - remember the argument lclNum */
            op1 = gtNewLclvNode(argInfo.argTmpNum, genActualType(lclTyp));

            /* This is the second or later use of the this argument,
            so we have to use the temp (instead of the actual arg) */
            argInfo.argBashTmpNode = nullptr;
        }
        else
        {
            /* First time use */
            assert(!argInfo.argIsUsed);

            /* Reserve a temp for the expression.
            * Use a large size node as we may change it later */

            const unsigned tmpNum = lvaGrabTemp(true DEBUGARG("Inlining Arg"));

            lvaTable[tmpNum].lvType = lclTyp;

            // For ref types, determine the type of the temp.
            if (lclTyp == TYP_REF)
            {
                if (!argCanBeModified)
                {
                    // If the arg can't be modified in the method
                    // body, use the type of the value, if
                    // known. Otherwise, use the declared type.
                    assert(lvaTable[tmpNum].lvSingleDef == 0);
                    lvaTable[tmpNum].lvSingleDef = 1;
                    JITDUMP("Marked V%02u as a single def temp\n", tmpNum);
                    lvaSetClass(tmpNum, argNode, lclInfo.lclVerTypeInfo.GetClassHandleForObjRef());
                }
                else
                {
                    // Arg might be modified, use the declared type of
                    // the argument.
                    lvaSetClass(tmpNum, lclInfo.lclVerTypeInfo.GetClassHandleForObjRef());
                }
            }

            assert(!lvaTable[tmpNum].IsAddressExposed());
            if (argInfo.argHasLdargaOp)
            {
                lvaTable[tmpNum].lvHasLdAddrOp = 1;
            }

            if (lclInfo.lclVerTypeInfo.IsStruct())
            {
                if (varTypeIsStruct(lclTyp))
                {
                    lvaSetStruct(tmpNum, lclInfo.lclVerTypeInfo.GetClassHandle(), true /* unsafe value cls check */);
                    if (info.compIsVarArgs)
                    {
                        lvaSetStructUsedAsVarArg(tmpNum);
                    }
                }
            }

            argInfo.argHasTmp = true;
            argInfo.argTmpNum = tmpNum;

            // If we require strict exception order, then arguments must
            // be evaluated in sequence before the body of the inlined method.
            // So we need to evaluate them to a temp.
            // Also, if arguments have global or local references, we need to
            // evaluate them to a temp before the inlined body as the
            // inlined body may be modifying the global ref.
            // TODO-1stClassStructs: We currently do not reuse an existing lclVar
            // if it is a struct, because it requires some additional handling.

            if ((!varTypeIsStruct(lclTyp) && !argInfo.argHasSideEff && !argInfo.argHasGlobRef &&
                 !argInfo.argHasCallerLocalRef))
            {
                /* Get a *LARGE* LCL_VAR node */
                op1 = gtNewLclLNode(tmpNum, genActualType(lclTyp) DEBUGARG(lclNum));

                /* Record op1 as the very first use of this argument.
                If there are no further uses of the arg, we may be
                able to use the actual arg node instead of the temp.
                If we do see any further uses, we will clear this. */
                argInfo.argBashTmpNode = op1;
            }
            else
            {
                /* Get a small LCL_VAR node */
                op1 = gtNewLclvNode(tmpNum, genActualType(lclTyp));
                /* No bashing of this argument */
                argInfo.argBashTmpNode = nullptr;
            }
        }
    }

    // Mark this argument as used.
    argInfo.argIsUsed = true;

    return op1;
}

/******************************************************************************
 Is this the original "this" argument to the call being inlined?

 Note that we do not inline methods with "starg 0", and so we do not need to
 worry about it.
*/

bool Compiler::impInlineIsThis(GenTree* tree, InlArgInfo* inlArgInfo)
{
    assert(compIsForInlining());
    return (tree->gtOper == GT_LCL_VAR && tree->AsLclVarCommon()->GetLclNum() == inlArgInfo[0].argTmpNum);
}

//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impInlineIsGuaranteedThisDerefBeforeAnySideEffects: Check if a dereference in
// the inlinee can guarantee that the "this" pointer is non-NULL.
//
// Arguments:
//    additionalTree - a tree to check for side effects
//    additionalCallArgs - a list of call args to check for side effects
//    dereferencedAddress - address expression being dereferenced
//    inlArgInfo - inlinee argument information
//
// Notes:
//    If we haven't hit a branch or a side effect, and we are dereferencing
//    from 'this' to access a field or make GTF_CALL_NULLCHECK call,
//    then we can avoid a separate null pointer check.
//
//    The importer stack and current statement list are searched for side effects.
//    Trees that have been popped of the stack but haven't been appended to the
//    statement list and have to be checked for side effects may be provided via
//    additionalTree and additionalCallArgs.
//
bool Compiler::impInlineIsGuaranteedThisDerefBeforeAnySideEffects(GenTree*    additionalTree,
                                                                  CallArgs*   additionalCallArgs,
                                                                  GenTree*    dereferencedAddress,
                                                                  InlArgInfo* inlArgInfo)
{
    assert(compIsForInlining());
    assert(opts.OptEnabled(CLFLG_INLINING));

    BasicBlock* block = compCurBB;

    if (block != fgFirstBB)
    {
        return false;
    }

    if (!impInlineIsThis(dereferencedAddress, inlArgInfo))
    {
        return false;
    }

    if ((additionalTree != nullptr) && GTF_GLOBALLY_VISIBLE_SIDE_EFFECTS(additionalTree->gtFlags))
    {
        return false;
    }

    if (additionalCallArgs != nullptr)
    {
        for (CallArg& arg : additionalCallArgs->Args())
        {
            if (GTF_GLOBALLY_VISIBLE_SIDE_EFFECTS(arg.GetEarlyNode()->gtFlags))
            {
                return false;
            }
        }
    }

    for (Statement* stmt : StatementList(impStmtList))
    {
        GenTree* expr = stmt->GetRootNode();
        if (GTF_GLOBALLY_VISIBLE_SIDE_EFFECTS(expr->gtFlags))
        {
            return false;
        }
    }

    for (unsigned level = 0; level < verCurrentState.esStackDepth; level++)
    {
        GenTreeFlags stackTreeFlags = verCurrentState.esStack[level].val->gtFlags;
        if (GTF_GLOBALLY_VISIBLE_SIDE_EFFECTS(stackTreeFlags))
        {
            return false;
        }
    }

    return true;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impAllocateMethodPointerInfo: create methodPointerInfo into jit-allocated memory and init it.
//
// Arguments:
//    token - init value for the allocated token.
//    tokenConstrained - init value for the constraint associated with the token
//
// Return Value:
//    pointer to token into jit-allocated memory.
methodPointerInfo* Compiler::impAllocateMethodPointerInfo(const CORINFO_RESOLVED_TOKEN& token, mdToken tokenConstrained)
{
    methodPointerInfo* memory = getAllocator(CMK_Unknown).allocate<methodPointerInfo>(1);
    memory->m_token           = token;
    memory->m_tokenConstraint = tokenConstrained;
    return memory;
}

void Compiler::addExpRuntimeLookupCandidate(GenTreeCall* call)
{
    setMethodHasExpRuntimeLookup();
    call->SetExpRuntimeLookup();
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impIsClassExact: check if a class handle can only describe values
//    of exactly one class.
//
// Arguments:
//    classHnd - handle for class in question
//
// Returns:
//    true if class is final and not subject to special casting from
//    variance or similar.
//
// Note:
//    We are conservative on arrays of primitive types here.

bool Compiler::impIsClassExact(CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE classHnd)
{
    DWORD flags     = info.compCompHnd->getClassAttribs(classHnd);
    DWORD flagsMask = CORINFO_FLG_FINAL | CORINFO_FLG_VARIANCE | CORINFO_FLG_ARRAY;

    if ((flags & flagsMask) == CORINFO_FLG_FINAL)
    {
        return true;
    }
    if ((flags & flagsMask) == (CORINFO_FLG_FINAL | CORINFO_FLG_ARRAY))
    {
        CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE arrayElementHandle = nullptr;
        CorInfoType          type               = info.compCompHnd->getChildType(classHnd, &arrayElementHandle);

        if ((type == CORINFO_TYPE_CLASS) || (type == CORINFO_TYPE_VALUECLASS))
        {
            return impIsClassExact(arrayElementHandle);
        }
    }
    return false;
}

//------------------------------------------------------------------------
// impCanSkipCovariantStoreCheck: see if storing a ref type value to an array
//    can skip the array store covariance check.
//
// Arguments:
//    value -- tree producing the value to store
//    array -- tree representing the array to store to
//
// Returns:
//    true if the store does not require a covariance check.
//
bool Compiler::impCanSkipCovariantStoreCheck(GenTree* value, GenTree* array)
{
    // We should only call this when optimizing.
    assert(opts.OptimizationEnabled());

    // Check for assignment to same array, ie. arrLcl[i] = arrLcl[j]
    if (value->OperIs(GT_IND) && value->AsIndir()->Addr()->OperIs(GT_INDEX_ADDR) && array->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR))
    {
        GenTree* valueArray = value->AsIndir()->Addr()->AsIndexAddr()->Arr();
        if (valueArray->OperIs(GT_LCL_VAR))
        {
            unsigned valueArrayLcl = valueArray->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum();
            unsigned arrayLcl      = array->AsLclVar()->GetLclNum();
            if ((valueArrayLcl == arrayLcl) && !lvaGetDesc(arrayLcl)->IsAddressExposed())
            {
                JITDUMP("\nstelem of ref from same array: skipping covariant store check\n");
                return true;
            }
        }
    }

    // Check for assignment of NULL.
    if (value->OperIs(GT_CNS_INT))
    {
        assert(value->gtType == TYP_REF);
        if (value->AsIntCon()->gtIconVal == 0)
        {
            JITDUMP("\nstelem of null: skipping covariant store check\n");
            return true;
        }
        // Non-0 const refs can only occur with frozen objects
        assert(value->IsIconHandle(GTF_ICON_OBJ_HDL));
        assert(doesMethodHaveFrozenObjects() ||
               (compIsForInlining() && impInlineInfo->InlinerCompiler->doesMethodHaveFrozenObjects()));
    }

    // Try and get a class handle for the array
    if (value->gtType != TYP_REF)
    {
        return false;
    }

    bool                 arrayIsExact   = false;
    bool                 arrayIsNonNull = false;
    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE arrayHandle    = gtGetClassHandle(array, &arrayIsExact, &arrayIsNonNull);

    if (arrayHandle == NO_CLASS_HANDLE)
    {
        return false;
    }

    // There are some methods in corelib where we're storing to an array but the IL
    // doesn't reflect this (see SZArrayHelper). Avoid.
    DWORD attribs = info.compCompHnd->getClassAttribs(arrayHandle);
    if ((attribs & CORINFO_FLG_ARRAY) == 0)
    {
        return false;
    }

    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE arrayElementHandle = nullptr;
    CorInfoType          arrayElemType      = info.compCompHnd->getChildType(arrayHandle, &arrayElementHandle);

    // Verify array type handle is really an array of ref type
    assert(arrayElemType == CORINFO_TYPE_CLASS);

    // Check for exactly object[]
    if (arrayIsExact && (arrayElementHandle == impGetObjectClass()))
    {
        JITDUMP("\nstelem to (exact) object[]: skipping covariant store check\n");
        return true;
    }

    const bool arrayTypeIsSealed = impIsClassExact(arrayElementHandle);

    if ((!arrayIsExact && !arrayTypeIsSealed) || (arrayElementHandle == NO_CLASS_HANDLE))
    {
        // Bail out if we don't know array's exact type
        return false;
    }

    bool                 valueIsExact   = false;
    bool                 valueIsNonNull = false;
    CORINFO_CLASS_HANDLE valueHandle    = gtGetClassHandle(value, &valueIsExact, &valueIsNonNull);

    // Array's type is sealed and equals to value's type
    if (arrayTypeIsSealed && (valueHandle == arrayElementHandle))
    {
        JITDUMP("\nstelem to T[] with T exact: skipping covariant store check\n");
        return true;
    }

    // Array's type is not sealed but we know its exact type
    if (arrayIsExact && (valueHandle != NO_CLASS_HANDLE) &&
        (info.compCompHnd->compareTypesForCast(valueHandle, arrayElementHandle) == TypeCompareState::Must))
    {
        JITDUMP("\nstelem to T[] with T exact: skipping covariant store check\n");
        return true;
    }

    return false;
}